Author Archive

OBAMA TRIED, TWICE, TO KILL ME!!

Decembar 6, 2019 KSCO Interview;

Listed below this new chapter is everything to do with how Obama tried, twice, to kill me in a road “accident” and other matters, but here I want to cover the recent radio interview some of you may have actually heard.

The fur WAS flying, I don’t think anyone would disagree with that. It was like family members screaming over each other arguing like families do, sometimes. It was not your stereotypical interview at all, in fact. I, myself, have NEVER heard any celebrity accuse, publicly, the public for trying get him killed just to duck the matter he’s involved in. Oh, I did, though. And did I ever.

Just some quick examples;

I’m not GOING to let the public kill me like weak Jesus did, or weak John Lennon or weak Martin Luther King Jr, and others who just let themselves get killed did…..I pray the monster asteroid I saw as a child wipes you all out if you can’t man up to this issue and jail Stephen King in my lifetime. Whatever life you would have left over after that wouldn’t be worth living anyway….The average listener would rather I get killed or plow my van into a crowd of 100 people and kill a few dozen people just so I could get myself locked up and they could be done with having to deal with Lennon’s murder rather than deal with the evidence. That’s how sick the public actually is in this matter……The average person I see who thinks I’m crazy for my beliefs looks like Linda Blair in “The Exorcist” when she’s turning green and projectile vomiting while her head spins round and round….You all need an exorcism before you can begin to see the evidence for what it is….You were all raped by the devil and kidnapped by barbarians when they killed John Lennon. Now that you have been raped by Satan you are traumatized by the experience and you don”t WANT to press charges, you just want to sulk and be miserable and forget about everything, like a victim…..”

And that’s just a small sampling of just how in the public;’s face I actually found myself in that heated interview. In listening to the tape I made I noticed I got angry while reading the quotes from Nixon’s book, “The Real War”, where he explains why it was necessary to assassinate John Lennon short of saying his name. I regard that mentality as satanic and evil and I hated to have to read it over the airwaves. Pure, evil poison. The very logic that robbed the world of John Lennon. Especially so, then after, when the host dismissed those quotes as irrelevant as well as my cryptography examples which he claimed were “just words”.

I had no problem admitting, three times, that I was at fault with my conduct  and that I have problems associated with being the neglected messenger all this time while my life is under deadly assault as the public idly just watches while I suffer in constant danger. And yet, each time I did acknowledge my uncouth behavior and take responsibility for it, the next listener, or that same one, would say something to justify my rage against their blindness and phoniness.

“What you need to do is move on with your life….””You need to lighten things up and not get so serious….maybe we could flash mob his event with posters about other matters to distract from him…John Lennon was the reason for the peace movement, not you..”
To this last remark I replied; “And have you noticed it’s only ME avenging his murder and not you? And you want to call me the crazy person for avenging John.”

So, people, yes, I did lose my composure and I did not comport myself in a manner I am proud of. I DID stand up the the public’s satanic denial and resistance to the evidence that is hard and powerful, indeed, however. All the while why they were trying to shoot it down out of messenger envy, alone, it seemed at times. Like a scene right out of “The Exorcist”.

Of course I suspect a rigged call board that night with plenty of advance planning and setting up. Only two of the dozen callers was halfway on my side. To those two callers who said they think I have my head on my shoulders and keep going and the other about how to improve my display on the street, to those two, I apologize for the conduct we all witnessed by me, after, with other callers. To the other callers, however, it’s you who should be apologizing to me for your jealousy, fear and shame and cowardice in the matter of what I do that you can’t deal with., apparently. You, especially, need a celebrity like me to exorcise you and most of everybody on earth, for that matter. Just look at your school children shooting each other right out of Stephen King’s novel “Rage” in the mid 70’s about exactly shooting up one’s classmates.

I happen to believe Lennon’s murder was Moscow’s crime and that King hates America and puts on a phony “liberal” front to deceive you all, but what do I know, right? I’m only saving America and all the slobs who let Lennon’s killer skip a trial, in the first place, from a sick foreign plot to destroy us and I am being targeted by the government and a weakling public for death for it. I suppose I have a right to be mad at all of you for that, especially. You’re the traitors, I’m the exorcist you victims absolutely need. Moscow really screwed your heads up, didn’t they?

I’ll leave the commentary to just that, for today, and hope you forgive me for falling short of my usual heroism and standards. On the other hand, I did have to play the role of exorcist, sooner or later. It just happened to be sooner than most of us would like. Don’t expect anything less honest of me in the future if I become famous. I am the anti phony. When will the rest of you admit it, though? It’s the public’s wickedness and phoniness that was really showcased that interview, in my humble opinion.

 

PARENTS COVER

UP  –  STUDENTS

‘SHOOT ‘EM UP’

 

DEC. 8 RALLY NOON TILL 6 p.m

DOWNTOWN MONTEREY

“Wake up, Grow up, Show up.”

 

“Whewww, Before I begin:”

Having just read what is below this primer that I am including to brace you for what I have to say, I must admit that, having just read it, even I feel like I just shared a closet with a wild bobcat for five minutes. On the one hand, what I say below is spot on, exactly how I feel and have felt all this time. On the other hand, wow, it’s hard to stomach and take at times, I’ll admit. How did I go from polite doctor’s son with a bright future to a ranting activist focused on one issue, John Lennon’s murder, spewing what must sound like venom instead of the antidote it all really is? I can’t just release that message without adding this one, too, to ease the impact.

So, allow me to explain; When we were brainwashed Dec. 8. 1980 and were told a man named Chapman shot John Lennon because he considered John to be a phony, when we were told that he had The Catcher In The Rye book on him at the time, a book that showcases what phonies all adults are, we were being set up to become ludicrous phonies, ourselves. They were busy transposing the truth exactly 180 degrees – that lie works the best – and blamed your phoniness as a people all on John Lennon, the least phony human on earth at the time. “You’re not the phony who is willing to look the other way and blame a lone assassin on just our say so, when you know better, inside, no, you’re going to blame what’s wrong with all of you on John.” The people who killed John Lennon already knew that all of us humans are weak in this respect, that we are all original phonies. Not original sinners, like Christianity says, but phonies. That THAT IS our original sin whether we like it, admit it, recognize it, or not. You’re all phony.

I wondered, as the finder of the evidence, WHY adult phoniness played so importantly in their narrative to cover up their actions. I had no idea just how important the subject of adult phoniness factors into what I have been up against for over three decades. YOUR INNATE PHONINESS, at least once you pass puberty and become a full fledged adult. It’s a sin that afflicts mostly just adults, I’ve noticed, true to J.D.Salinger’s message. It’s a lot like how your body manages pain. For example, if you were savagely bitten and attacked by a bear, although you would HEAR your bones crack, you might not feel anything at all. It’s how your body protects you from unbearable pain. Similarly, you want to protect yourself from mental and emotional pain. Admitting that you are a weakling to allow the media to instruct you all to blame Lennon for your phoniness when you really suspect he was killed for political reasons, is a bitter pill to swallow. It means you have to confront your lying media, arrest evil politicians and get to the bottom of things and that, frankly, scares the living s*** out of all of you. So, what do you all do? You flip on your phony switch and pretend you’re all right and everything is hunky dory and life can just go on with no bad effects if you all just turn your heads and look away. Even though that is exactly the worst thing on earth TO do. You enable evil to walk in and rule. Being phony. It’s like a scab that forms after you cut yourself, to protect your open wound from more pain. It’s so powerful most of you would rather molest your kids than admit the truth. A proven fact. I have seen it rear it’s ugly head like a medusa in people I know, friends, family. Everybody. It’s a monster in all of you you have to admit and confront before you ever deserve to live under the truth. Until you admit you’re a PHONY to dismiss hard evidence in the matter of Lennon’s murder, you’re too sick to progress any further. As long as you stay sick I remain in real danger and you’re all, already, silently hoping I get killed in a car wreck just to let the pressure off of you to grow the f*** up. So, why don’t you all just grow up and admit what your kids can see?; The government let Stephen King kill John Lennon and evidence P-R-O-V-E-S it. I can’t blame myself for being insulting as I must exorcise all of you and not just inform all of you. I believe that you need someone like me or a John Lennon to guide you all or you’re without a voice. That without a celebrity / normal person to help you you’re stuck with the government, instead.

Only your phoniness stands in the way of your helping me every FIRST SUNDAY, every month, noon until 6 P.M. in downtown Monterey. Get over it. Help me, please.  Best chance to change the world, ever.

In fact, I’ve just added a new chapter to buffer the harder to swallow ones I discussed. My chapter immediately below. Then the ride gets a little rough.

Linda, are you reading this?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????

Feb. 14, 2022;

It’s Valentine’s Day and a year since we saw each other that night in Dallas. It’s also your birthday, or just about, as I recall. That you offered such tender, kind words, up front, about any impact I had on your life just amazes me. I’m so touched by you, as usual. I was just rousted by Dallas P.D. with a lung full of the illegal smoke minutes earlier and I was half asleep and half crazed at almost just having my van towed and my life turned upside down. I had to sing just to ease my worried mind at the time, I guess. Not unlike the night the Macon P.D. rousted me in my sleeping bag next to my VW in 1977(8)(?). I guess THAT was all part of our maker’s plan to remind me that you, too, trespassed against me, once. Is that why I was so standoffish? Then, too, our meeting at night, you standing in the street, the left side of your face presented to me to remind me of my trespass against you. Like the two of us transported over time back to exactly that awful night, again. You know, had your legs not been so long and you so tall compared to my memory of you I WOULD HAVE gotten out of my van and walked over to you and knelt down and held you in my arms as I begged for your forgiveness and apologized to you for slapping you and walking away that awful night. I was SO close, Linda, to doing exactly that as you stood there in the street, your eyes welling up with tears. At the last moment I chickened out thinking what if it wasn’t you? I wasn’t even sure at all until a half hour later. But I WAS wondering, indeed, after hearing your wonderful voice up close after you walked around to see me. What were the odds it could be you at night 44 years later after I had already left the area hours earlier? And, now, NOW, Linda, seeing your recent photo that I saved before you took it down under Google and your maiden name / Alabama. The one of a smiling you in the white sport jacket (?) with round circles on the front and, I think, sketches of a city skyline superimposed over it, too (?) I think it IS you, Linda. Especially since it looks like the expression on the left side of your face is re living the moment you saw my hand on its way. The look of horror and dread and regret that I remember seeing on your face, then. Compared to the right side of your face it’s like night and day, that side reflecting the shining star of a woman you are, too. All sunny and happy. I feel so guilty of this fact. I left a scar on your heart and soul and I’d love to heal it if you’ll let me. I’m glad I took a little off of it at the last second. If only I had been able to stop. I very nearly did. I did not mean it, Linda. I was hurting beyond reason. I was young and stupid. I know you’re probably married and, if so, so be it. I screwed up and I have paid a price for my mistake. Not having you as a friend and lover. Even if you were available to me I am not available to any woman until I am brought forward, my expose made public and my life made safe, first. Even then, I noticed I still suffer from a fear of commitment, regardless of for whomever. I DO need to grow up. It was you who revealed me and my many faults to myself. I’ve never hit a woman before or since you. “You always hurt the one you love…” lyric was running in my head as I walked away. Were you free could I commit to you? Knowing what I know about me, maybe, but only if you are over your lying ways and also loved me. I did all my chasing of you and won’t repeat that mistake. Or was it your mistake, then, not to trust me and let me make things up to you? Pretty rich combination were we. Either way, we both made our mistakes. I know all about your nervous breakdown and a guy who broke up with you to join the military, once, and all about your father and his likely prior meddling with our chances, then. You actually tried to come completely clean with me when I picked you up and I should have let you and listened to you and not been so insecure, myself. You seemed so mean, it seemed, and I had no idea what you had been through, then. I was lied to and confused. Meanwhile, I’m attracted to a certain news anchor on T.V., lately, in fact, as I think she’s possibly marriage material if only she were single. (She’s married). (Seeing you got me thinking about all that I’ve been missing. She may not even know I care.) So, so much for anyone having to worry about a lingering me if you’re already involved. I AM trying hard to move on even if there is a small chance it will lead anywhere. I KNOW, with that recent photo of YOU, that you have NOT moved on from that hurt and shouldn’t we mend our fences anyway? I actually am so tender and loving I even healed my brother’s dog’s cataracts, once, with my magic touch. Give me a real chance to know it is really you and see if I can’t put that side of your face I once slapped back on straight for you. You’re hurt, it shows and only half as much as I’ve been hurting all this time. You were always on my mind, Linda, all this time, regretting what I did to hurt you. Many thousands of hours of not being able to not think about it. I’m hurting, too. Please let me make it right. The sooner the better, don’t you think? Life is short. Please.

Love and friendship, always, Steve Lightfoot

P.S.: I know you don’t want to start up with me again and I can’t start up with anyone, now, anyway. I’m in too much danger to attach to anyone, anyway. I would like to be your friend, again, as I consider you a friend with rare qualities that only you have ever shown me. Life IS too short to hold a grudge. It would have to be in person as that last meeting at The Alamo is not a just last hurrah for us at all. I wasn’t given a fair chance to know it was even you. Admit it. Don’t be afraid to see me. I just want to heal the hurt we gave each other, if possible. Life will be better and lighter, after, for us both. We really are friends, I think. We shouldn’t be enemies. We both deserve better than that. One meeting is what I’m asking you for, Linda.

P.P.S.: I recently visited Google and saw me watching Jack Nicklaus at the 17th hole, Sunday, at the 1977 Maters right before we met. Wow! Me before I met you. Google 1977 Masters final round and you’ll get a blast from the past. I so wish I had a photo of you to remember you by.
Love, always, Steve Lightfoot. Steven Lightfoot, to please you, in fact.

Nov. 25, 2019;                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           I just found out that I can actually speak to you all via KSCO Radio airwaves this upcoming Dec. 6 from 4-6 P.M. That’s late Friday afternoon, two days before my rally. So far, so scheduled, so tune into 1080 on the A.M. dial at the magic two hour time frame.

Meanwhile, here, I will try to collect my talking points and play the role of exorcist and not just messenger, this time. Some points I intend to cover;

Number one; the hard evidence, as I discovered it, at least the first ten minutes of my initial discovery. It was the wormhole that allowed me in to the world of big government codes in major magazines that proves the Mark David Chapman story was ” Big government lie.” to put a Russian accent on things. The bold print codes, the book by Nixon next to Reagan the day of the murder and what is in it to do with killing John Lennon, the killer’s alleged name and letter linking himself to Reagan weeks before the crime and the killer’s face and true identity; Stephen King, THE Stephen King of horror fame, in fact, and what King writes about that removes all doubt that Lennon’s murder was exactly a Nixon, Reagan government plot, documented for posterity in a source that can not be refuted or covered up; the back issues of these major magazines.

I need to explain why normal media and court channels aren’t available to me. Fear keeps any attorney from attaching himself to my cause. Fear of the system they all work for. Melvin Belli, the flamboyant attorney in San Francisco, just happened to die of a heart attack the very week his office was considering taking on my cause, the only attorney who ever expressed any interest, ever. Of course, the New York City District Attorney is only good for keeping his end of the cover-up intact.  If that office was good to begin with John Lennon might not be dead, today. The local authorities, no luck there, ever, either. Even the Santa Rosa City Council said it wasn’t their responsibility to help me while I was being denied due process on all sides. So much for law and order. As if all of you didn’t already know that the system is stacked against me. Wicked world.

The media IS an evil, I say even a foreign controlled, empire devoted to subduing all of you, not informing you. Their bread is buttered by the government and their subsidies and the media are the type of people who are self centered, jealous and venal when it comes to making money. It doesn’t matter how, mostly just how much. If Barbara Walters is paid her 20 million a year she’ll betray us like Judas. She knowingly did in 1992. In her case, though, money wasn’t the whole matter. She was a traitor to the public.

Every several years or so some stooge in every t.v. station in every market is telling you the biggest three lies in America; Mark David Chapman. Those three lies. They have no idea or don’t even know any better, these days, but it used to be an inside secret throughout the industry to stop my message at any and all costs. Such jealousy against the one who actually tells the truth, doing what should be the media’s job, while all of them are licking cover-up boot, is a sight to behold. No, our media is also no good and only a grass roots show of support will turn this news into action and any good. That means only the public can break this news. With me, of course, as well. McCartney isn’t doing his job as THE appropriate, prominent voice. No, he’s no good, either. Just you people and me. It’s us versus the wicked ways of the world. Us versus the wickedness of mankind, itself!

Otherwise you’re asking me to commit a crime to demand recognition or to fast and ruin my body to get your attention. I saw how you punished Caesar Chavez  (I actually once met him and shook his hand) that way and he died from resulting complications. Is that how you treat your heroes? They must torture themselves, first, before you care? I could easily force this news right down your stubborn, masochistic throats any number of ways. Given the danger I’m really in (See other chapters below where I give the details of two high speed “accidents” I’m just realizing were Obama’s two attempts to kill me, already.), given my predicament, I could legally commit some crimes to remove my life from danger. Even then, I’d risk falling right into the government’s trap and take myself out of any future input on how the news is handled, after. I’d be killed shortly after any jail stint, you can bet on it.

So, no, I hate to disappoint you all, public included, who wish I WOULD make a mistake, but I’ll wait you all out, if necessary. Ultimately, the longer you all take to care the more you will all stink, afterwards. It’s YOUR reputation, U.S. public. So far you all look like jealous, evil John Lennon killing cowards sucking a certain horror writer’s you know what. Is that any way to behave, people? It can’t be denied. It can, in fact, be proven. And you think the world will only laugh at me, someday. “Look at those Americans; classless baboons abusing and neglecting their messenger all these decades!!! Horrid! Too scared to care!….And they “think (they’re) so clever and classless and free”. All that ‘free’ and ‘brave’ rubbish” they’re always bragging about….” The watching world, is, in fact already saying all of that.

Next, the issue of my importance to the public versus the image the public may have of me.

To the outside world I may seem like just a man married to his website van and a political cause and of no consequence to anyone but himself. I just might be vastly more significant. Frankly, I am NOT as big or bigger than Jesus Christ who was killed for shaking things up against Caesar. I AM, however, in a class with Martin Luther King Jr., John and Robert Kennedy, Gandhi, John Lennon and others who changed the course of history and human evolution. Nothing less than any of these others just listed is my contribution to your lives. Fear not, as I plan to write a book titled “Feet Of Clay” about me, someday, to laugh at my own stupid self along the way. I’m not perfect, but I am as significant as anyone alive today. The 16 year old activist against global warming, Greta Thunberg, is another world changer. Elon Musk, another. There are lots of us leaders out there you all desperately need. YOUR problem, as a people, in fact, is that you always KILL these guide stars of humanity because you’re easy prey for the government and all the evil tricks they use to control you with. You seem, excuse me, too stupid to recognize that the reason they always kill your heroes is BECAUSE the government knows you ARE powerless without them. THEY know the importance of the hero / visionary in our midst. You let yourselves be raped, robbed, screwed, blued and tattoo’ed every time, don’t you? Like animals who can’t think. Behind all of your do nothing, self destructive behavior, fear rules your minds and hearts. Otherwise you’d stand up for yourselves and fight back.

Martin Luther King tried to free the black man. Gandhi, the people of India. Steve Lightfoot, like John Lennon, tried to free all men, knowing none of us are free, yet.  My impact, if your fear of government and messenger envy doesn’t kill me, first, will be bigger than I can imagine, and that’s a huge, whole lot. Probably MORE change than all of these lesser than Jesus heroes combined. So far, I am the only one to stay alive and not be killed by your neglectful behavior. John Lennon will, ultimately, get most of the credit for this story, however. He gave his life for it, I just sacrificed a ‘normal’ life for it. If only John had told us, as he made his re appearance; “You know, Nixon’s still gunning for me, people. Make sure he doesn’t get any ideas about whacking me, please. I’m making my comeback hoping you all have my back.” He’d probably still be alive, today. Mick Jagger made a video decades ago showing govt. goons with machine guns stalking the band or he might have already been killed, too. That video was immediately banned BY the govt., after, in fact. Mick was smarter in some ways than John, I’ll admit.

In fact, John Lennon, who KNEW you jealous, scared of your government – I have to say it – jackasses WOULD get him killed, told McCartney to tell the public, after he was killed, that his murder was “The Event”.  Just that. That’s exactly what Paul said the next day, in fact. “The Event”. That’s a big statement. What did John Lennon mean with his last words before your collective neglect, your predictable, proven behavior, took his life? Here’s what I think it means; “Oh, yes, they’ll kill me, but my populism will over rule their cover up and they, for once in history, will get caught  and that will make all the difference. Once the public has to confront it’s dirty laundry and see the fruit of it’s contribution to the problem, they will have no choice but to change their ways. An automatic, involuntary revolution of all mankind.” It’s also why he sang “Come together, right now, over me” and other hints he left behind. “Don’t let me down”….”Stand by me”…””The way things are going they’re gonna crucify me.”

Except for me, John’s populism did NOT make the difference where any of YOU are concerned. But just that I was different, DOES make all the difference. It only takes one spark to start a revolution. John impressed ME enough to NOT LET the bastards get away with anything. It happened that I later stumbled onto the evidence they left behind and we find ourselves here, almost 38 years later. You’re all still sucking your thumbs in denial, many of you hoping I get killed. I’m still right as rain about everything and it’s all of you who are the silent sicko’s who need my help. Most of my problems, and I have some, are the result of the public’s apathy, anyway. Your sickness HAS driven me a little mad trying to save you all. Problem is we need each other. You can’t succeed without me and my facts, I can’t succeed without you and your mental health and self respect kicking into gear and responding to my evidence to begin with. That’s what is lacking, though. Your spine, not my evidence. Forget the media and the courts. They’re just as corrupt as you all are, U.S.public. You’ll have to get well, first. They will not set YOU free. It’s a soul searching moment for all of you, isn’t it?

When I was a teenager I took stock of my great fortune then, to, not only be a free citizen in America, but to also have a public celebrity / hero on my side countering the automatic control of government over our lives. I had the complete, healthy picture we are missing today. We only have ME to save poor all of US.  And I am marginalized  by the media and most of you can’t even see who I really am. Nobody as courageous as me has come along since John Lennon. Just as surely no rock group or other kind of artist has touched the genius of The Beatles since 1969. You’ve stagnated as a culture. If any of you don’t think so it only proves your folly and need for help in the first place. As I have famously pointed out, you parents and your denial is what is driving your kids to shoot each other at school. Every time they hear you poo poo what I do, among other things, they have SEEN my evidence and they KNOW you adults are just so F.O.S., after all. Your world has turned into a horror movie under the Mark Chapman lie. You have nobody to defend you from your government like John used to defend me from Tricky Dicky back when I was a young man. Humanity NEEDS a folk hero / leader to be healthy. Period, no arguments to the contrary allowed. You’ve all killed too many of them to have a say, in my opinion. Just like Indian tribes needed their chiefs to prosper, you, so called, free U.S. citizens need a John Lennon or a Steve Lightfoot to have a fighting chance at decency and fairness and beauty and justice in your lives. You simply CANNOT do it all by yourselves. You’re all fractured and unglued. As much as I prefer Donald Trump to the alternatives even a Donald Trump, at least until he has my balls and arrests King, is not enough for you people to stay free. He has, so far, left the bedroom door wide open for Stephen King to walk in and sodomize your children with his evil influence. The single biggest crime against humanity is staring him square in the face and he has, so far, wilted at the thought of grappling with it. The biggest threat to America in the world; Stephen King and his message that has turned you into a nation of students who are shooting each other, en mass, he has not yet been man enough to address. I’m big news and he knows all about me, as president, believe me.  I gave Pence my evidence package this month if his team did their job. He’s brave, yes, but not yet brave enough to compete with me. Besides, you see how Moscow’s band of mostly, if not exclusively, Russians (Haven’t you all noticed?) are out to impeach him. You need ME to be able to point that out and stop the charade. They already have your heads twisted 180 degrees backwards. Government specs, 180 degrees, exactly. Even a man of the people / president of the United States is less trustworthy a leader than an organically grown folk hero is. That would be me, Steve Lightfoot, at the very front of the line. Nobody else is close or even on the horizon. Look around. It’s scary, vacant for heroes, today. Besides that, I have proven I am not out for the money or the fame but only the POWER to be able to make the world a better place. My evidence find gives ALL OF YOU MASSIVE POWER. You need to keep me alive to be there once it’s world news, too. Otherwise it will be mangled beyond recognition by your evil government. Wake up, please. You all need to bring me forward and out of danger, God DAMN IT! please wake up, people. This is the biggest break humanity has had in thousands of years. You deserve an asteroid if you can’t honor this evidence in time.

If the human race cannot come together over John Lennon it cannot come together at all, ever, for anyone. If that’s the case, shame on humanity that no one but me is doing his job as a citizen to demand truth and justice. ‘Human race on it’s face’ never seemed more true. You raped victims need a hero to save you. You just hate to admit it. I don’t necessarily love having to do all the work it will force out of me, either. Privacy and anonymity gone forever. It’s just got to be done, though.

What do you think will happen if twenty, fifty, a hundred or so of you all show up in downtown Monterey this December 8? Think about it. A mob with signs and my van with all it’s messaging all scrunched together in tiny downtown Monterey. The media, as corrupt as it is, WILL print it and WILL air it. They’re not going to deny you your spine’s efforts. They will not show you they aren’t on your side after you demand attention. The problem is you’ve just never demanded attention before. I am having to teach all of you how to stand up for yourselves and fight back, for once. I’m the first to fight back.

So, a hundred of you wake up, grow up and show up December 8. Then the media gets it in the local news, at first, and then the bigger markets will be informed, slowly at first, and then a groundswell will emerge out of nowhere and it will begin to take on a life of it’s own. This story has wheels, baby! Just get it started and SEE what happens, after.

King WILL be arrested, Chapman, maybe Yoko, eventually. It will suddenly become bigger than the 9 /’11 coverage was and saturate every crevice of humanity worldwide until we will all know the truth; Stephen King murdered John Lennon in a sick government plot against the people. If I am not killed I will have the whole world asking me questions and I will be in a position to help my victimized fellow man, my main goal in all this time. It’s all about changing this sick and wrong world. Now we have the power of evidence, for once in our miserable lives.

I predict teen suicide will be cut in half within the first two years of the news going public. I predict the same for drug overdoses in America and all related forms of despair. School shootings may entirely stop, I even wonder. I predict better orgasms for all and that’s not all, folks. Food will taste better, people will look each other in the eye more and smile more. Once you get your self respect, dignity and health back you’ll be able to MAKE whatever changes you’d like while I’m in the hot seat to speak in your behalf and get the big jobs you want accomplished done. If I’m killed, though, you’ll be right back to square one and find yourselves looking down your shirt collars in shame like you all did when John Lennon was shot. Castrated and ashamed, again. Not a shameless, self serving plug, but the truth. The whole Steve Lightfoot message is to stop letting your evil government kill the heroes you need or stay stupid, forever. Make a stand, public. Keep me alive and America just might have a chance. If not, I doubt it, frankly. Meanwhile, listen to my interview and wake up, grow up and show up for my Dec. 8 rally, please. Read my website, too; lennonmurdertruth.com. Check out the New Devpts. page, too.   Lots of stuff I left out here you need to read, too.

Thanks for listening. See you on Dec. 8, if you care about your life, at all, I hope.

Steve Lightfoot, your endangered messenger                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (To be continued…)

O.K. Now for the harsh medicine and the exorcism you all need.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Don’t you all just love my new four foot by three foot black sign with four inch yellow lettering? “PARENTS COVER-UP – STUDENTS ‘SHOOT ‘EM UP'” It’s me, Steve Lightfoot, America’s unsung super hero, NOT at a loss for words, for once, in expressing the magnitude of the evil Stephen King killing John Lennon represents. Oh, you didn’t know that the Mark Chapman story was just a media cover-up? It was. Incontrovertible facts PROVE Nixon and Reagan arranged for author Stephen King to murder John Lennon and control you all with fear instead of hope. It’s just a provable fact and your kids seem to know it. The crime is so big words can’t express it better in fewer letters than I’ve ever found as my new sign. It doesn’t take much to figure out what it means as I stand next to my lennonmurdertruth.com logo’d van with other signs about the time and place (Dec. 8, a Sunday, from noon until 6 P.M. in downtown Monterey, Ca.)  It means exactly this; Because the phony parents are too lame to care whether Stephen King shot John Lennon, or not, and because my website van has already let the kids know I’m correct based on hard, seeing is believing, evidence – Stephen King getting John Lennon’s last autograph – the students feel betrayed by their cowardly, lying, phony parents who tell them I must be a nut to think that. EVERY last parent they know, in fact. They, in turn, deeply resent their parents for opening the bedroom door for Stephen King instead of protecting them and, because they fear their authoritarian parents too much to take out their resentment and anger on them, they take it out, instead, on their fellow classmates who they secretly don’t want to grow up to be like their evil parents in the first place. Therefore, the phenomenon of school shootings is taking place all across our once saner land. First the parents fail the kids, second, the kids shoot up their classmates out of anxiety and frustration at their parent’s phoniness and deceit mostly for failing to arrest and jail their molester, murderer, Stephen King, among other issues as well. They see a world not worth living in their parents are such horrible, phony monsters. Only this evidence I have discovered in 1982 is adequate enough to let your children know, for a fact, that their parents are insane and phony. Now there is proof that the adults are scared blind and, frankly, F.O.S..

I’m so correct about this that the school shootings stopped for a three month period right after I first got on talk radio and said as much after the Gilroy Garlic Festival shooting and wrote about this in my website. Apparently at least the kids ARE paying attention. (Congrats, kids, on the three month hiatus, keep up the good non violence.)

Hi, allow me to introduce myself; My name is Steve Lightfoot, the unsung super hero of America that you’re all secretly trying to kill in a freeway accident (See chapter immediately below this one for details at my New Dvpts. page) For three decades, plus, I have been exposing the evidence Time, Newsweek and U.S. News magazines left behind in their government bold print codes including the killer’s alleged name and letter where he links himself to Reagan weeks before the crime, including the killer’s face and true identity (Author, Stephen King) also in print several weeks before the murder. See lennonmurdertruth.com for details if you aren’t intimidated by reality and hard evidence. I need about 100 of you concerned citizens to help me stand next to my van and signs in downtown Monterey, Dec. 8, from noon until 6 P.M..  Otherwise this powerful news and your lucky break to save America will just twist in the wind like a hero without a people to save. How am I to get my findings in the media if you betrayed victims of the media lie don’t show up to DEMAND the truth? You have to spank your media for their treason, people. It’s your job. None of you are ever off the hook in any of this. The mountain sized asteroid that I saw that just missed us in 1966 is always out there to save you from your hell, I pray, if you’re too masochistic to save yourselves in my lifetime and confess. (You all DO KNOW that the Gulf of Mexico is a crater, right?)

Right now, America, you are being taken over by Moscow and it’s evil mischief. It only sounds crazy. In fact, F.D.R. Wilson, Eisenhower, Nixon, Reagan, both Bush’s and the Clinton’s and Obama, too, were all really working more for Moscow than America via the Rockefeller family who really runs your country behind the scenes. This same family who owns the mass media, here, the worlds largest oil company and one of the worlds biggest bankers, besides. A trillionaire who keeps his name out of the media he’s so all powerful. Most of your magazines are printed in Rockefeller Plaza and NBC has it’s studio’s there as well. The man behind the curtain who has run our presidents for most of your lied to lives. He wants to transform America from the ‘land of the free and the home of the brave’ to a darker, more castrated version of ourselves and fold us into a dumbed down version of freedom, instead. Trump, he does not run, and that’s the problem, or haven’t you all noticed? He’s out of power with Trump in the president’s seat. He can’t fork us over to the world order like Hillary was supposed to be doing as we speak. Now we are witnessing a Soviet style kangaroo court to impeach and remove Trump because he expressed a legitimate interest in getting to the bottom of what Biden’s son is up to in a corrupt oil company in Ukraine in the first place. No explicit demand of quid pro quo, like Biden did, but any thin straw they can find to spin into gold with their all powerful media empire. Nobody can deny that the deep state is out to catch Trump in any snare they can set for him. Like Soviet spies, in my opinion. Especially Schiff. Lump in George Soros, Kissinger, who works for Arabia’s Ramco oil company and many, many more. My website has other chapters that detail the whole picture in “Crystal Clear” fashion, to paraphrase one of Tricky Dicky’s famous sayings. Just hit the New Devpts. button at the top of the home page, scroll down past this entry and find the others. Speaking of “Crystal Clear” It’s what happens when everything, once confusing, suddenly makes perfect sense and falls into place. “Commie Plot” fills this bill.

As I am trying to condense this flyer to one two sided page I will leave explaining all this up to  my site. Here, however, I want to hammer home the belief that the kids are shooting themselves at school out of disgust over their phony, B.S. artist parents who are FAILing them in this national crisis and news event. Not only do they see their parents nakedly lying to them when they bad mouth me and my evidence, they SENSE that ‘somebody’ is taking over their country behind everyone’s backs at the same time. What do they do? They shoot up their classmates out of pure anger and utter frustration. That’s what. Unfortunately, you’re all phony, brainwashed, terrorized, scared blind and out to lunch. I have proof they cannot deny.

Stephen King has never denied my claims, ever, in all this time. I ran him out of Maine and he lives in Florida, now, and no one is claiming my evidence is weak or flawed in any way in all this time. None of you phonies saw a trial for ANYONE at ALL in the matter of John Lennon’s murder.  And you raped victims let the media call JOHN a phony the week of his murder!  Let’s just say you are simple minded pudding in the government media’s hands for that to be the humiliating case. Stephen King murdered your favorite rock star on his front door step and proceeded to poison you, after, with his sick horror books that the government wants to scare you with, anyway. Meanwhile you are fed a diet of gun violence and murder on prime time T.V. and the movies and big brother shows are popping up everywhere to glorify big government. Admit it, people. How right I really am. Yoko Ono set John up and poisoned you all with her “let the courts decide..” quote to mind control you. Yoko. Just another K.G.B operative taking over denial prone America. She and Stephen King hope all you greedy, silly, selfish Americans go straight to hell. They won’t deny it. either, if you ask them. King is an outspoken enemy of Trump and especially of our 2nd amendment. John Lennon had it all! Brains and talent and power. Jealous Stephen King was the nerd in the shadows with horror books until the evil government made him big. Their calculated, psychological effects of media violence IS a crime against you. Since John Lennon was assassinated your sperm count, men of America, IS down 60 percent! You can’t tell me your diet isn’t modified by Big Brother, as well, besides. Operation castration. That would explain a lot about everybody’s weird apathy about this subject, I suspect. You men really have lost your balls, in a sense. It’s not all my imagination, after all. Thirty years of me wondering what is WRONG with all of you. From humanity to sub-humanity it seems, to me.

Like Paul McCartney, all of you are creator cursed cowards when it comes to defending John Lennon. Every last one of you victims but brave me. No WONDER your phony religions and belief in God are urinating right back at you in your face with evil taking over your student’s minds while you try to scrub yourselves clean with a Bible, for God’s sake. How weak and superstitious and helpless can you all be to just stare into a book when you need to be pounding the STREETS with billboards if you ever hope to be saved at all, ever? I’m not a mean person. When I started out with this expose I was too nice and respectful of your humanity. I trusted you would all do the right thing. Boy, did I EVER overestimate your goodness as a people and nation. If you knew what I know about you, now, you’d all weep, uncontrollably. Blame yourselves for my surliness, now. The right thing, according to your behavior, is to wait until I am killed, next, and do nothing, ever, except grub after money, pay taxes, abuse your kids with King and die. And you wonder why your kids are besides themselves with fear.

I AM, ordinarily, a nice guy who is justifiably angry with all of you, disgusted with all of you. I’m a hero. You’re a terrorized victim. That’s the only difference. I’m brave. I’m informed. You’re not. Simple. I was a little smarter than most of you to immediately suspect the government when I heard the news, initially, but that is really a ‘no brainer’, I think. Nixon’s years long attempt to deport John was big news. The rest of all of you have simply chosen to be blind, willfully blind, and be phony and rollover and take it like a victim. You can’t imagine how ugly that spectacle really is, can you? I’m not one to kiss up to you all quite yet. You want polite? BE decent people. Demand truth. In spite of my strong words and harsh medicine I hope some of you will see through your jealousy of me (That’s right) and fear of government and show up and ‘Stand By Me’, ‘Come Together, Right Now, Over (John)’. ‘Don’t Let Me Down’, as John sang all of the above at a time he suspected he’d be killed, someday, for his outspokenness.

If you DO succeed in getting King arrested I will be your hero and best friend and more powerful than any human on earth. Just like John Lennon used to be. We need each other. Swallow your shame and fear of government and messenger envy and stand with me, people. This is the biggest news event in 2,000 years. Really! AdMIT IT! – December 8, (Also Jim Morrison’s birthday) Be there.

In the meantime, Michael Zwirling of KSCO who aired my two hour interview two years ago is, apparently, willing to have a host interview me, again, Dec. 6 from 4 to 6 pm, if I remember correctly. It will be with Dave Michaels in the late afternoon slot. That’s 1080 on the A.M. dial.

Tell all your friends to listen in to what will be dynamite talk radio. Attend my rally Dec. 8, mostly, though.

 

Dec.5, 2019; The Impeachment Situation with Trump vs. the “deep state”

What Trump has to do about this overt attempt to impeach him is point an accusing finger at Rockefeller, the man behind the media and the ‘deep state’ that has been forking us over to the Globalist / Moscow committee. Until he does that he has not addressed the predicament he is in. What Trump should do, and this would be so easy as to serve him right to be compromised if he doesn’t do it, what he should do is T-W-E-E-T this: “Check out lennonmurdertruth.com, folks, if you want to see the evil crimes my enemies are ignoring as they pretend to be your friend. Check it out, people. You may just learn a thing or two.” Of course he should follow that tweet up with a surprise raid on Stephen King’s home in Sarasota, Florida and arrest him and deny him bail and change the channel, entirely. This move would knock  Pelosi and Schiff off the mantle like a cheap trinket of plaster. This move would put his enemies on defense just to stay alive at all. This move would flush the swamp right out of D.C. and send the Pelosi’s and the Schiff’s into a mad hysteria trying to flay away like the evil bats they are.

Will he do it? Meanwhile I’m having to get on talk radio and remind the listeners that it is Schiff and Pelosi who are abusing the power of THEIR office to affect the outcome of the 2020 election, not Trump like they have been saying. What you readers need to know is that Russia is in bed with Rockefeller and the globalists are really the former Soviets and it’s really that simple, folks. Rockefeller was supposed to be finalizing the transfer of America to the globalist totalitarians but Trump snuck past his many tricks and got elected, after all. That’s what all this fuss about getting rid of Trump has been about, all along. He’s holding up the surrender of America and it’s pissing off the traitors who have high jacked America. The fact that you voted for Trump is of no matter to them. They hate you stupid Americans and they don’t respect you, especially since you proved what phonies and pushovers you all are to overlook my evidence that proves evil crimes committed against us all. They think you all stink and don’t count. They will overturn your vote just because they are our enemies and you’ve been too stupid to address this fact for too long. Moscow’s philosophy is this; “If they have a spine they’ll stop us. Until then probe forward with bayonets and advance on them.”

You people are media controlled douche bags – I hate to HAVE to say it, folks – and they seem to know it. They run our media with Rockefeller’s blessings and you are fools who want to call ME a crazy person for doing the right and heroic thing and demand justice for John Lennon’s murder. It’s so much easier that standing upright like a man and fighting back and demanding the truth, isn’t it? The rest of you are too miserable to even care or think about it. Admit it. No WONDER the Kremlin thinks it can steamroll your 2016 vote via their army of agents and enemies of America. You need a hero like me to save you but you’re too proud to admit it? You don’t think it’s a commie plot only because you have forgotten HOW to think, in the first place. You can’t recall a trial for Mark Decoy Chapman and you don’t care what the truth is. Like a traumatized rape victim who doesn’t want to press charges, you flounder helplessly in the wake of having sex with the devil and what it has done to you. You people are flat on your faces as the enemies of freedom are trying to oust YOUR President for saving us in our time of peril. Because most of you ARE weak and flattened and on your collective face we find ourselves in these perilous times. “Strange days” , like Jim Morrison said, “have found us.”

If Trump is to prevail I hope he changes the laws so this one sided gang up against our vote can’t be committed again. The media and the “committee” need to be removed from their abusive positions of power, not our ‘Real Deal” president; Donald Trump. Who can deny that the media and the “House” has been abusing it’s power to affect the 2020 election? Nobody, that’s who. It’s a little like they are all bent out of shape that BIDEN WAS CAUGHT doing a quid pro quo and Trump dared to look into the matter. “Oh, NO! He’s looking into the crimes of OUR guy. Can’t have any of THAT….Let’s turn the tables on him and blame HIM for what our guy admitted doing!”

Typical 180 degree deception right out of the Soviet Union’s playbook.

It is perfectly legal to want to know what the son of the Vice President was doing with a corrupt oil company in Ukraine. Is Biden a foreign agent subverting America? That just might be exactly what scares Trump’s enemies the most. Their great white hope to oust Trump might just be working for our enemies, after all. If I were president I would look into the matter just on the grounds of national security. What IS a vice president’s son doing in a foreign oil company so close to Russia in the first place? It’s a fair question. It’s not just about Trump and his election rival at all. It’s more than that.

If I were Trump I’d open up a deep investigation to ALL this. Joe Biden. That’s right! This whole smokescreen is designed to point us all AWAY from BIDEN to begin with. Trump was looking into his dirt and his people are now freaking out over it. “Trump committed the crime of trying to investigate OUR guy! We NEED Biden to oust Trump. Trump can’t DO that!”

 

OBAMA TRIED, TWICE, TO KILL ME!!                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          While all of you are twirling on your embedded finger and sitting on John Lennon murder evidence and basically watching me twist in the wind all this time, Barack Obama has twice, already, tried to kill me in a road accident and I’m currently being assaulted by the all too familiar to be a coincidence C.H.P. who, again, are trying to set me up with a head on collision down the road after they first paper me with phony tickets so they can point to them as the reason why, after. Usually what I am about to say might be described as “Crying Wolf” but this time it is not. Just the opposite, in fact. If anything I have been in denial, myself, all these years to just now realize what has been staring me in the face now for almost ten years;.

Barack Obama has already tried, twice, to kill me in a high speed road accident. That’s right, folks. I am the one who has been exposing evidence in John Lennon’s murder and drive the lennonmurdertruth.com logo’d van. Steve Lightfoot, the most under appreciated hero on earth, if I do say so, myself. Though the evidence proves Reagan and Nixon arranged for author Stephen King to murder John Lennon and covered it up with the media with a story line about Mark Chapman, who never stood trial, it is, apparently, Barack Obama now trying to kill me before I get famous for this monster expose and change world politics. I came to realize, long ago, that these politicians are all in bed together behind our backs and, except for Trump, who they fear like kryptonite, or haven’t you all noticed, are trying to kill me before their New World Order kills America. That real conspiracy, growing around us our entire lives, has already disabled you, morally, and you are helpless to fight what is their systematic campaign of evil against you, King leading the assault. They all work for the globalists in bed with Moscow who are trying to oust Trump and take over America as we speak. King admits he hates our second amendment and Trump. His words. Killing John Lennon and replacing him with a horror writer was step one to destroy us and now they are trying to kill me for exposing this biggest news on the planet. News so huge you are all psychotic with denial about it. A little like the denial even I find myself under today over the ongoing plot to kill me in a road accident. As I write this letter under this C.H.P. assault against me, I find my home town in northern Ca., again, suffering the worst fires there, ever. The area that denied their messenger for three decades. I even reminded them, this week on KGO Radio, that the 2017 fire that burned Santa Rosa occurred on John Lennon’s birthday after all the police abuses I suffered there.

Here’s the chronological order of just recent events as they happened;

In the mid 1990’s a Marin County C.H.P. officer who rousted me for sleeping admitted to me; “Your photo is in every C.H.P. office in the state..” I have always been a high profile activist. I’m sure I was in those days and I can point to an unprecedented level of police abuses against me since 1983 when the Secret Service paid me a surprise visit. It’s detailed in my chapter; ‘People, You’re The Problem’ under the title;’ Police Abuses Against Me.’ Multiple gun pointing episodes, arrests, beatings, media slander, hundreds of episodes.                                                                                                                                                                                                                      In the summer of 2010 while making a left hand turn with a a green arrow in Concord, Ca. a car going almost 60 mph hit me and my passenger in our delivery truck – T bone style – and knocked us thirty feet sideways before our truck rolled over on it’s side. My passenger was protected by the door frame – I made sure of that – and the other driver’s SUV was crumpled almost all the way to the windshield and she escaped unharmed with the help of an airbag. That a sore left foot I suffered is all that happened to us is a small miracle, I think.

I thought, then, that the C.I.A. or somebody like that may have tried to kill me because it was while driving something other than my website van. My enemies wouldn’t welcome that advertisement in the news. Then the police and C.H.P. failed to cite the motorist who was seen by witnesses driving against my green light!  Highly unusual. Then, incredibly, the intersection was immediately paved over, either one or two days, after, destroying the ” scene of the crime ” Like a movie script. All that would have been required is to keep the one car’s light green (It was coming at high speed hidden by a rise ) and activate my light to green to put me in harms way. They had the motive and the means and opportunity; a room with cameras and controls, I learned. I can almost see Barack and Hillary watching the replay of it like they watched the take down of Bin Laden.

Several months later I was subjected to a barrage of three false tickets in a few months time. I was sure that this same deep state faction in our politics was trying to paint me as a reckless driver to point to my record as a reason for what happened and not some plot by them to take me out. The first was a red light camera ticket in San Francisco. (The same city who is liable for exposure for kidnapping and pistol whipping me unconscious in 1987) This occurred at 3 a.m. after some really strange happenings with the other signals leading up to this one. Though the photo shows I am legally past the line I lost that one to Judge Michael Beggert. Before that was even heard I received another red light camera summons a few weeks later. That was dismissed early as the revue I requested showed I made a complete stop before turning right. Then, a few weeks later, and ten minutes after buying a book about how to fight your traffic ticket at Berkeley’s famous No Lo Press bookstore, a motorcycle officer in Oakland ticketed me for a right turn, which he was not a witness to, as I watched him the whole time, looking away, down at his handlebars. This same officer lied on the stand at trial, in fact, after.

By now I was convinced that the San Francisco bay area authorities were out to kill me in a road accident and to then point to these tickets as the reason why when I made the obituaries. An in person visit to Kamala Harris’s office then to investigate was stonewalled. I was being set up for another high speed “accident” it seemed and I, literally, moved to southern California for several years for my safety. Jerry Brown was growing an extra nose at the time (a lump) and looking furtive, the way Obama does, lately, and I figured he might even be involved.

While in L.A. I got one ticket that was suspicious. I found an officer standing in the street in front of me ordering me to pull over. I beat half of his citation but received a seat belt violation there.

I then moved to San Diego and, one day, while minding my own business, driving at 60 mph on the San Diego Freeway in 2015, a uniformed Navy cadet going 75 mph, according to him, – that’s 10 miles over the limit – slammed into my van hard enough to leave a two foot high by five foot long tire mark on the driver’s side and could have caused a fatal result had my van lost control or rolled. I had to chase him down before he pulled over. The C.H.P. took 45 minutes to arrive after I called them. The driver wanted to settle between just us but I wanted a record of the event. A 45 minute delay for a freeway call is TWICE the normal response time and I suspect my name either raised a red flag that required a special meeting with supervisors or they may have been in cahoots, all along, with this military inflicted attack on me. As if to prove this, they did not cite the driver who hit me. I made a big stink about it then with posters and flyers advertising what happened and I left the mark up to show the public what the government was up to. I had not pieced the other accident to this one at the time.

Then, on the 35th anniversary of my evidence find, July 26, 2017, a man exiting his workplace looking sideways to see if homeless people were lingering nearby, ran into my stopped van. He admitted he was not looking forward when the C.H.P. arrived. The C.H.P. officer refused to make a report and said I would be blamed if he did. This man had nothing to do with any government plot and the date was pure coincidence, I’ll admit, but the C.H.P.’s response was preposterous. The insurance companies admitted it was the other driver’s fault and I was paid to fix my van.

Five months later, in Santa Rosa, while using an entrance / egress lane, that an officer tried to call a bicycle lane, I was cited for passing on the right. In fact, a pile of tree trimmings in the road forced me to turn left. A retired judge from Contra Costa county ( The same county as Concord,Ca. that almost killed me ) drove 70 miles to try my case and wrongfully convicted me. I beat that on appeal but I found it odd that he came out of his way from where I was almost killed to convict me in the first place. Is that area a secret enclave of deep state operatives?

Fast forward to now, 2019, and the year started with trouble on January 10, almost the same day Gavin Newsom was sworn in as Governor, when a homeless man I hired to drive me one block to a dentist office for an operation left my van abandoned, in neutral, with the door open and engine running in the middle of the roadway. The next thing I knew I was in the bushes and receiving a D.U.I. ticket from the C.H.P for trying to save my rolling van. (That case is pending toxicology results.)

I had just inherited money following my mother’s death and my new paint job on my 2000 Chevy Astro van was ruined and cost $2,000. to fix. (Although I was unaware of it at the time Jack Fox Auto Repair in Seaside California was, apparently, simultaneously sabotaging my other Toyota van while installing a new motor. I’ll be suing them soon, in fact, for almost $5,000.)

Cris Malsaq, the homeless man who I think set me up, (and who stole $100. from my wallet.) was referred to me by a retired Santa Cruz police officer. This man, named Greg, had knowledge of who I was and that I’d be on med’s and at what time and had three days to coach Cris what to do if he was involved. I think he was. In 1994 the Santa Cruz police, under chief Belcher, conducted a sting operation against me while I was picketing a Stephen King book signing. (My huge sign read; “STEPHEN KING IS A MURDERER; IT’S TRUE OR HE’D SUE”) I was put on national T.V. news in handcuffs being pushed into a patrol car and branded a stalker of Stephen King and charged with suspicion of trespassing. I was released, uncharged, two days later but their dirty work had been done. Now Santa Cruz Police and chief Belcher have reason to keep me from becoming famous – that 25 year old police scandal that also involves judge Sullivan who signed the fraudulent warrant..

Though Cris Malsaq admitted to driving to the office and admitted he had a suspended licence the C.H.P officer did not cite him and, in fact, ..”shooed ( him ) away..” from the scene.

The next day I went to the C.H.P. office to explain what happened and warned the officer that I have an avenging angel that punishes my enemies whether I wish it or not and to get out for his own sake if he’s in any plot. I even mentioned that the Loma Prieta quake that devastated Santa Cruz in 1989 occurred right after my first unsuccessful visit there after; “… they let me down.” I later apologized for that to him over the phone in case he misunderstood my intentions..

Two months later, on April Fools Day 2019, and right after someone had broken a pair of my sunglasses grabbed from my dash and left next to my suddenly flattened tire, I was cited again by – that’s right – another C.H.P. officer, AND from the same office as the other one, for unsafe lane change. In fact, two cars ahead of me, one after the other, who suddenly slowed down after seeing the patrol car following me, forced me to take evasive action and swerve around them rather than risking a sudden stop in my high top van with only side rear view mirrors.

I made a motion to prevent the dash cam video because it was edited to show one side of the story and not mine. I never got a response, however. Had the tape been intact I would know whether he happened upon me or waited, parked, for me to leave a lot. He left out one of two minutes his camera recorded. I also motioned to dismiss on the grounds that the officer was a day late in requesting a delay. I expected to receive mail stating my case had been dismissed on that basis. No mail but, instead, I was told my motion(s) would be heard at trial which the officer had arranged to take place on – that’s right – the anniversary of the Loma Prieta quake. It seemed like the one officer told the other to ram my Loma Prieta quake theory down my throat as they convict me hiding behind a pro tem judge and not a real judge as would have happened had I not refused to sign the waiver. When I refused to accept the pro tem judge I saw non verbal communication, faces and raised eyebrows and smiles of worry, take place between the officer and the bailiff, as if convicting me was big news.

My realization that all this adds up to Obama really tried to kill me twice, already, and Gavin Newsom may be trying to, again, set me up for an assassination attempt on the road, all came while fighting this latest ticket. Suddenly it occurred to me that I have been in denial of the danger I really am in, all along.  This realization has left me feeling exhausted and tired and shocked I must say. Denial. It’s hard to admit a former so called U.S. president would be trying to kill me. It took me 10 years. Now a bout of post traumatic stress has been triggered from the insight. I see only a diseased public too blind to see their state. Helpless victims of government evil. Meanwhile, my life is on the line and they don’t care. Terrible, terrible, ugly insights.

In 1984 I received a threat letter from Stephen King two weeks before my Father was killed in a plane crash that occurred on the 10th anniversary of Nixon’s resignation. Two weeks before that his dog was found hanged in a drape cord. (The bitter U.S. public laughed with glee at my misfortune when I told the Cal Berkeley students, in fact. See how sick you all really are?)

Here I am being a brave hero, saving America from a globalist take over, exposing JOHN LENNON’S killers and what do I get? A former president of the United States and his C.H.P. and a cowardly public trying to kill me in such a way that they can point to tickets I received as if I were to blame and not them???!!!

I thought Jerry Brown was involved in 2010 and I think Newsom is involved today. He fits right in with the anti Trump crowd that I have come to see as our enemies is sheep’s clothing. Obama now has THIS scandal I am opening up to the public to worry about and he wants to finish the job he may have started. If I get famous this scandal goes world wide and he knows it. Reagan wasn’t yet president when he went around Carter to kill John Lennon. Obama has deep state connections like the one’s trying to reverse our 2016 vote and, like I said, he looks furtive, lately.

Most depressingly, it feels like all of you American citizens are secretly hoping they DO kill me just so you can continue being a John Lennon killing slob. That’s the real scandal of all. YOU! You can’t save Lennon but you CAN save ME. What kind of people am I trying to save?

I am making a motion to change the venue out of Santa Cruz county and it’s up on my site under the ‘People, You’re The Problem’ chapter. in my New Developments page.

October 27, 2019;

This is the perfect spot to reveal to all of you just how much bad karma has fallen on my enemies over three decades. Although I recently abandoned faith that God exists two years ago, the path of retribution over my shoulder is Biblical in proportion and deserves to be told;

Before I begin, and to show you how much your children DO pay attention to me and my evidence, child on child mass shootings have all but stopped, nationwide, since I got on talk radio and told the listeners that the reason kids are killing each other 52 times a year is because they are angry at their phony parents who are sidestepping their duty to care about Stephen King killing John Lennon, among other things as well, and don’t want their classmates to grow up like their phony parents. That their real anger is towards their parents. I also discussed it on my website, all after the local Gilroy Garlic Festival shooting months ago. It’s as if I rung a big bell out there. Your kids know I’m right. Imagine my influence AFTER I am brought forward.

I’ll start with 1966 as a boy in Healdsburg, Ca. the night I had just laid my head on a pillow in our family’s back yard to see a monster, mountain sized asteroid miss earth by less than 3,000 miles. It lit up the sky, carved out a sixth of the sky as it went silently from California to Hawaii in about two seconds time it seemed. Certainly as big as the one that carved out the Gulf of Mexico that killed the dinosaurs. My first thought was; “We almost all just died.” My second thought was to not tell anyone for fear they’d think I was crazy. For ten years I never did, either.

The point is; I understand how fragile our lives all are. I understand how we can be wiped out in mere days, everyone, with a strike from space. I have an extra reason to not offend the creator with slob like behavior. I fear the wrath of nature if we, as a species, fall short of our real glory. Right now we, no, all of YOU, are begging for an asteroid you’re so fallen from grace, already. Satan must be dancing with delight at stupid, blind, guilty America and it’s people, Stephen King getting a pass for killing John Lennon according to your collective code of apathy. I’m sure this sight, more amazing than anyone else has seen, at the age of 12, accounts for my looking into why Chapman skipped trial in the first place. I knew America was sick not to do so, then.

I am already on record PRAYING for that same asteroid I saw as a child to destroy us as a species for failing John Lennon and ourselves if I die before you, as a people, jail Stephen King and tell the truth. I’d take me very seriously if I were you. The rate you’re going you’ll wait until after I am killed to care about my efforts. That won’t change my prayer. It would only prove you lack the sanity to deserve to continue as a species. “Better dead than Red” “Quality over quantity” I say. You’re all more depraved, frightened, hero killing masochists than you think.

The young man who shot up the garlic festival was quoted saying; “… all you people respond to is force and the barrel of a gun…”It would be great if I didn’t have to scare you with that asteroid to help me this December 08 in downtown Monterey as I conduct my biggest rally of the year to demand evidence disclosure from our media. Won’t you help, please? I’m in real danger and I deserve all of your support. Please be there a hundred strong and my story WILL BREAK! TELL your friends and drum up a buzz for me and be ready by this next December 08, Sunday, at downtown Monterey. You raped victims can do it if you try. I was cooking steak and lobster there when Lennon was shot and it’s as good a place as any. It would be the greatest protest ever made by the U.S. public in terms of change that it would usher in. “The Event” is what John called his death Paul was quoted as saying the next day. Don’t sidestep it like a coward. ‘Don’t let me down’, as John used to sing. ‘Come together over’ his MURDER like he told you to when he knew he was in the same position then as I am now, aware that he was being stalked by the government. He also sang, in that song; “One thing I can tell you is you got to be free..” as if to leave a political map for us after we killed him. “Come together, right now, over me.” He knew he would be killed, then. Don’t make the same apathetic mistake with me. December 08, 2019 means “Right now” like John said. Save Steve Lightfoot or you’ll hate yourselves, after, if I’m killed. – (See site for more attached to this entry. Click Footnotes and new Developments page)

Please allow me to interrupt this original version and postpone a listing of the kinds of karmic retribution that has befallen my enemies and just cut to the chase of what I just said, above;

NEW NEWSLETTER DRAFT; November 8, 2019;

Having just distributed almost 500 4 page newsletters to Monterey and Santa Cruz citizens where I listed the ongoing plot by our government to kill me in a head on collision (Two tamer attempts have already failed, apparently by then president Obama.), and having just been notified that one of my tickets was dismissed yesterday, I now move on to phase two of my original newsletter where I can afford to be more pleasant and informative regarding what is in it for YOU to help ME.

Allow me to introduce myself; My name is Steve Lightfoot and the same one who drives that yellow high top 2000 Chevy Astro van with the lennonmurdertruth.com website on it. The purpose of this newsletter is to get you off of your raped, scared, jealous, brainwashed, boot-licking, hero killing ass (Had to get all of that in.) and get your friends to join you, too, and help me demand media disclosure of the hard evidence I uncovered that proves who really killed John Lennon. The truth about John Lennon’s murder. Boy, it just scares the s**t out of everybody, doesn’t it? Talk radio is unable to give the subject a split second of time, ever, (Morton Downey Jr. excepted.) the public can’t bring themselves to admit John’s murder hurt them very, very much inside, where it counts, or that they excused a trial for the accused killer in the first place. Parents step aside to allow the molestation of their children by the real killer to continue as if to appease the God of Satan. The very subject confronts society with it’s guilt, shame and it’s evil, all at once. “Ooooohhhh!!!!! He’s got evidence that PROVES it!!!! Everybody RUN!!!  I thought we covered that murder up, already.”                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           December 08, 2019 is on a SUNDAY and it’s the anniversary of his murder and I need demonstrators to out what is the biggest news event in our lifetime; jailing Stephen King for pulling the trigger, jailing Mark Chapman for pretending to be the real killer, Yoko Ono for setting John up and others who facilitated the cover-up in the first place. Protest time is between 12 noon and 6 p.m..Time and Newsweek and U.S. News magazines may be the first institutions to fall in it’s wake. They are the source of my evidence; their government cryptography in the bold print headlines, mostly. The story that will unmask and arrest the K.G.B. take over of America, the news that will expose Russia as the real mastermind behind the murder. Even presidents Nixon and Reagan may go down in history as Soviet plants. Certainly we will want to know, after, who is our “deep state”, and why have they sold us out to the world government they are planning for us all behind our coddled, pacified, media mind controlled backs.?

The truth is, people, you’ve been very brainwashed, raped, scared and very sick for a very long time. You never made a protest, then, when Chapman skipped his trial we were all supposed to see to make sure we weren’t being lied to. But you all KNEW you were being lied to and you didn’t want to point a finger at the C.I.A.. I know. I know all about your sin, people. Secretly you have all been hoping I would be killed, next, so you might avoid that untidy task of dealing with the sick mess you all made. Nobody on the planet knows better than I what a phony all of you, innately, really are. My own flesh and blood and cowardly McCartney included. I can’t say you’re God damned at birth but I do know you are all creator cursed to be so weak in the face of my heroic expose and the evidence. Hard evidence! The big break mankind has only dreamed of having since the beginning of time. You’ve all been SO lame and full of denial I’ve even gone on record praying a monster meteorite saves you from your masochism if you can’t man up and disclose this news before I die. I know that life under THAT farce would be worse than death. If you’re too weak as a species to deal with who really killed John Lennon then your lives would be subhuman, poisoned and cheap, indeed. You victim’s never tried Mark Chapman. Stupid!

While on the subject of this mighty meteor I saw as a boy, let me say this;. If you close one eye and hold your index finger about two inches away from your eye so that it takes up a sixth of your field of vision THAT’S how big it was as it streaked across the summer sky parallel to the earth’s surface. It was moving so fast I would have missed it completely had I blinked. It seemed so close I was startled at how silent it was. As the whole landscape was lit for a millisecond I saw the colors of orange and yellow, not the typical white, in it’s streak. It could not have been more than 3,000 miles away – a near hit – and then it was all the way to Hawaii in less than a few seconds from Northern California. where I was laying down in my family’s back yard. The overall feeling I got was this; Nothing mankind can or will ever be able to do about a force that all powerful. A rock larger than a mountain plowing through space at hundreds of thousands of miles per hour. I immediately thought; “We almost all just died.”

This sight, more amazing than any sight on earth ever seen by anyone, that I saw, so changed me inside that I account for this experience as a moment where I felt I was selected out of all humanity to be the witness, for whatever reason. I didn’t tell a soul for over ten years about it. What it impressed upon me is the notion that we are really just sitting ducks waiting to be wiped out in one fell swoop. Not theoretically, but for real. I fear nature like all of you only pretend to fear God. I DO think we must behave NOT to be wiped out by the cosmic, karmic forces. I’m sure that’s why I am – and I hate to have to say it – it’s why I am more evolved, intellectually and spiritually, than anyone you know, in my opinion. I have seen the power of creation like none other. That, decades later, I would be the one to stumble onto the evidence the government left behind in a matter so huge as John Lennon’s murder seems spooky. What are the odds of one person happening upon two such monumental events? I truly DO think you’ll all be wiped out for being unworthy of continuing as a species if you kill me with your apathy before you jail Stephen King and own up to the evidence. Your lives are already defiled too much, already. Life should be beautiful, not ugly. You’ve all been seduced into letting life get ugly. You’ll never admit it.

Just last night I said, on Coast To Coast Radio (Insert; Nov. 29, 2019); “I’m calling to make a comparison with the last 40 years of our lives and the analogy of the slowly cooked frog in the pot. These are the things we never used to have to deal with; A.I.D.S. school shootings, two paycheck economy, an increase in all issues relating to despair; overdosing that we’re seeing in epidemic proportions today, global warming and severe weather, a 60 percent drop in our sperm counts (I just threw that in) and a lot of things we never used to have to deal with. There has never been a musical talent, for example, as great as The Beatles since 1969 and we’ve stagnated, culturally and spiritually. We’re all already cooked, is what I’m saying. I’ve noticed all this started to unravel after the three biggest lies told in America were delivered to us. The three biggest lies told; Mark David Chapman…” With that I was cut off. But I said what I wanted to.

Go to my website; www.lennonmurdertruth.com and click the Footnotes button at the top and read my chapter; “OBAMA TRIED, TWICE, TO KILL ME!!” It’s explosive stuff. It’s all true that I was hit at almost 60 mph, T-bone style, by a woman who wasn’t even charged and that the intersection was paved over the next day, for example. Or the time a few years later when a uniformed Navy cadet slammed his truck into me on the freeway at 75 mph leaving a huge tire mark all across my driver’s side. The C.H.P. didn’t cite him, either. And read about how, in between these almost fatal road “accidents”, I was fraudulently “papered” with tickets as if to portray me as a reckless driver for when the media would read my obituary and try to explain away my death like that. You wouldn’t believe that my father was killed in a plane crash or that I was kidnapped, handcuffed and pistol whipped unconscious in the back of a police van, but it’s all provable, people. And you wonder why this formerly polite doctor’s son with a very high S.A.T. score and a promising golf career has turned into a  scathing social critic like I have. Go to that page and find out just how Moscow uses evil, like a weapon, against you raped fools. Try being the janitor of the human race’s apathy and sickness for three decades and see how well YOU do! My enemies were hoping I’d take hostages, or something, so they could lock me up and kill me.  Remember, I was smart enough to find the evidence to begin with. I can’t afford to be stupid, now, just because you all wish I were dead. Meanwhile, it’s only your apathy on parade, anyway. The whole world is watching the U.S. public flat on it’s phony face, not me. I had NO idea you were all so depraved a species when I started all this. It’s a lot like being an alien in a stupid world gone mad. Blindfolds on everywhere and no one wants to see.

Not a case of “Crying Wolf, but of my own denial that I’ve been in such danger all this time. In fact, the hundreds of police abuses I’ve suffered since 1982 is unprecedented, probably.

I understood decades ago that it was really Moscow more than D.C. who killed John Lennon but I clung to my pride and denial and withheld telling all of you because it would be a lot to ask of you to accept that Yoko Ono was a foreign agent, that Nixon and Reagan were globalist world government puppets and not really American politicians and a host of other incomprehensible notions. Time and Newsweek being communist owned magazines. (Provable, for example) Our inner circle of government making a deal to mix both styles of government behind the people’s backs and go world government at the expense of America as we know it. I knew, then, it was all too horrific to be believed. I used to laugh at “Commie plot” accusations once upon a time. Not so much, today, people. I have overcome my denial about the matter and you’re all in deep doo doo, indeed. “You silenced Soviets” is just one slogan that would fit you, lately. There’s a reason your children were massacring each other at school, lamestream public.( My talk radio remarks on the subject last summer that the children resent their parents for being so phony and lame are shooting their classmates to keep them from becoming like their phony parents seems to have rung a huge bell that has, so far, seen a stop in that department. Admit it.) Haven’t you already noticed the mass media’s naked partisanship regarding our populist president, lately? A Rockefeller driven coup d ta attempt at subverting the vote of the American people. Rockefeller, the family who invented the C.I.A. the C.F.R. and such. The man behind your curtain of phoniness. The one, a trillionaire, who keeps his name out of print he’s so powerful. Hillary was scheduled to do his world government bidding, you see. That family is now out of power. Who can deny that the entire media is aligned and trying to do his bidding? This powerful family that has secretly run our presidents for decades. Trump, the other rich man with his own high rise in New York City, like Rockefeller Plaza, hasn’t gotten the memo and our most powerful family isn’t used to mavericks mucking up their plans.

Now, I realize that when I say that Moscow is mostly behind all this treachery and that everything is really a Commie plot, I lose some of you less than sophisticated readers. Now, late 2019, I am finally, utterly, completely convinced that everything IS EXACTLY JUST THAT, INDEED! I have to now scream it out loud before your brainwashed minds gets me killed. It is EXACTLY a Commie plot. Stephen King is Moscow’s murderous monkey. (His mouth actually looks very chimpanzee like, curiously.) Moscow is weak except it knows how to use evil and other hidden arts against their enemies. Like both Russia and China, who lack the will to invent what they steal and replicate from us who HAVE the will to strive farther because we have freedom to live for, like this form of compensation for their lack of will or jest for life, Moscow has learned the arts of evil and human psychology and how to cripple an enemy from within the walls of his own skin and use evil as a weapon, itself, to defeat America with.

Yoko Ono is such an practitioner of this evil. She seduced Lennon with Kama Sutra, sidelined him after breaking up The Beatles and then RAN ahead of him, KNOWING he was about to be shot, so she wouldn’t be hit. It’s a chilling, provable fact, folks. She’s a K.G.B. cunt from hell and John was a fool to fall for her evil. Humanity knew what it was doing when it hissed at her upon her arrival in the mid 1960’s. The modern day Judas of our world. Yoko “Oh, NO!” I found out the hard way in 1987 when her security team kidnapped, handcuffed and beat me unconscious in the back of a police van. She had the N.Y.P.D. hold a gun to another man’s in head in 1981 to retrieve a journal of John’s he had. Fred Seaman, who was John’s house servant at the time.

Yoko Ono’s parents deserted her and left her behind when the war with America in the 1940’s tore Japan apart. Wealthy banker parents, as I recall.  Her reason to hate America?

Stephen King is exactly this same kind of evil Moscow used against us. Stephen King is only good at destroying what is good in the world. From an early age he was crippled by a father who deserted him and who knows what other kinds of Portland, Maine hell. He was, in fact, kicked out of Herman, Maine in the 1970’s for his writings about a boy who shoots up his classmates. His obscure book ‘Rage’. He developed a chip on his shoulder against America from the start. Another miserable specimen that the K.G.B. somehow grabbed a hold of.

Richard Nixon, possibly a Soviet plant, himself, all along, wrote in The Real War; “A corrupted ideal is more potent than a frank defiance of all ideal values.” By having Stephen King murder and then replace John Lennon Moscow turned the tables of right and wrong on us. They made us insane, instantly, using the art of evil against unsuspecting America. If we were sane, for example, we would not be idly tolerating my evidence while King remains free, NO. We would, instead be OUTRAGED considering what form of death to punish him with for being a Soviet spy who killed our hero. If you people were sane you would be screaming for death by firing squad for what he did to you. But you are NOT sane or well, at all. Evil turned you all insane and upside down. Practically the minute Howard Cosell sold you the story about Chapman while you were all huddled in the fourth quarter of Monday Night Football, poised for a kill, anyway. I, personally, think that all such offenders as assassins should be locked up for life and put on one way mirror display for any time the public wants to check and make sure he’s where the media says he is. A living reminder of the evil out there trying to destroy us, and not just a grave site. A measure to force us to confront our apathy and denial and, yes, our real life enemies. A prison room available for the public to see with their own eyes, at work, doing it’s job. IMAGINE: A line of tourists looking in on an aging, grey haired, imprisoned Stephen EVIL King! That’s an America with it’s head screwed on straight. See how sick you all are, now?

Before I go far along here, let me remind all of you that they took us over via infiltrating our C.I.A. and our F.B.I. and our political posts including the presidency multiple times, truth be told, and especially our media and the movie industry. It’s possible Cruzchev used nuclear blackmail and Eisenhower CAVED!!, or maybe they just bought off officials all along their way to almost total control of our system. Our “Deep State” is “All Good” with this take over of America, folks. I think certain sellout traitors have sold us out, most noteworthy, the Rockefeller crowd who keeps us on a fossil fuel lifestyle to sell Chevron gas. I’ll bet you all also didn’t know that nearly every day of your lives a Russian sub with live nuclear missiles has always been off our California coast. Like we have ours off their coast. I remember when Jerry Brown once said about it; “I don’t think most Americans know that.”

Many of you don’t know that The Rothchilds own, or owned until recently, PG and E of California electricity and fires, for example. They are the big foreign power family. If they’d simply COAT their positive wires with protection most of these fires would not occur, but they don’t. Why? Why not spray a rubberized coat on all those positive wires? That’s the cheap fix, I think.

Mostly, though, I think Russia mostly killed our would be heroes before they got too powerful, to keep our national psyche under complete control. J.F.K., R.F.K., M.L.K., Buddy Holly, John Lennon, John Belushi, Jim Morrison and many others. John Wayne and Steve McQueen, for all you know. That’s the K.G.B. m.o., I’ve noticed. They didn’t allow The Beatles in Russia.

(News flash!!  Two days after writing about John Wayne being a Soviet hit, based purely on theory of what Russia does to us, generally, I heard last night on Coast To Coast Radio that, indeed, Stalin, after learning that John Wayne was an ardent anti-communist, sent a hit squad to Hollywood to kill him but they were stopped by our F.B.I., first. Cruzchev allegedly apologized to Wayne for that leaked story saying it was a dark, final chapter in their history and for him not to worry any more. Only thing is, Wayne died quite young, anyway, didn’t he? Our government kept these would be assassins so they wouldn’t be killed upon their return to Russia.)

If I get famous I will blow up and destroy their decades of work and I can save America and the world from these monsters whose only talent is evil. I can only do that for you if you first bring me forward and deserve it, though. I’m convinced that these depraved Russians and others and their sick conspiracies are designed to destroy all of mankind, whether they are aware of it or not. Pure, simple, self destructive hatred run amok. Self hatred, probably. You – I have to say it – brainwashed cowards need me to save you just as I need you to face up and help me with my evidence find and come forward. I need you to take to the streets and demand disclosure of my evidence find for mostly YOUR sake.

What are you all up against in joining me Dec. 08 2019, a SUNDAY, for Christ’s sake!? Let me tell you all what I THINK your problem is and why you’re still terrorized from Lennon’s murder;

20 percent of your reluctance is messenger envy. Jealousy of me. That’s right. It’s more about all of you and not about me. If ANYBODY found such an explosive assembly of hard evidence in the matter of John Lennon’s murder as I HAVE he would be despised for being so lucky and so potentially powerful. Why, such power as to cause a real, unstoppable revolution that would actually accelerate our evolution and intelligence, almost overnight. He would be the most influential and interesting human on earth for a least a few years. The man who toppled the powers that be! ANYONE who happened upon such a find as I have would be despised for being so lucky. ‘If not me, then not you’, logic. When those of you think to yourselves; “He’s just a crazy person to think that.” it’s really your jealousy and denial betraying you. Fear tricking you. It’s how your fragile mind deals with what it is too weak to deal with to begin with. What you REALLY mean is; “Damn! Is HE going to force the truth on me, now? Everybody always knew we were lied to about that murder. I hate to be held accountable for the assassinations my apathy has always sanctioned, before. Every one of them I sanctioned with my apathy, after. Damn HIS decency, though. Why can’t he just leave us sinners alone? We’re so USED to having our heroes and our dreams dashed by our government. Doesn’t he know we’re inveterate masochists and out of our right minds? Doesn’t he know we get off abusing our kids this way? That we like to punish them like this for having to work to support them in the first place?” I do, now, folks. I do, now. Like no one else on earth. Say what you will about my spartan lifestyle and my sacrifices, my perception of life is probably more interesting than any one you know, actually. Life’s more interesting at the cutting edge. Lonely at the top, yes, but interesting. Still, though, you can’t afford your messenger envy. It’s so self destructive. Get over THAT, please! My life is miserable enough, like yours, only in different ways.

Fully 50 percent of your reluctance to stand up for yourselves in the matter of being robbed of John Lennon and his influence has to do with boot-licking fear of government. Ever since Caesar nailed dissidents up on crosses to scare the public off of protesting his system your ancestors have sucked up to the powers that be out of ingrained fear. That the government sicked evil Stephen King on you hasn’t helped, either. They strategically use fear to control you. (I wouldn’t be surprised if, just as this story starts to break, Putin starts a phony WAR to push it to the back burner, they victimize you so much with fear.)

30 percent of your resistance has to do with your guilt and your shame in the matter. “How could I be such a chump and fool in front of my own children not to see this all this time?””How could my brave and free America be losing to the K.G.B.?””How could we all be so helpless and stupid and weak in the face of all this evil?””Why do I let King still molest my children instead of arrest him?””Am I an insane parent?” SHAME, people. You’ve got to get over it and fight back.

I’m sure I haven’t covered all the bases but the biggest three, at least. Admit it, please, people. YOU can’t afford to bullshit yourselves any more and deny me what I have deserved since 1982 when I first came forward with the evidence. The truth. I AM worthy of the world’s support. The question is, ARE YOU worthy of living under the truth? Prove it and protest or suck eggs forever, after. Right now, it’s Stephen King’s member you’re all sucking, admit it. The truth hurts.

If you are not and you can’t find the spine to defend yourselves from an evil foreign plot against you that let Stephen King kill John Lennon then just don’t show at my rally. If you can’t admit that you never saw a trial for ANYBODY who killed John Lennon then just sit and twirl on your finger and sit on my evidence and suffer. None of you ( Except for a dozen in 37 years) have ever attended my rallies, before. And you’ve all suffered, too, for it. You need ME to quell your children from shooting each other. Even those of you who think that life is great because you have the money to insulate yourselves from facing facts, even you are a miserable John Lennon killing coward who can’t scratch his ass when it comes to staying a free man in a free America. Just face that fact if you stay away from my empowering opportunity. If you want to deny that Stephen King is urinating on you and your decency, 24 / 7, I can’t stop you. I SAW the monster asteroid that can kill us in 1966 and what I blurted out to the Secret Service agent in 1983 still haunts me; “If I go everybody goes.” What did that mean? I think it means that that asteroid I saw just may be one more of my avenging angels taking control if you slobs don’t care and jail King in my lifetime. That I saw it AND found my evidence is for a reason I can’t explain. I predict a  much better world for us all, instead, if you CAN protest this December 08, however. Maybe if you show some courage and decency and worth we can all avoid the asteroid.

I need a hundred concerned citizens to save my life and save America from an evil take over. Your apathy and your government ARE conspiring to kill me if you don’t help, soon.  As bad as as our newspapers and media are, if enough of you show up they WILL print and air it. I can’t see it breaking any other way, can you? McCartney is ducking his duty and the media expects you to show them your spine before they cough it up. Get it? “If THEY don’t care, WE don’t care.” is their attitude. I have plenty of signs, but bring your own if you can. UNCOVER LENNON MURDER FACTS…UN CENSOR THE LENNON MURDER FACTS…MEDIA’S LIE SUCKS.. Whatever strikes you as effective.

For once in your repressed, poisoned lives take advantage of what I have to offer. It’s more valuable than anything else on earth. Life under truth. Life under dignity. Life under courage. Your lives, so far, have been nothing but a life under evil and farce whether you know it or not.

John gave you the instructions when he knew he’d be killed when he told you all to “Come together, right now, over me..” Well, can you John Lennon killing phonies do that, for a change? He said, in the same song; “One thing I can tell you is you got to be free…” Time to practice what he preached, people.

December 08, 2019, downtown Monterey. I hope to see you en mass, people. Do it for you. That’s the whole idea of forcing the media to stop lying to you and getting your heroes killed..

Your endangered messenger; Steve Lightfoot

November 14, 2019;  A DAY IN THE LIFE:

Let’s just revisit my yesterday, Nov. 13, 2019. I woke up and drove to my dentist;’s office and sat back under pain killers while he did a bone graft on my lower middle jaw.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            I then, immediately, distributed a few dozen flyers to Capitola, Ca. merchants. My line was a very mumbled; “I can prove the government killed John Lennon. Do you care?” If they said yes I’d give them a copy. If they said “No.” I’d say something like; “At least you know why your children are shooting each other at school.”  One women got huffy to the point I had to say it twice when she asked me what I said and I even added; “Oh, and bitter, too.”   (Do you all know how much I can nail you all by just putting these scenes in my four part movie, someday.? “No, I don’t CARE that my government killed John Lennon.” Pretty nuts if you ask me.)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Then I drove back to my Monterey home and went to Carmel Valley where Vice President Pence was to speak. I drove up to the phalanx of police cars at the site and presented my magazine and flyers to get to him and one sheriff had a secret service agent interview me before she said she’d forward my package to Pence.  Did she? Who knows?

Then I showered and putted on a putting green and eventually watched T.V. to find that the impeachment hearings were a joke, bigger than I thought they’d be. Adam Schiff, I’m not kidding, folks, in a one minute span of time, blinked his eyes over 90 times! That’s three blinks for every two seconds, folks. He averaged a blink per second, all day. Have you ever seen anyone blink so much in your life? Now I know why his eyes are so bug eyed to begin with. He is constantly massaging them with his eye lids. I dub this man with the moniker; “Blinky” “He who blinks first loses or he who blinks most lies most. I forget the saying, but it must be true.

Then, early A.M. the next day, I learned that the first school shooting in three months occurred in southern Ca. Two dead, several injured. Just when I started to take credit for the temporary lull in that activity a 16 year old breaks the spell. Hopefully he was one of the few young people who haven’t heard about me and my talk radio and website speeches..

So, that’s just one 24 hour cycle in a day in the life of Steve Lightfoot

Time to discuss school shootings. I said, before, that the kids see their parents as John Lennon killing, child abusing phonies letting them down when they need parents who are better than that and they feel betrayed. Betrayed to the point that they’d rather kill their friends than watch them grow up to be just like their phony, baloney parents. That life isn’t supposed to be this horrible and they see no other way out of their frustration. They hate their parent’s phoniness and take it out on their kids. They are too afraid to stand up to their authoritarian parents, just the way their parents are too afraid to stand up to their authoritarian government.

Now, I said a lot more than just my cause comes into play in this phenomenon. But I stick by my analysis, people. Children are not yet adulterated by, I’ll just say it, by adulthood, and they see their parents silence and betrayal of John Lennon and other matters as a sign their world is a nightmare. The kids are right. Their world HAS BECOME A NIGHTMARE, INDEED! It IS the parents fault for being a phony human and they are right to be angry if not right about their means of expression. I, for example, should have kicked my father in the shin when he told me, that week, “Well, son, I hear John Lennon was kind of a trouble maker.” Translation; “Yes, son, the government media is lying to us but maybe they know best. Just let it go, like me.” My father used to always tell me it was everybody ELSE who was a slob. Now I knew he was one, too.

The government who crippled you all with Lennon’s murder KNEW how big an issue phoniness in adults plays into their cover up. “John was the least phony human on earth but we’re going to blame your phoniness for letting us cover up his murder on John Lennon, anyway. We’re going to confuse you lamestream idiots with C.I.A. level mind games and corrupt you. Turn the tables of reality on you.”

That the killer was carrying “The Catcher in The Rye” when he shot John was pivotal to their brainwash campaign. That book is a study on just how phony adults really are. They pushed the notion that John Lennon was phony on all of us. “JOHN was the phony leading us over the edge of the cliff and had to be stopped.” Suddenly you were all buying into that bullshit line like they knew you all would. They knew that the reality was more like this; ” You’re all going to just roll over and look the other way and be a good phony while we blame YOUR phoniness in these kinds of matters on JOHN, instead.” At the very moment some of you were thinking; “Is this another J.F.K. cover up lie they’re telling us?” the media changed the subject to; ” Let’s blame your phoniness as a people on John. It’s easier than the truth.” You weaklings bought it, too.

I say it is mostly adults who are phony and that children are not phony. They haven’t been through puberty and watched their thoughts turn to mostly just sex like an animal hard wired to replicate itself. They haven’t had to sell their ideals to make a buck and earn a living like their parents do, either. No, they live in a cocoon of sanity not interrupted by animal reproductive hormone raging changes and money grubbing values. They are, at this point, innocent. They can SEE what a pitiful shadow of a human being their parents are when they see my van parading up and down America’s highways and by ways and watch their parents make excuses not to do anything about it. They read my website and learn that their parents are bullshitting them and they see a world of ugliness not worth living in.

The kids are right. I see what they see in you adults. You don’t know how filthy and hideous you all are to not care about Stephen King murdering your hero. They do. They see a world gone mad. Blame your phoniness on their violence. Or, as I like to say; ” Silence = more violence.” Nightmarica and all you phony, lying bastards, WAKE UP!!!

Kids, out there, especially those of you who DO hear my message and who DO know I’m right and who have listened to my message about your guilty parents to the point where the shootings stopped for a noticeable time, to those young people, “Thank You.” You are right to be angry and upset at your parents. The media corrupted and castrated and scared them s***less. I doubt they can be saved in time to out this story if you kids don’t show them up and do it, yourselves, WITHOUT their lame asses. They are almost pathologically insane to do what’s right. If you not yet phony kids don’t do their job and help me demonstrate it’s because you fear your parents authority. A picture of Stephen King getting John Lennon’s autograph is all you need to put YOUR foot down on your parents cover up, kids. They are MOLESTING YOU with the real killer under their silence and apathy. Shame on them, not you.

You young people are especially invited to join me downtown in Monterey this Dec. 8, a Sunday, from noon to 6 P.M.. You phony adults should pray for forgiveness that you are so shy to care about this vital matter. Phony religion and God haven’t saved you one whit. You’re all lying to your children about me and the truth. Look at what a douche bag McCartney has proved to BE. Proof you adults are full of it. You are invited, too, however. Prove me wrong about ANYTHING. I dare you. My evidence is bullet proof and you all know it. That what is upsetting your children.

To those adults I may be wrong about, I’m sorry if my words offend you. The onus is on you, however, to prove me wrong and rescue your children from this once good world gone mad.

We’ll all see how you respond to 1,000 flyers, talk radio and my billboard ads for Dec. 8.

 

November 15, 2019; MOSCOW BEHIND IMPEACHMENT STRATEGY;

O.K., having addressed what is important, allow me to address what is current, the impeachment hearings and what I think about Russia being the force behind the charade. I told you earlier that we have been taken over by the Moscow crowd and the Kremlin since the late 50’s, that at least four of our presidents have been Soviet plants and, all with the deep state’s permission. The Rockefeller, globalist crowd that has been forking us over to the world government they are planning. I’m saying that this is the case when pointing to who is really behind this overt attempt to oust Trump. That they fear a maverick in the White House who thinks outside the box like Trump.

Let’s LOOK at WHOSE been involved, all along; Russians and Ukrainians Starting with Kissliak who met with Trump and then the Russian agent woman who tried to set Don junior up with a meeting to divulge dirt on Hillary, that he immediately aborted within the first few minutes upon a quick sizing up of the fraud she was. Then we find ourselves here, with the president of Ukraine and Trump’s phone call when he said.;

“I want you to do us a favor, though…..Your country is aware of corruption….the 2016 election and the server with Hillary’s e-mails…….the matter of Joe Biden bragging about firing a prosecutor…… whatever you can do about looking into these matters would be great.”

There. Only I, Steve Lightfoot, can come right out and say exactly what all this fuss is all about. Throughout all these distractions designed to tar Trump via sheer, relentless efforts to tire the burdened public until they just say “Uncle. whatever you, our media, and deep state want.” Throughout all of this there will be nothing more of substance than what I just quoted. Nothing. Something has been said of a quote; “… He ( the president of Ukraine) must publicly announce that he was investigating the company Biden’s son is associated with before he’d release the weaponry..” I doubt, however, there is anything to that, either, upon inspection. It’s probably something Giuliani might have said, but he’s a loose cannon that can’t be taken seriously, his remarks are so often out of the ballpark.

You’ll all notice there WAS no demand or quid pro quo. In the respect that he was careful to leave it to just; “would be great.” is a simple asking of a favor with ZERO mention of anything being withheld if he didn’t. Even this Ukrainian president who I don’t trust, admits that. In this respect it WAS a “perfect call” as far as Trump not giving his enemies dirt to do him in with. Beyond that, there was no interruption of said weapons and there was zero effort by this Ukrainian to investigate Joe Biden’s son. If this Ukrainian president was intimidated to investigate anyone he sure didn’t seem to be aware of it as far as his actions indicated. How can this bogus grand jury proceed if the intended target of said bribe wasn’t even aware of it?

So what we have here, people, is a bunch of desperate crybabies grasping at straws. Let me say THAT again. What we have here, people, is a bunch of desperate, scared crybabies grasping at straws in the hope that they will wear the public down with a week long television broadcast extravaganza where they can shoot spit wads at Trump through straws and pound on his chest in utter, embarrassing disgrace to themselves.

The entire charade seems so foreign to our government’s past behavior that I suspect the Russians aren’t coming, they’re right here, already, apparently thinking we’re so stupid as to fall for this nonsense. As if we are as stupid as the brain dead Russians who have never been allowed to think for themselves to begin with they’re so mind controlled.. That we won’t see what a kangaroo, Soviet style of proceeding it really is. Adam Schiff blinked his bug eyes 90 times in 60 seconds (I timed it) at one point, as if he’s trying to hide behind his eyelids he’s so embarrassed. Like a double agent behind enemy lines trying to destroy the U.S. A. hoping we won’t notice. His mental “ticks” under pressure that betray his cover. I recall him saying, the day the Russian collusion  hearing hoax began; “..But we have his son actually meeting with a Russian woman on the prospect he could get dirt on Hillary Clinton…” and THAT , just THAT, was his BIG DEAL!!!!!  Like a firecracker that sputtered out instead of exploding. THAT is the real Adam Schiff and don’t be surprised if this is round two of “I aint got nothin” from him, again, folks. Only a Russian spy could drag us through a charade like this twice without ANY consideration for the American people. He’s all too quick to TELL us what to think, instead. To saddle us with his AGENDA by bullying us with this proceeding being used as media mind control.

The fired ambassador, Yvanovich, was wearing Soviet Union colors (scarlet and gold scarf around her neck like a medal. The questioners sounded like this, besides; “And how did getting fired make you FEEL…having your reputation sullied make you FEEL?” and so on and on. Shooting spit wads at Trump through straws and not much else. Just straws, people.

She happened to be ” our women in Ukraine “, at the same time Obama was president, when Putin claimed the Crimean peninsula, Obama did nothing about it, either.

Bill Clinton signed the change in our defense policy that removed our strategic counter strike against Russia if they launched a nuclear attack on us, first. It used to be called a policy of “Mutually assured destruction”, remember? No longer, thanks to Bill Clinton.

If anyone SHOULD be investigated for colluding with Russia it would be the Clinton’s and Obama, to my mind.

Did Joe Biden’s son being in bed with corrupt Ukrainian oil company represent a threat to America? I think it’s a legitimate concern. Is Joe Biden in bed with Ukraine? The Ukraine whose Crimean peninsula was seized just years earlier? Under his watch? I think the Biden / Ukrainian connection is a legitimate concern. Why a nation so closely aligned with Russia? What if Joe Biden is a Russian plant like several other Russian plant presidents we’ve already had were? Shouldn’t Trump want to find out what is going on with a man who wants to be our president whose son is in bed with the Ukrainians and a corrupt oil company?

Now, a K.G.B. plot, you say, Steve? Well, here’s how sophisticated the Russian spy machine really is. Do you all remember how our government tricked O.J. Simpson into committing a crime to get his memorabilia back? Of course you don’t. I”M the detective around here, remember? I SAW  how it happened. Here’s how our government tricked O.J. into something he otherwise might not have done.

At the same time that Fred Goldman’s book was to be released O.J. was informed who had his stuff and how to get it back. BECAUSE the simultaneous release of Goldman’s book was imminent, a day away, O.J. was hyped up with strong emotions to begin with. Furthermore, I suspect that one of his “friends” was an insider for the government who encouraged O.J. to get his stuff back during this well timed period of stress for him, generally.

That’s how he fell into their trap, people. I was the first to say on talk radio the next day that he probably DID kill his wife. I’m not petitioning for O.J., just making a point.

Joe Biden knew that his son’s associations with a Ukrainian oil company and it’s corrupt ways would surface in the 2020 election, anyway. He knew he was caught, already, bribing an official. It was out there and he knew Trump would exploit it. So, what Joe did, to bait Trump, I think, was to openly brag about his quid pro quo demand on a Ukrainian official to fire the prosecutor investigating that oil company. He had already done the deed, anyway. By bragging about it he opened Trump up to respond. When Trump did respond Biden sprung his trap and declared;  “Ahaa! Gotcha! Thought you’d get ME for bribery, huh? Tables turned, dummy, now it’s YOU we’re going to accuse of bribery. I openly did it and plan to be president but I have Rockefeller’s media behind me and the con to the public won’t be pretty, either. They’ll never discuss what I did. Only what you did, even if you DIDN’T do it. ”

That’s how I think it all happened, people. I can almost eavesdrop on Trump’s thoughts at the time; “Geeze, I have Biden dead to right bribing the Ukrainians and now they are trying to blame ME for trying to investigate what he DID and BRAGGED about? Was I just tricked by someone?! At least I only said, “that would be great” and covered my ass, there.”

I can almost eavesdrop on Putin as the whole thing went down; “So, Donald, you think because the new Ukrainian president is a comedian turned politician you can TRUST him? We figured that might fool you. Ha, Ha the joke is on you, Trump. We have him in our pocket. You aren’t the only one to go from entertainer to politician. He may be small but his conversation with you enabled us to trap you, even though our trap is made of straw. Our media, ABC, CBS. NBC, PBS and the rest will spin that straw into gold if we can.”

Wake up, Donald. Never trust the Russians. You never even know who they are. Look at Bill Clinton and Barack Obama; defanging the U.S. instead of Russia. If you have any dirty laundry with them air it all now. Any money laundering, illegal loans, anything. And be sure to PUNISH Russia with the arrest of Stephen King to win the real war. America will forgive you if you punish Russia, after, and you show you’re not on their side. Otherwise the Russian’s might do you in for NOT arresting Stephen King, their murderous monkey, who belongs in jail. God hates a coward. Use my world changing evidence and trump what they only call evidence.

Change the subject with a real issue and put your enemies flat on their backs. You HAVE the tool. If you fail to take my advice you will only do yourself in. Jail King and take back America. It’s under Russian control even as you think it’s not. The American public, sick from Stephen King and what he did to us all, needs you to BE the hero you say you are. I don’t want to remember a man as otherwise great as you ARE tarnished with the legacy that he couldn’t stand up to the real evil in our midst that needed addressing. Just another phony politician afraid of the machine is NOT how I want to remember you, Donald. Courage, my man, courage!

Step all over their evil machine. Drain their swamp. Do what you say you will. That’s why we love you.

Nov. 20 2019;

I had a good day, today, just like Adam Schiff did, only in a good way that helps America instead of destroying it. I got on KGO radio just as the impeachment proceedings were to resume after Sondland dropped his baggage of goods into Schiff’s hands. I said this; “As good a day as it HAS BEEN for Adam Schiff , and while Trump may HAVE nibbled at the bait, what this whole thing really is, to begin with, is like the instance when a Russian woman tried to engage Don Jr. in a meeting so he could get some dirt on Hillary Clinton. Joe Biden must have known that Trump would use his open bribe with the Ukraine officials against him so he set Trump up with a trap to get him doing the same. What we’re seeing is another attempt my Moscow and Rockefeller to entrap Trump because he is interfering with the global take over of America and they’re going after the last real American left standing.”

And then the host asked me a question to clarify and I said; “Have you read the editorial section of lennonmurdertruth.com?” I got all that out there, folks. Hurray!

I say, Trump should go after the angle that he had good reasons to want to know what a son of a presidential candidate was doing in a corrupt oil company in Ukraine. Especially considering how Ukraine lost it’s Crimean peninsula during Vice President Joe Biden’s watch. If I were president, whether Biden was a competitor in the next race or not, I would want to know about this obvious red flag. What if Biden is an operative for Rockefeller and wants to fork over Ukraine to Russia, for all we know? Why is Biden’s son working for a foreign oil company so intricately involved, anyway, with Russia? It seems to be a logical question that needs answering.

These impeachment hearings are very interesting. I notice how two brunettes were positioned above the Soviet born U.S. Ukrainian military official’s shoulders. As is to sex up the proceedings and portray this nerdy looking, rotund man bedecked in medals all across his chest as a rock star. Surrounding the face of this homely man were three sexy women, at all times. Towards the end of his time on the stand one of these two women positioned her head as if to rest it, to snuggle it, cooing, in fact, as if resting on his shoulder like a lover in bed with him. This one women also had a down turned mouth like the military official from Russia and made his physical trait seem less obvious than it was. The other women, very sexy and Russian looking, was seen showing off her ears and her neck in a sexy manner, I also noticed.  All this sexing up of this unsexy looking man’s testimony. I doubt any of this was by accident.

Today I noticed that, right behind Sondland’s head, was another bald man with the exact same shape of skull as Sondland. A little how like the woman with the similar carp mouth as the Russian born military witness against Trump muted the obviousness of his physicality.

I noticed, on this Soviet born official’s chest, two pairs of rifles crossed over each other. In light of what the deep state did to J.F.K. I suspect a subliminal threat is what is being conveyed to Trump in his doing so.!!!!! “We’re gunning for you, Trump. We’ll shoot you if you don’t let us impeach you. We’re bad ass Russia and Rockefeller, combined. We’ve used rifles before.”

I noticed, when this rotund Russian born witness whose father served in the Soviet army was asked; “Was there any pressure?” (On Zilenski) he stalled for a few seconds, silent, and then said; “Ukraine, uh, needed the security…” at which time the questioner added; “So there was pressure put on?”He responded with; “Yes, I believe so.”

In reality, what Trump said was; “Whatever you can do in this regard would be great.” Sounds like we have a Russian born witness with an axe to grind, to me. Doesn’t SOUND like pressure. Sounds like Trump’s protective instincts kicking in and shaping his words to protect him in CASE he is being set up by his enemies is what it sounds like to me. “”No big pressure, but would be great if you could.” A “perfect’ call, in that respect.

I noticed how it was like listening to M-6 of British Intelligence telling us how to think and live and lecture us Americans rather than give testimony listening to Fiona Hill on the stand.. Two main witnesses, one a Soviet born military man and one a British agent are on the stand hoping to convince us. I say trying to just con us. We Americans are so dense, after all. We need the monarchy we fled to lecture us alongside a man whose father served the Soviet Army before shipping his son off to America. For what? To subvert our election process and switch our president? I think. if he is one, those kind of agents are called “sleepers”. I remember his hands were trembling uncontrollably when he started his testimony, his papers shaking like a leaf.

The entire proceedings were of the prosecution lecturing us on the “WHY’S” of what they were doing and less to do with the facts. They sounded more like a defense attorney for a murderer.; “But, Mr. King has 20 people who will vouch for his good character. We don’t want to, willy nilly, just accuse him of murder. “We’re better than that.” No one should be considered guilty before the verdict…”” Lecture, lecture, lecture, mostly, and no beef behind it all.

At one point I thought Schiff was going to break out in one of his made up what he thinks was said rants as he did in explaining what Trump’s phone call REALLY intended to say.

If I were Trump I’d get away from ruthless, reckless, jealous, jilted, subconsciously vindictive, unsound Rudy Giuliani just for shipping the steel from the Twin Towers out of America before forensics were performed to detect explosive residue. Just for that, alone. Come on, Donald. Surely you have closer friends you can employ that won’t throw hand grenades and jeopardize your presidency. I warned you then, before you hired him. Remember!? You should listen better to me from now on, in fact. I think I have to express it all here, in public, sometimes, for you to HAVE to pay attention to me. Jail Stephen King or open yourself up to bad karma, I say.

(To be continued….)

 

 

Now, on to the list of curious coincidences that might NOT be, after all. (And I must say it DOES spook even ME out a little as I write these words to watch the Reagan Library nearly burned to a crisp last week while I was experiencing anger over this sudden realization that I am being targeted for assassination) The following is a partial list, only.

The Sheriff, promoted to Lieutenant, who reported me to the Secret Service, who later tried to saddle me with the attorney who represented Juan Corona (A mass murderer) died of colon cancer decades ago.

The man who kicked me in the back in the 80’s in Berkeley, suffered a serious leg injury and was last seen in a wheelchair.

The man who broke my nose on a sidewalk in 1987 had every tooth in his mouth knocked out a year later, I noticed.

Stephen King was almost killed by a van in 1999 just a few years after mocking me in Santa Cruz in 1994 for saying; “I guess we took a few shingles off his (Steve Lightfoot’s) roof…” while I was in jail for two days.

Richard Nixon died of a stroke that I triggered two weeks earlier when Morton Downey Jr. gave me three days in a row to expose my evidence in front of all of Los Angeles. In fact, an hour before his long, drawn out, tortuous stroke I had just confronted Henry Kissinger on KABC Radio about why Yugoslavia needs to be one nation and independent from Russia. An hour later Nixon had his stroke. I’m sure he recognized it was my voice he heard talking to Henry Kissinger.

I already mentioned how my home town is enduring it’s worst ever fires after denying me for three decades and abusing me with their apathy and police, the first one on Lennon’s birthday.

I already mentioned how Santa Cruz suffered the Loma Prieta quake a week after I first visited it for two weeks only to also be neglected. Santa CRUZ backstabbing John Lennon!? Wow!

Albert Goldman, who wrote a slander book about Lennon, died of a heart attack a year later.

World famous newspaper columnist, Herb Cain of the San Francisco Chronicle, also died of a heart attack a few weeks after writing a negative piece about me while I was in Bangor, Maine in 1992 exposing King. While I was doing the media’s job he was attacking me for doing so.

A vice mayor of Santa Rosa acquired cancer, I think it was fatal, right after he made the paper saying my request to go through legal channels that were being denied to me, were not the council’s business.

The City of Goleta cited me for a right turn in 2014 and I told the judge, on court camera, after she railroaded me, that ; “I fear for the Santa Barbara area in light of how you unfairly found me guilty. I predict bad things will happen to your community…” My closing statement, in fact.

Well, folks, you may say I’m making this up but, right after I said this, they suffered three major oil leaks on their coast, ruining two summers, suffered two or three of the biggest fires there, ever, suffered the worst mudslide in their history (even Oprah was impacted.) a crazed gunman shot up and killed a dozen students at U.C.S.B.’s town of Isla Vista  ( a mile away from where I was cited) and, after all this calamity in just a few years time, then Goleta, itself, suffered yet another fire destroying over 500 homes. Talk about predicting their disasters. It seems so, folks.

Even I am taken aback by all these incredible facts. I’m sure I’ll remember dozens of other instances. Just give me a little time between defending my latest ticket and then.

(to be continued….)

Notes below for court case;

STEVEN LIGHTFOOT

831 –                      P.O. BOX 7311 CARMEL, CA. 93921

SUPERIOR COURT, SANTA CRUZ COUNTY

701 OCEAN STREET SANTA CRUZ, CA.

CASE NUMBER    DATE    COURTROOM

MOTION TO DISMISS FOR DISCRIMINATORY PROSECUTION

MOTION FOR A CHANGE OF VENUE

 

DECLARATION;

AS THE FINDER OF EVIDENCE RELATED TO JOHN LENNON’S MURDER, SINCE MY DISCOVERY OF GOVERNMENT CRYPTOGRAPHY IN BACK ISSUES OF TIME AND NEWSWEEK MAGAZINES IN 1982,(SEE MAGAZINE INCLUDED) AND AFTER OVER THREE DECADES OF EXPOSING THIS EVIDENCE AGAINST RICHARD NIXON, RONALD REAGAN AND AUTHOR STEPHEN KING, I HAVE HAD MORE THAN MY FAIR SHARE OF POLICE ABUSE AND FRAUD COMMITTED AGAINST ME. (SEE SUPPLEMENT ‘POLICE ABUSES AGAINST ME’) THE SANTA CRUZ POLICE, ESPECIALLY, ARE GUILTY OF FALSELY ARRESTING ME IN 1994 FOR SUSPICION OF TRESPASSING ONLY TO RELEASE ME, UNCHARGED, TWO DAYS LATER AFTER THEY MADE SURE I WAS SHOWN ON NATIONAL T.V. NEWS IN HANDCUFFS BEING PUSHED INTO A POLICE CAR AND BRANDED AS A STALKER OF STEPHEN KING. JUDGE SULLIVAN SIGNED THE FRAUDULENT WARRANT.  MY CHARACTER AND MESSAGE WAS ASSASSINATED.

AT THE START OF DEFENDING MYSELF IN THIS MATTER I THOUGHT ALL THE ABOVE MIGHT NOT MATTER, NOW, 25 YEARS LATER. AS SUCH, I DID NOT, THEN, REQUEST A CHANGE OF VENUE OVER THE BIAS ALREADY SHOWN TO ME BY THIS MUNICIPALITY. NOR DID I ANTICIPATE THE NEED TO MOVE TO DISMISS ON THE GROUNDS OF DISCRIMINATORY PROSECUTION, THEN.

NOW, HOWEVER, HAVING WATCHED MY LEGITIMATE MOTION FOR DISMISSAL ON THE GROUNDS THAT THE OFFICER WAS LATE IN FILING HIS EXTENSION IGNORED AND LEFT TO DECIDE MINUTES BEFORE TRIAL BY A PRO TEM JUDGE, AND AFTER SEEING BOTH THE OFFICER AND THE BAILIFF EXCHANGE ALARMING  NON VERBAL COMMUNICATION AT THE NEWS I WOULD NOT SIGN THE WAIVER FOR A REAL JUDGE, AND AFTER RECOGNIZING A GLARING PATTERN THAT INVOLVES MOSTLY THE C.H.P. AND THEIR ABUSES, I SUDDENLY REALIZE THAT THIS CITATION MAY ENDANGER MY LIFE. SPECIFICALLY, THAT IT MAY LATER BE USED BY THE MEDIA TO SWAY THE PUBLIC AWAY FROM THE TRUTH AFTER I AM KILLED IN A HEAD ON COLLISION. OUR GOVERNMENT MAY HAVE ALREADY ORCHESTRATED SIMILAR ACCIDENTS AGAINST ME, TWICE, IN FACT. AS STRANGE AND EXTREME A CLAIM AS THIS MAY SOUND LIKE, ALREADY THERE IS EVIDENCE THAT THE C.H.P., SPECIFICALLY, IS TARGETING ME IN THIS MANNER AND OFTEN BY NOT CITING OTHERS WHO HAVE, FOR EXAMPLE, T-BONED ME AT ALMOST 60 MPH IN CONCORD, CA. IN SPITE OF WITNESSES WHO SAW HER RUN  AGAINST MY GREEN LIGHT, AND, IN AN INCIDENT A FEW YEARS LATER, WHEN A UNIFORMED NAVY CADET SLAMMED INTO ME AT 75 MPH ON THE FREEWAY. BOTH TIMES THE GUILTY DRIVER WAS NOT EVEN CITED. BOTH TIMES I COULD HAVE BEEN KILLED. IN THE FIRST INSTANCE THE INTERSECTION WAS SUSPICIOUSLY PAVED OVER A DAY OR TWO AFTER, REMOVING ALL EVIDENCE! THE CAR WHO HIT ME WAS ACCELERATING THE WHOLE TIME AND LEFT NO SKID MARKS. I LEARNED THAT CONCORD HAS A CONTROL ROOM WITH CAMERAS AND CAN MANUALLY CONTROL INTERSECTION LIGHTS. THAT THE C.H.P., BOTH TIMES, DID NOT CITE THE OFFENDING DRIVERS I FIND EXTREMELY SUSPICIOUS, ESPECIALLY NOW THAT, AGAIN, THE C.H.P. IS INVOLVED, ALMOST TO THE EXCLUSION OF ALL OTHER LAW ENFORCEMENT..

MY FATHER WAS KILLED SUSPICIOUSLY IN 1984 IN A PLANE CRASH THAT OCCURRED A FEW WEEKS AFTER I RECEIVED A THREAT LETTER FROM STEPHEN KING, IN FACT. I TRIED TO ALERT THE F.B.I. THEN BUT THEY SUSPICIOUSLY IGNORED THAT LETTER. I HAVE ENDURED DECADES OF DOZENS OF UNWARRANTED POLICE ABUSES. IN 1987 THE SAN FRANCISCO POLICE, WITHOUT CAUSE, KIDNAPPED, HANDCUFFED AND BEAT ME UNCONSCIOUS. OFFICERS STEVEN RIST AND KEVIN HALL WENT UNPUNISHED, THEN.

BETWEEN THESE TWO ‘”ACCIDENTS” I NOTICED A CONCERTED EFFORT TO ‘PAPER’ ME WITH PHONY TICKETS, ALL AT ONCE, IN MOSTLY SAN FRANCISCO AS IF TO SUGGEST I AM A RECKLESS DRIVER WHEN I AM NOT. ONE OF TWO CAMERA RED LIGHT TICKETS WAS DISMISSED ON THE VISUAL FACT BUT I RECEIVED TWO OTHER TICKETS I DID NOT DESERVE THEN. I, IN FACT, MOVED 500 MILES AWAY TO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA THEN FOR FEAR OF MY LIFE IN THE SAN FRANCISCO AREA  AFTER  AN IN PERSON ATTEMPT TO SEE KAMALA HARRIS THERE ABOUT THE BIZARRE EPISODES WAS STONEWALLED. JUST YEARS LATER, IN SAN DIEGO, THE SECOND IMPACT OCCURRED. ONLY NOW HAVE I PIECED THE TWO INCIDENTS AS POSSIBLY LINKED.

THEN, IN 2017, WHEN A MOTORIST ADMITTED TO LOOKING SIDEWAYS WHEN HIS CAR HIT MY STOPPED VAN, THE C.H.P. OFFICER I CALLED TO THE SCENE REFUSED TO ISSUE A REPORT AND SAID HE’D BLAME ME IF HE DID. THE INSURANCE COMPANIES SIDED WITH ME, SO WHY THIS ADDITIONAL SUSPICIOUS BEHAVIOR FROM THE C.H.P.? THREE INSTANCES IN A ROW WHEN THEY HAVE EXCUSED MOTORISTS WHO HAVE CRASHED INTO ME. IN FACT ANOTHER C.H.P. OFFICER WHO ROUSTED ME WHILE SLEEPING IN THE MID 1990’S ADMITTED TO ME THAT MY; “…PHOTO IS IN EVERY C.H.P. OFFICE IN THE STATE..” IN THE MID 1980’S I HAD TO BILLBOARD THE SANTA ROSA POLICE CHIEF, WHO RESIGNED A MONTH LATER, AND I’M SURE I MAY BE ON SOME LIST WITH LAW ENFORCEMENT. SO I FIND IT ONLY NATURAL TO SUSPECT THAT SOMETHING IS GOING ON WITH ME AND THE C.H.P. THAT IS POSSIBLY CRIMINAL.

THIS CITATION WAS ISSUED ON APRIL 01, 2019, APRIL FOOL’S DAY. SUSPICIOUS, ESPECIALLY CONSIDERING THAT MY VAN WAS VANDALIZED JUST 45 MINUTES EARLIER WHEN SOMEONE HAD BROKEN MY SUNGLASSES (STOLEN FROM MY DASH) AND LEFT THEM NEXT TO A NEWLY FLATTENED TIRE. MY SYSTEM WAS ON HIGH ALERT FOR ANYONE ELSE TRYING TO DAMAGE MY NEWLY PURCHASED VAN. 45 MINUTES LATER THIS OFFICER’S ACTIONS OF TAILING ME, WHICH CAUSED TWO MOTORISTS, ONE AFTER THE OTHER, TO SUDDENLY BRAKE AFTER SEEING HIM, FORCED ME TO TAKE EVASIVE ACTION AND STEER AROUND THEM, ONE AFTER THE NEXT, RATHER THAN RISK SUDDEN BRAKING, MYSELF, IN A VAN WITH ONLY SIDE REAR VIEW MIRRORS. HIS ACTIONS ACTUALLY CONTRIBUTED TO THE SITUATION, DELIBERATE OR NOT.

THEN THE OFFICER,  AFTER CLAIMING SEVERAL THINGS THAT WEREN’T TRUE, BEGINNING WITH MY EXITING A PARKING LOT, LEFT OUT THAT HALF OF THE DASH VIDEO, THE PART THAT WOULD HAVE REVEALED WHETHER OR NOT HE HAPPENED UPON ME OR WHETHER HE WAITED, PARKED, FOR ME TO LEAVE THE LOT. I MADE A MOTION TO PREVENT THE VIDEO ON THE BASIS IT SHOWED ONLY ONE SIDE OF THE STORY. SO FAR, I HAVE RECEIVED NO REPLY ON THAT REQUEST, EITHER.

THE FACT THAT HE MANAGED TO SCHEDULE WHAT WAS TO BE MY TRIAL ON THE ANNIVERSARY OF THE LOMA PRIETA EARTHQUAKE MAY HAVE HAD SOMETHING TO DO WITH ANOTHER C.H.P. OFFICER HE WORKS WITH WHO I TOLD SOMETHING TO ABOUT THAT LOMA PRIETA QUAKE. AGAIN, VERY SUSPICIOUS OCCURRENCES.

FOR THESE REASONS AND OTHERS LISTED IN MY OTHER EXHIBITS, I REQUEST A HEARING WELL AHEAD OF MY SCHEDULED DECEMBER 12, TRIAL SO I MAY ARGUE VERBALLY, AS WELL, WHY I CANNOT RECEIVE A FAIR TRIAL IN SANTA CRUZ COUNTY HAVING TO DO WITH THE 1994 FALSE ARREST OF ME AND THE MOTIVE TO KEEP ME FROM COMING FORWARD SOMEDAY AS A FAMOUS PERSON AND THE APPARENT INVOLVEMENT OF THE C.H.P. WHO HAS A RECORD OF SIMILAR FRAUD AGAINST ME.

I WOULD LIKE TO ARGUE, VERBALLY, AS WELL, WHY MY CASE SHOULD BE DISMISSED DUE TO DISCRIMINATORY PROSECUTION, ALSO IN A HEARING WELL AHEAD OF MY TRIAL DATE.

THIS ENTIRE CASE SHOULD BE DISMISSED ON THE FACE OF THE DANGER ALL THIS ACTIVITY BY THE C.H.P. NOT CITING PEOPLE WHO ALMOST KILLED ME, TWICE ALREADY, AND MORE, REPRESENTS. THE STATE DOES NOT HAVE THE RIGHT TO ‘PAPER’ A MAN WHO IS A THREAT TO THE GOVERNMENT WITH TICKETS HE DOESN’T DESERVE JUST TO KILL HIM IN A ROAD ‘ACCIDENT’ SO THE MEDIA CAN ASSURE THE PUBLIC HE ‘HAD IT COMING. LOOK AT THESE TICKETS HE RECEIVED, FIRST.” I FEEL LIKE A CITIZEN IN SOVIET RUSSIA BEING HUNTED. I THINK THE ABUSE IS OBVIOUS.

THAT IS EXACTLY WHAT I THINK IS HAPPENING TO ME. THAT LAW ENFORCEMENT IS ISSUING TICKETS I DON’T DESERVE TO EXPLAIN AWAY TO THE PUBLIC ANY ‘MISADVENTURE’ THAT MIGHT BEFALL ME. A MISADVENTURE THAT I BELIEVE WOULD LIKELY BE SET UP BY ELEMENTS IN OUR GOVERNMENT. I’VE HAD TO DISTRIBUTE ALMOST 500 NEWSLETTERS ABOUT THIS IN BOTH MONTEREY AND SANTA CRUZ TO DISCOURAGE ANY SUCH PLOT FROM CONTINUING ANY FURTHER.(SEE SUPPLEMENT.) I WOULD NOT DO THIS AND NAME NAMES UNLESS I WAS CONVINCED, MYSELF.

IN THE MEANTIME I DESERVE TO HAVE MY CASE HEARD SOMEWHERE OTHER THAN SANTA CRUZ COUNTY WHO HAS A VESTED INTEREST IN KEEPING ME FROM COMING FORWARD AND BECOMING A FAMOUS PERSON IN LIGHT OF THE FRAUD I CAN POINT TO IN 1994 WHERE SANTA CRUZ IS CONCERNED.

I DECLARE, UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY, THAT THE FOREGOING IS TRUE AND CORRECT.

DATED NOVEMBER 05, 2019;

 

---

DEFENDANT

 

 

 

(To be continued…)

 

GET INFORMED YOU PHONIES; The above title of this chapter WILL BE my next large billboard message on my famous van. It
will appear above the smaller white message below it;

“Stephen King IS a murderer.”

Why so abrasive a message to promote this expose, you may ask. The answer?: You miserable cowards need an exorcism before you can begin to care about me and my evidence find. Before you are even capable of properly caring about good and evil, right and wrong. ALL OF YOU are sickened, corrupted, brainwashed cowards who have been controlled by your mass media to hate yourselves and any path towards wellness. It’s the reason John Lennon was mostly killed in the  first place; After decades of mind controlling all of you with the the media to accept constant wars John Lennon came along and taught us all to “Imagine” nothing to kill of die for, and no religion, too…” and other principled thinking that could liberate you. His mind was a threat to their mind control operation on you that you are blind to.
When he came out with his song; “Mind Games” John leveled the established order; “…into the future, out of the now…and got us to think.
Right now we have concluded the third and final presidential debate and Miley Cyrus is announcing her volunteer support for Hillary. Poor Miley, who I really do like and admire, is just as blind and as wrong about her as I used to be before I saw and read the Oakland Tribune newspaper article a week before the Oklahoma City bomb went off where it was revealed that the Clinton’s invited Stephen King into THE WHITE HOUSE! for a SECRET MEETING!!!!
So, there you have it America, all you women voters who naturally see her campaign through prejudiced eyes, she is IN BED with the monsters who are still trying to get away with the crime of the century; John Lennon’s political assassination. You are really hoping Jeb Bush would win and can’t see it for the media’s spell on all of you. That is the crowd she works for and with. She is in bed with Nixon, Reagan,the Bush’s and murderer Stephen King.
Hillary Clinton is a sinister, lying, professional politician and nation assassin. In my
opinion she represents the complete Moscow take-over of our country and that she is likely a very powerful foreign agent destroying America. I regard Nixon, Reagan and the Bush dynasty in the same bunch. Ludicrous!!! you say.
Take a look at the flag Hillary is charging into battle with; and exact diorama or the 9-’11 attack! Two white towers penetrated by a flaming jet; her capital “H” with the red arrow penetrating two white towers!!!! HILLARY”S OFFICIAL CAMPAIGN LOGO!!!!! (The day after I got this fact out on the national Michael Medved radio show I notice that the Hillary campaign HAS CHANGED THEIR LOGO to a BLUE arrow! Now her blue arrow has a give-away, nonetheless; The blue arrow just happens to be the same color of blue her “STRONGER TOGETHER” logo is draped all over her huge campaign JET! So now we almost have Hillary’s campaign jet plowing through our Trade Towers! Can I laugh?
This goes to show how much Clinton is watching my activism – she may have e-mailed me, derisively, months ago, in fact – and how much the world knows how big my activism really and truly is.) I can’t make this stuff up. How could it be just an accident? A streamlined, exact depiction of a jet on flames penetrating our Trade Towers? Must it take a genius like me to be the first American to notice this?! I was sitting at a stop light last week and noticed a bumper sticker on a car; the Hillary logo. I immediately saw a jet on fire (red) penetrating two white, rectangular towers. I almost had an out of body experience it was so scary.
You should ALL be scared, America.
Haven’t you noticed that the U.S. and Russia co-run the international space station? the war, now, in Syria? It’s like that in the big picture, too, only I have to show you for only I have my eyes wide open while none of you really can say the same. You’re media duped.
Nobody killed John Lennon with Stephen King on the trigger other than our mortal enemy; the former Soviet Union. There, It’s been said. They conducted their; “Kill them, first, spiritually, from their insides out.” coup.
Nixon, Reagan, Soviet agents? Probably. Reagan married a woman who was on the commie blacklist and Nixon mostly empowered China to team up with Russia to eventually fold us into their “New World Order” plans that Bush applauded, or have you all forgotten?
I’d like to use Miley Cyrus as a muse to reach all of you women who really are in need of an eye opening ordeal via my accumulated wisdom and knowledge. My life depends on knowing what the truth really is. I can’t afford to rely on conventional so called wisdom. Miley, you are supporting a woman who is helping the killer of John Lennon plot his get-away. A woman who is in bed with the republicans, Nixon, Reagan and Bush. You are the kind of fire-brand entertainer she already has a dossier on and possible ways to kill you should you ever sway the public away from her plans to shrink American power.
Now, do you feel so smart?
Speaking of smart, hey all you Mexicans who like Hillary; Are you FOOLS? The day after Colosio was assassinated, shot in the head in Tijuana, Bill Clinton, like a dog marking his hydrant, made a special trip from D.C. to Coronado Island in San Diego just a dozen miles away. Clinton killed his NAFDA opponent who wanted to help Mexico. No wonder we have immigrants
who don’t like the aftermath of Clinton’s assassinating Colosio that left Mexico corrupt.
About the debate; Hillary’s last pitch was to promise America rising paychecks and opportunities, upward mobility for everyone and to stand up against the corporations in favor of families and the middle class.
Wake up, America. She and Obama have DONE THE EXACT OPPOSITE. With open borders they have reduced the wages of the middle class, something that corporations pay her to do.
The corporations want slave wages and Obama has killed all our manufacturing jobs and Obama has lowered your wages compared to not too long ago. So you can see what robotic liar and Soviet like cold fish she must be. She is trying to tell you she will promote exactly what she and Obama have destroyed while in power! They know you’re too stupid to notice.
Take a look at black lives not mattering under Barack Obama and Michelle. He must either hate his blackness to preside over such a campaign of cops killing blacks, lately, or he has no control over the Pentagon who IS behind this terror campaign to discourage blacks from living here. Ever notice how Michelle spends her time straightening her afro every day? She seems to be a sellout for the Rockefeller lifestyle she is happy to adopt so long as her hair looks white, besides. They’re both hideous phonies. Michelle reminds me of Oprah Winfrey in
that respect as Oprah lost so much of her potential credibility by being such a sellout for money and possessions. Oprah could have harnessed that energy into a higher cause.
(Again, the day after this post Michelle Obama lost her straight hair look and now
sports a wavier, half afro look. Nice to know she reads my website, perhaps daily.)
When Barack and Michelle walked down Pennsylvania Avenue with no protection at all during their inauguration it told me that they worked FOR the people who killed the Kennedy’s and had nothing to fear from them in this parade. Like they were TELLING US they’re not who we think.
Over-all I’d say Donald won the debate, especially on foreign affairs where he revealed that our government is helping Iran and Russia gobble up land while we miscalculate and appease. He exposed that we are funding rebels who may be working for Russia for all we know. In fact, when Trump pointed out how Russia seized vast areas of land during Obama’s cease fire, Hillary recoiled with admiration for Trump to have the brains to notice that coup of hers on America.
Speaking of Putin and Wiki Leaks and trying to sway America to Trump. Let me ASK YOU: If Putin wanted Trump in would he want all of you to think so? He knows we’d do the exact OPPOSITE of whatever he would want.
If Putin wanted Trump in would Julian Assange and Wiki Leaks be cut off from his internet now? Can he not restore his internet if he’s in with Assange?
If Putin wanted Trump in would the Wiki Leaks be as weak as they have been, so far? Putin wants his K.G.B. B.I.T.C.H., Hillary, in and she’s spinning just the opposite slant, just like a Soviet trained propagandist.
Every time Donald would land a heavy duty blow to her Hillary would break out in an actor’s phony smile as if she had just been handed a plum from Trump instead of a devastating blow. Again, her Soviet-like heartlessness and coldness to even try to use that obvious ploy.
Every time Trump would MAKE A GREAT POINT Chris Wallace would shout over him and interrupt. Only once did he interrupt Clinton versus ten times for Trump.
Donald started out slow and groggy from all the media abuses he has endured but picked up full steam as the debate progressed kicking Clinton’s teeth out while Wallace tried to shout over him lest he knock Hillary out of the race right then and there. Hillary mostly prepared for the issue concerning HER sleazy campaign against Trump with the Billy Bush – Fourth cousin of George Bush, by the way – controversial tape. She so perfectly crafted that part of her speech that she had to have had help from someone else.
As smart as she is – in an evil way – she is not THAT good at language. It was her most important delivery as she knows only her sleaze campaign against her rival is going to get her anywhere near Trump with voters.
Trump may well be 20 percentage points ahead of Clinton but the media and establishment pollsters are lying to you to conceal their eventual rigging of the vote count. Thank God Trump is not afraid to tell it like it really is and prevent or over-turn a fraud election. Who can deny that a fair election had not been the case in 2016? When the subject of Trump not conceding a result just yet came up Hillary said this;

“… for over a hundred years we have respected fair elections and accepting the vote of the people….”
Not a fair election Hillary. Not when everybody KNOWS the media has already rigged the vote by poisoning the weakling fence-sitters who were stampeded to run from Donald by the media. When Marco Rubio claimed this week; “Florida has 67 counties and I can assure you that there will be no conspiracy of 67 counties rigging the vote…  ”What he was trying to hide was the FACT that Florida republicans and democrats WILL RIG a dozen or so counties to push Clinton ahead. Not just Florida but other states as well.
You see, America, your F.B.I. has something monstrous to hide and to protect themselves from ever being discovered by all of you. Stephen King killing John Lennon to poison all of you aside, they have only Hillary, now, to shield them from disclosure. They need her to protect them and that’s why Clinton has been given a get out of jail card from them. If Trump gets in the whole charade is bound to come unraveled and the F.B.I. and evil mass media know it.
One thing we all agree on; the mass media has showed it’s centralized organizational structure
for all the world to see. From fairy; Stephen Colbert who is given two Emmys he never deserved
to demonize Trump every night, to Saturday Night Live, our C.I.A.’s biggest mind control show,
to every last media and newspaper in America.
Donald, thank you for exposing all the bugs under that board you just lifted up. Thank you!
Thank you, also, for revealing that our foreign policies under Obama and Clinton are em-
powering Russia and Iran and harming America. That all, too, will be uncovered.
The lighting on Clinton in the debate was so masterful Hillary looked almost as young and
flawless as the Saturday Night Live actress who portrays her. (Another sellout in our media)
while the lighting on Donald magnified his age. That was all deliberate media meddling.
Will Donald clock her by taking my advice to air my Oakland Tribune article of her in bed
with murderer Stephen King? That would destroy
her, outright and pave her path to jail for BEING A CO-CONSPIRATOR! Considering I helped get
the Clinton’s elected in 1992 to the point of Bush Sr. mentioning my magazine that tanked
his ratings in Kennebunkport a month earlier while in the Richmond, Virginia debate;
“…you know, nobody likes ‘Who Shot John?…”
Considering all that there is no way she could NOT have known about King’s role in Lennon’s
murder. Her secret White House meeting with him in 1995 betrayed me and America and estab-
lishes her and Bill as co-conspirators in John Lennon’s murder.
Short of airing that I’d put up a poster of the jet ripping into the second tower with
flames
erupting from it alongside Hillary’s identical logo and speak like this;
“If you value a fair election in America then Hillary is your enemy!…if you value an America
whose media is fair and objective and protective of the public’s right to know then HILLARY
IS YOUR ENEMY!…if you want a country of the people, by the people and for the people in-
stead of a country of the establishment and by the establishment and for the establishment
then HILLARY IS YOUR ENEMY!…if you want to end our pattern of fraud and abuse in foreign
wars and actually create a more peaceful world then HILLARY IS YOUR ENEMY!.
Etc., etc., etc..”
With the 9-11 attack and her identical logo side by side while he made this kind of speech
it would eclipse anything he has ever said in his life. And that’s not even using my John
Lennon murder conspirator card that Trump is A FOOL not to use right away, anyway!

If Trump does not win this rigged election – more rigged than any in our lifetime, admit it,-
if he should be robbed and his American majority following should be robbed of victory over
this Soviet spy I believe that Hillary really is, then God help us all if he won’t use it after
to over-turn the results and lock her up.

There’s much to read along these lines in the chapters immediately listed below. Do read,
PLEASE.
Miley, I thank you for laying off of Trump last spring when I asked you to. Pay close atten-
tion to me, now, girl, I’m right and you’re misinformed. I used to be just like you, once.
All you women of America, do you want to elect the first women president even though she is
likely our mortal enemy from globalism hell? You’d better snap out of it, girls, or you’ll set
the women’s movement back a thousand years when her administration comes unglued as all
get out, after.
Oh, and by the way, the taped remarks from Donald were most likely obtained this way;
Bush Sr. had his C.I.A. and F.B.I. compile a list of the top 100 men on earth who might
eventually run for president and he had Billy Bush, his son’s fourth cousin, deliberately ambush
Trump after egging Donald on to talk lewdly in the first place, to save the secret tape for
a rainy day and that rainy day for them is now. Billy was probably given millions for his act.
He was taken off the air because his facial expressions could not help but give him away
and the treachery he stands for. The establishment won’t show his face until he can compose
himself so we aren’t any the wiser. Billy Bush is, to quote John Lennon, a “…short haired,
yellow bellied son of ‘Tricky Dicky’ just like the T.V. fairy; Stephen Colbert.
Hillary’s biggest asset is the fourth cousin of Bush. Aren’t you people stupid to trust her?
Of course Billy was fired from his network. He got his job there as a reward FOR getting this
baited tape of Trump in the first place. Just like fairy, sell-out, ass-hole Stephen Colbert
got his phony Emmys for his propaganda role today against Trump. What a fairy / sell- out!
That man has a sister who is running for political office. Can you doubt Colbert’s C.I.A.
connections? Colbert is America’s enemy. He is the personification of our mass media con-
glomerate dynasty that has turned America into the U.S.S.R..
Oh, one more tid bit; When Gary Hart ran for president his license plate on his Corvette read;

“U.S.S.A.”.

United States of Soviet America?
He was advertising where Hillary is coming from, even back then.
Wasn’t he, reader?
It’s a tough pill to swallow that America has been under Russia’s thumb for decades but it has
been, America. Even I reel at some of the things I know to be true, like Yoko’s evil role in
the Soviet plot against us and lots of things that only prove it’s all true.
I hope you accept that, while much of what I espouse to be true is “Theory”, my Lennon
facts PROVE CONSPIRACY.
Grow up and admit at least that, people.
People, YOU ARE THE PROBLEM OF THIS WORLD.
Mostly you, the silent, co-conspiring, boot-licking public.
I used to be just like all of you are now, once, too. It’s a lot more fun knowing the truth and
actually BEING brave like our national anthem brags.
“Land of the deceived and the media slave” is how all of you are living, now.

October 21. 2016;

I suspect many of you dismiss my “theory” that Moscow pulls our strings and has for
decades. Why, then, is it a newly revealed fact that Hillary and Obama gave Russia 20
percent of America’s total uranium supply, recently?
Like Bob Dylan sang;

“There’s something happening and you don’t know what it is
Do you, Mr. Jones…”

While on the subject of whether or not America and Russia are, to quote Huillary’s blue
logo on her huge jet; “STRONGER TOGETHER” let me say, no, we are not.
Any diluting of our values will result in a complete surrender of our ideals and the
Kremlin knows it. If Moscow had Stephen King murder John Lennon then we are in bed with
a satanic power, a poisonous power and I’ve always used this argument against the gun
grabbers to show how evil they are to choose to kill Lennon with a gun with evil Stephen
King on the trigger, to show all of you what evil bastards they must be. To show all
of you what darkness and callousness lies ahead if we don’t stop this spineless madness.
Of course, Moscow, mostly, wants to disarm the U.S. public. Do so and we die, spiritually.
Well, America, agent Yoko Ono rules stupid New York City and America and her soul has
to be as dark as a bat cave. It would have to be. Is that what you want your soul to
be like, someday? I don’t think so
Living like a watered down American, Soviet class slob is what you’ve all been doing for
the past 30, plus, years and is why I have chosen to be celibate for the last two decades
as I find all of you untouchable and spiritually sick as demons.
That should give you a hint of how wonderful you will all feel if this truth ever breaks
and you are saved from this dark spirituality that our government is allowing to take
over brainwashed, pussified, pinko America.

October 24, 2016;

Nixon used to brag, in his book The Real War, that “…if you “Transpose the points” the
lights dim, darkness falls and all is confusion…”
What he means is that if one reverses the “points” “Soviet meddling for Hillary” instead to;
“Soviet meddling for Trump” you cause darkness and confusion because a 180 degree case has
been made for what the truth is and isn’t. Not anything BUT 180 degrees works as well in
causing confusion and darkness. Thus, Nixon’s argument is made more crystal clear.
Hillary is doing this reversing of the points like a Kremlin trained gremlin;
Her campaign is not far behind only because Hillary has based her entire campaign on a hate
campaign to get all of the women of America into a room to hurl their high heeled shoes at
Donald for ever once being less than perfect with a women in his micro-scoped life.
“Let’s all throw our high heels at Donald for I’m counting on the gullible women vote to
get ahead this election, if only THAT!”
I recall how she turned her back to the camera as she left a stage and said, immediately after
she trotted out Miss Universe; “When they go low we go high..”
Reverse those points and it reads; “When they go high we go low…” The appropriate remark.
Now she was seen saying on T.V.; “I’m so proud of the American public for rejecting the mes-
sage of hate..” Apparently inferring Trump’s campaign.
No, the fact is Hillary has chosen to tap into every scorned women who was ever scorned to
lash out at Trump for not being a celibate saint. To stampede all women to stone him with a
vote for Hillary. Like the Roman government pitting it’s civilians, in biblical days, of
stoning to death a dissident they would like to kill, anyway.
A campaign of pure, primal hate. Her campaign. Her biggest platform, as a matter of FACT!
“Apparently Putin is sponsoring the election of Donald Trump..”” Hillary’s biggest, most
sinister and diabolical use of the transpositioning of points;
If Putin wanted Trump in he would send messages of tampering to get Hillary elected, relying on
our natural insticts to do the opposite of whatever he wanted to do. Instead Hillary and
Putin, puppeteer and puppet, are BOTH leading us to believe the opposite. Putin through his
meek silence and Hillary with her calculated propaganda ploy to get us to look the opposite way
lest her K.G.B. credentials be found out.
You see, America, it has taken me decades to admit out loud what I have always known; that
Russia and America are going “Soviet” behind our backs.
This is the reason America is so sick economically, spiritually and everything else.
It sounds crazy to say out loud and I know it sounds crazy but this election has pulled
up the board that shows us the media bugs crawling all around like the insects they are.
That both the democrats and republicans and the entire media / industrial and military com-
plex, lately, with the Allepo invasion just before the vote, SHOWS US ALL that we are already
in bed with a Soviet like system!!!!!!!!
Hillary may WELL BE a Soviet agent or spy from the Kremlin. Bill included, the Bush’s. etc.
etc., etc., for all any of you know. It was Bush Sr. who first trumpeted a “New World Order”.
Right now we have Putin throwing the Vagina Brigade against Trump this election and not
much else. Gloria Allred, included.
The question is; aren’t all of you U.S. citizens all red, already?
If not then you will jail Stephen King right away. If you can’t get upset about it then you
have already lost your freedom and your soul.
Stephen King, six months before he murdered John Lennon, wrote, repeatedly, in “Firestarter”;
“You blind, obsessive fools!…”
After he murdered America’s soul in doing so he wrote in, I think, “Different Seasons”, also
repeatedly;
“Beware the jewish / communist plot against the U.S…..”
I can’t make this up, people.
We used to use John Kennedy’s accurate remarks about the Soviet Union; that their way of
life is “REPUGNANT” and it was and still is.
The question is; Aren’t all of you repugnant not to care if our government or theirs let
Stephen King murder John Lennon?
It’s at the heart of why we ever stood up to them before, a preference of our way of life
over theirs.
Only Russia is STRONGER TOGETHER with us as Hillary secretly advertises. Our blending with
their way of life is pure poison, witness our Soviet like, media decided election, already.
You’ve all played dead on the matter for three decades. You all ARE PINKO WEAKLINGS
already. Admit it, for God’s sake if not your own.
You’ll notice her Trade Towers being penetrated by a jet logo is all but gone from the T.V.
monitors. My input into talk radio, maybe? Maybe she is WITH the crowd who did that. Maybe
I’ve cracked the code of her official logo and what it might secretly really mean.

Trump will either use my Clinton White House meeting with Stephen King or he won’t. If
he fails to use this smoking gun that the universe has bestowed on him then Hillary will
triumphantly say under her breath the next day;
“Donald didn’t have the nuts to BE president. Good for me and Moscow. Ha! Ha! Ha!.”
Meanwhile, Donald, Putin has you in a headlock. She works for his world order take-over
of America under the banner
“STRONGER TOGETHER”
Wake up, man, and clobber her for all it’s worth.
It’s this ONE THING that will TRUMP all the systems plots and tricks. No one will
vote for her once this news gets out.
The media has already gone Soviet and fear being exposed if YOU get in.
Fight back, Donald, with THIS!!!

(to be continued….)

ARGUMENT;

YOUR HONOR, I HAVE DEMONSTRATED THAT OFFICER CLOCKERTY IS PRONE TO EXAGERRATION AND, FOR WHATEVER REASON, CHOSE TO NOT RECORD THE EVENTS OF THE ROAD THAT DAY, TWICE. THAT HE REMARKED HE TICKETED ME FOR; “…USING AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE..” EVEN THOUGH EVIDENCE SHOWS I COULD NOT HAVE BEEN ON MY PHONE AS HE ALSO CLAIMS HE THINKS WAS THE CASE. I HAVE SHOWN THAT HE HAS PULLED OVER OTHER MOTORISTS TWICE AT THE SAME TIME BEFORE AND THAT, IN HIS OTHER MATTER, A 50 YEAR OLD MOTORIST WHO ALLEGEDLY HAD NEVER HAD A TICKET IN HIS LIFE UNTIL THE TWO OFFICER CLOCKERTY ISSUED ON THE SAME DAY. I HAVE SHOWN THAT HE FOLLOWED ME FOR AT LEAST A MINUTE AFTER MY ALLEGED SWERVING BEFORE PULLING ME OVER AND WAS NOT SURE FOR HOW LONG HE HAD BEEN FOLLOWING ME BEFORE THAT.

I HAVE SHOWN, UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY, THAT THE WINDS WERE FEROCIOUS THAT DAY AND NEWS REPORTS SHOW UNPRECEDENTED TORNADOS THAT YEAR, EVENIN CALIFORNIA, AT THAT TIME, EVEN THE WORST SOLAR STORM EVENT IN 20 YEARS THE DAY AFTER. I HAVE SHOWN THAT A DEPRESSED AREA BETWEEN MOUNTAINS THERE ALLOWS FOR A WESTERLY WIND THAT CAUSED ME TO SWERVE SIDEWAYS.

I DON’T THINK A SERIES OF VIOLENT WIND GUSTS THAT CAUSED MY SLIGHT SWERVING ARE GROUNDS FOR A CITATION. I DENY THAT ANY OTHER CAR HAD TO BRAKE TO AVOID ME OR THAT MY SWERVING WAS ANYTHING MORE THAN FOR A FEW SECONDS, ONLY, AND NOT AT ALL DURING THE SECOND STOP AS HE ALLEGED.

I HAVE SHOWN THAT HIS ARGUMENT THAT OTHER CARS AND SEMI’S WERE NOT SIMILARLY BUFFETED AROUND HAD TO DO WITH MY WEIGHT AND SHAPE – TALL AND LIGHT – ACCOUNTING FOR WHY THAT MAY HAVE BEEN THE CASE.

IN MY LONG LIFE ONLY ONCE BEFORE HAVE I EVER BEEN TICKETED FOR SUCH A VIOATION. A CHP OFFICER ON APRIL FOOL’S DAY 2019 AFTER HIS FOLLOWING  ME CAUSED THE MOTORIST IN FRONT OF ME TO SUDDENLY BRAKE AFTER SEEING HIM BEHIND US FORCING ME TO THE OTHER LANE TO AVOID HITTING HIM. THE OFFICER DID NOT SHOW FOR TRIAL EITHER.

YOUR HONOR, AS YOU KNOW, I HAVE REASON TO BELIEVE ANY CITATION I MIGHT RECIEVE COULD BE POLITICALLY MOTIVATED OVER MY JOHN LENNON MURDER EVIDENCE AGAINST OUR GOVERNMENT. I HAVE ALLEGED EVEN ATEMPTS TO KILL ME IN HIGH SPEED ‘ACCIDENTS’ ONE WHERE THE INTERSECTION WAS PAVED OVER THE NEXT DAY TO HIDE EVIDENCE OF FOUL PLAY, FOR EXAMPLE. IN FACT THE CHP HAS BEEN A FACTOR IN ONE SUCH EPISODE FAILING TO CITE UNIFORMED NAVY CADET FOR SLAMMING INTO MY VAN ON A SAN DIEGO FREEWAY AT OVER 75 MPH. IN FACT, A WEEK AFTER OFFICER CLOCKERTY’S TICKET ANOTHER CHP OFFICER WAS FOUND LINGERING IN MY BLIND SPOT ON HIS MOTORCYCLE A FOOT FROM MY VAN, HOPING I’D HIT HIM IF I TRIED TO SHIFT LANES WHILE BEHIND A TRUCK THAT WAS REPEATEDLY STOPPING AND SPEEDING UP TO NOT LET ME PASS IT. I WAS PULLED OVER BUT MY ALERTNESS SAVED US BOTH. THIS JUST HAPPENED TO BE THE SAME ENCINITAS CHP OFFICE THAT FAILED TO CITE THE OFFENDING CADET A DECADE EARIER FOR TRYING TO ROLL ME ON A FREEWAY. ALL THIS WHILE ADVERTISING MY WEBSITE VANIN SOUTHERN CAIFORNIA. IN THE LATE 1980’S ANOTHER CHP OFFICER ADMITTED TO ME THAT MY PHOTO WAS IN EVERY CHOP OFFICE IN THE STATE. SO, WHEN IT COMES TO THE CHP I HAVE LEARNED TO BE VERY WARY. ANY TICKET I IGHT RECIEVE COULD BE USED TOPAINT ME AS A BAD DRIVER WHEN I’M NOT TO EXPLAIN ANY DEADLY’ACCIDENT’ I MAY SUFFER IN THE FUTURE. IT WOULD BE UNFAIR TO SADDLE ME WITH A QUESTIONABLE TICKET FRO THIS REASON, ALONE.

I HAVE NOT WEIGHED IN ON THE POLITICAL PERSECUTION ANGLE TOO MUCH HERE BUT JUST TWO WEEKS AGO, ON A SUNDAY, WHEN THERE IS NO PARKING ENFORCEMENT, A MONTEREY POLICE OFFICER TICKETED ME FOR BEING IN A LOADING ZONE WITH A COMMERCIAL PLATE. HE TROLLED BY AND SAID’; “YOU’RE IN A LOADING ZONE.’ “I HAVE COMMERCIAL PLATES, DOES THAT COUNT?” HE THEN MUMBLED “THIRTY MINUTES.” AND DROVE OFF. A FEW MINUTES LATER HE WAS BEHIND ME AGAIN AND TICKETED ME AFTER I TOLD HIM HE TOLD ME 30 MINUTES. HE CLAIMED HE SAID THREE MINUTES AND THAT I WAS BLOCKING THE STREET. I BROUGHT A TAPE OF THE ENCOUNTER FOR EVIDENCE TO SHOW WHAT THIS PERSECUTION I ALLEGE SOUNDS LIKE AND AS RECENLTLY AS JUST TWO WEEKS AGO.,

ALL CONSIDERED, YOUR HONOR, THERE IS SOME QUESTION AS TO WHY OFFICER CLOCKERTY REALY CITED ME AND THE WINDS WERE BRUTAL THAT DAY AND I ASK FOR A DISMISSAL, ESPECIALLY DUE TO THE OFFICERS FAILURE TO CAPTURE THE ROAD EVENTS HE CLAIMS IN FILM THAT HE COULD HAVE HAD IN WORKING ORDER.

Me on golf technique – part 2

THE CORE DRIVEN GOLF SWING

By Steve Lightfoot

Copyright c 2015

All Rights Reserved

AN OVERVIEW:

(Boy, do I repeat myself a hundred times below. it’s just a rough draft.)

Introduction;

(To begin with, only 20 % of what is below will make it to print. I have to feel my way around what to say)

I never made the tour though I tried in earnest to become the world’s greatest golfer once upon a time. Why settle for second best? Why not live life to the fullest? Well, a shorter left leg than right and personal things that came along got in the way of all that but never my interest for discovering the secrets of the golf swing. My best year was 1978(?), I think. I was in third place with five holes to go to easily qualify for my first attempt at the U.S. Amateur. I had just found out that I was even in contention at one under through 31 holes. There were seven spots for 107 players as I recall. It was a pretty large crowd of people that suddenly appeared out of nowhere to watch me, as it turned out, that informed me of my place. I was attracting a crowd and it spooked me. I had no idea I was in contention and the sudden fame surprised me. I hobbled home needing a 25 footer on the last hole to get in but it missed on the left lip and I had to settle for winning the alternate spot in a playoff on the first extra hole with par. One stroke away from being IN the U.S. Amateur my first try, though.

What is more amazing is the fact that, several months prior to that decent showing, I was hardly close to being anywhere near contention placing second to last in the Southern Amateur, my first, ever, event outside of high school and college golf. What made the difference in just a few months span in between was a book by a 1940’s instructor named Alex Morrison. His book; A New Way To Better Golf, really opened up my game having learned the art of using the back and shoulder muscles to get the job done. It showed me that a book CAN make a difference and I have read enough of them – many dozens – to know that Morrison’s book was a cut above and that some ideas are better than others. Jack Nicklaus’s book; Golf My Way was vital as well. Then, again, he was and always has been my golf hero.

In 1978 I saw a golfer named Bobby Clampett who was at the top of the amateur world winning about half of everything he entered. It was during the Eastern Amateur on the practice tee and I saw what I thought was the best golf swing on the planet and of all time. Bobby was a spindly 140 pounder with a graceful slow back swing, a pause at the top, and a downswing that seemed to scream perpetual motion. The positions seemed from another planet and more perfect than I thought were possible. 300 yard drives so precise and predictable that his fore caddy was catching the ball on the first bounce, every time. In our discussion, after, he told me he was reading Nicklaus’s book; Golf My Way at the time and that he learned his swing technique in Carmel, California from a teacher named Ben Doyle and a book titled The Golfing Machine. That’s all I needed to move there right away and become the first of what would become a line of converts to learn this amazing technique. Ben was among America’s top 100 teachers for many years. More scientific than anything, it detailed the WHAT a golf swing is and all it’s many parts and their variations. It was based on law and physics and about two dozen principles to manage and I was as lost as most grasping only half of it all. Some of it must have rubbed off as I have been called out for having a Clampettesque swing, often, since, by others. That’s fine with me. Ben Doyle became one of my closest friends over the three years I spent there, too. A special soul who has regrettably passed away several years ago.

In 1982 I stumbled onto, let’s just say, the biggest political expose in America’s history and it took over my life, completely. So big a truth the world is still only just “getting it” as, lately, I have been getting radio interviews and such locally and the story is finally, slowly, breaking. I won’t say what it is but let’s hope I emerge alive on the other side someday. I am blossoming as a world class singer, of all things, getting ready for the spotlight when it does. In m y dream of becoming a tour player I was obsessed with understanding the perfect swing above all else. Meanwhile I think I have finally learned enough about the swing to help others enjoy the game and make a difference in the game. I think I have a very good eye for the swing and what works.

This book is intended for all golfers but especially for the ones who want to play golf professionally. I would hope that tour pros would benefit from it as it represents all that I have learned from wanting to BE the world’s best golfer once upon a time. This, in conjunction with my penchant for innovation and invention and problem solving and my detective gene, should offer a new angle on the subject that has eluded mankind for centuries. To show you examples of my detective abilities imagine a vehicle creating electric energy from the rotation of the the wheels of his car like a wind turbine. Constant recharging. Half the batteries needed compared to a regular all electric vehicle and half the weight. Zero fuel costs. Except for battery replacement every ten years FREE TRANSPORTATION! It even applies to 18 wheeler large trucks with more wheels to tap. The only drawback, an insignificant 5 percent drag to create the friction needed. So obvious it must be genius. Similarly, in high school, just a month into my geometry class, I became the first human to ever trisect an angle with just a compass and straight edge. A normal procedure used for line segments results in small, medium and large sections. I simply reversed, or butterflied, the procedure to reverse the bias. It offered four points, not two, on the arc and I simply bisected the pair and, viola, perfect trisection for all angles, obtuse or acute. It took all of twenty minutes and on my first try relying on just a hunch. My teacher, Dick Nixon, is a witness. He told me I’d be famous if I could explain why it works in geometry language. Boring! Years later I heard Paul Harvey, the late radio announcer, report the feat attributed to another man. I was only five years ahead of my peers on that one.

IS THE ‘VARDON’ GRIP OBSOLETE?

The following I offer with trepidation. On the one hand I am convinced I have discovered a better grip that will replace the Vardon grip someday. On the other hand I realize I will scare many of you off the rest of this book to even OFFER a change of grip. Nevertheless, I am convinced of it’s efficacy and I know it hurts less than the Vardon grip and offers a stronger connection and reduces steering and provides better distance, accuracy and consistency. You don’t have to use it to benefit from the Core Driven Golf Swing method but it helps to get those thumbs out of the way and hit it harder. It does seem, with this new grip, that the hands want to uncork better through the strike zone. Like a loaded spring that gets to a point and releases, automatically. It also forces you NOT to steer with your hands but merely hold on and release. Your overall swing geometry, instead, determines accuracy and direction.

I first decided to write a book about technique about ten years ago after discovering a type of grip that improved accuracy. I rotated the hands inwards towards the top giving my left hand a relatively strong grip and my right a relatively weak grip position. This allowed me to hit it hard with my left hand and still reign in over rotation at impact and shots to the left. Conversely the strong left hand position reigned in shots from going too far right. I found a narrowing of my shot pattern as a result. I still appreciate this configuration only now I put my left thumb along the side of the grip, not on top, using the overlapping style grip with the pinky finger of my right hand. In fact, to side straddle the left thumb requires this turning in of the hands towards the top. A ten finger grip introduces just too much polarity between the hands, however more comfortable it may feel. I now also side straddle the right thumb and lay it on top of my right hand’s wrap around fingers. Off the grip entirely. It looks like a claw, in fact. I found, a few years ago, after reverting to the standard Vardon grip and hitting as many balls one year as a pro hits, that the conventional thumb on top style is not so user friendly. Neither is the pincer style of right forefinger and thumb. I don’t necessarily discourage the conventional grip only I, personally, prefer the latter. It hurts less in the long run. It provides a stronger more accurate grip, besides. Further, it discourages steering with the hands. Now they just hold on and are free of pain. I have also discovered that this stronger connection to the club reduces lower back pain, interestingly. I am CONFIDENT that THIS will replace the Vardon grip someday after golfdom realizes how great this new grip is. This grip, not only offers a stronger bond of the hands to the club eliminating any discomfort, it offers more accuracy as it prevents steering and manipulation of the club with the hands, Now they just hold on like glue and give the three fingers of the right hand on the grip more power to hit with. The thumbs are now out of the way and the fingers and palms do all the work. You’d never see a baseball player with his thumbs in the way. They’d be in too much pain. I definitely think I’m on to something, here. If you use the conventional thumb position it is not as necessary to rotate the hands inwards towards the top so much. The conventional grip espoused for centuries still applies.

The conventional grip finds both palms facing each other forming a wall that faces the target. This alignment remains intact except for the top of the hand near the thumbs. When they lay to the side it gives the appearance of a strong left hand and a weak right hand. In reality they are neutral. The same finger and palm prints a Vardon Grip make this grip retains.

Recap; To incorporate this new and, I think, better golf grip simply use the regular Vardon grip and turn in both hands towards the top slightly so that he left is slightly in a strong position and the right in a slightly weak position. Then, take your left thumb off the top and place in to the side. Next, after nestling your right hand to fit around your left thumb, the bottom outside pad of your right palm now in the “V” this creates, and take your right thumb and nestle it over your wrap around fingers of the same hand.  In a sense the “V” of your left hand points to your right shoulder and the “V” of your right hand points to your left shoulder. It should feel comfortable and powerful. Unlike the Vardon grip it is easier to get the right amount of grip pressure – not too light – but firm enough to give you complete control of the club. It naturally WANTS to constrict a little around the grip gluing you to the club.

If you do incorporate my new grip you will find that accuracy stems from correct shoulder coil and uncoil, club shaft and arm paths and the physics involved in the hinging and unhinging of the shaft and the hinging of the left arm from the shoulders, alone. There is no steering with the hands, They just hold on like glue and hit the ball hard. I also think that, because the grip is so intertwined, that the right arm’s co-operation with the left is enhanced. That they work as one better.

If you can hold on better with a certain grip over the Vardon style it reasons you can swing the club harder. The Vardon grip is not the best for this. Thus I am exploring options.

As I write these words I am experimenting with hand involvement. Should one be minimal, firm and stiff with the wrists or allow them to fully rotate 90 degrees wide open as they cock going back? Is this method a better implementation of the body and arms and hands? So long as one cocks his shoulders 90 degrees and does not go beyond 90 degrees with wrist cock, while still tracking the shaft long the target line, I’m of the opinion, now, that this may re-invent the concept of the grip all by itself and might be a better technique. This style finds the face more vertical and open at the top versus at a 45 degree angle to the ground. That’s a plus in writing  this book; experimenting with things I’d otherwise not take notice of. Two breakthroughs in one month? Who knows, yet? This new idea certainly taps the potential of the hands in any core driven method and was inspired by a conventional grip that hurt with too much use. A baseball style grip with the thumbs to the side may be the future of the golf swing. Overlapping the right pinky over the left forefinger may still be applicable, however.

THE CORE DRIVEN GOLF SWING;

I have always known that the most powerful and effortless way to swing a club was with a back and forth weight shift with a big body coil and uncoil motion using a large club head arc with extended arms. A method that taps the power of the large muscles of the body. Lots of body coil and lots of extension with the arms and club on both sides of the ball. The opposite method involves using the small muscles of the hands, for example, to lead and orchestrate a swing. There is no doubt, now, after all these years, that the former method works better and is more consistent and reliable.

Once upon a time in my youth I wondered if the hands dictated body pivot. Too many things can go wrong that way, I learned. Focusing thought on the center of the swing like your torso versus things like your hands, which are farthest away from a swing’s center, simply works better. To build a swing from the inside, out, versus the outside, in. The hands certainly DO work, but mostly to align the club, to cock and un cock, completely rolling over past impact, and hold on to the forces created with the body uncoiling and weight shift. Like Trevino once said; “The tree trunk swings the branches, not vice versa.” Jack Nicklaus used to start every practice session only after first putting a club behind his back between his elbows and coiling and uncoiling in place with a weight transfer and slight lifting of both feet and critical junctures.to train his core to move properly above all else.

And, so, the core driven method is what I teach. There is so much to cover my job here will be to keep it as simple as I can in spite of my analytical mind type.

“X FACTOR” CORE DYNMANMICS AND THE LEFT ARM SLING;                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Since that epiphany concerning a whole new way to grip a club and the big muscle dominated swing method I have learned the importance of the rest of the swing and have come to some deep convictions that I think will endure, especially into the future whether the side straddle grip replaces the conventional grip or not. Before I lay out everything allow me to give you an overview of the core driven swing; I recognize the notion that the shoulders want to out turn the hips, perhaps two to one, to the top. This sets the downswing up with the hips already leading the shoulders and with more torque than a wet noodle kind of windup where the hips turn too freely. I don’t stress HOW much differential you create between the shoulders and hips so long as you resist from below while the shoulders out turn everything else. It’s important to swing wide with the arms and club throughout. The creation of a differential between the shoulders and hips to the top sets you up for a more powerful and dynamic move down and through. The Core Driven Golf Swing method makes use the shoulders, back and chest more than you might think. By focusing the mind on what the back, chest and shoulders are doing, almost exclusively,  I have found the rest of the body naturally falls into place. The arms, club, legs and hips sense what is required above and get into position to allow the upper torso rotation to happen. The wrists still do cock, especially near the top of the backswing just as they un cock past impact. The beginning of the backswing feels as if one is shifting weight as if swaying directly away from the target with his head and shoulders. But instead of that the arms, club and rest of the torso and shoulders catches that sensation of swaying, moving directly opposite the target, instead, and the head remains centered. The downswing, conversely, feels like one is shifting the lower body mass, only, to the target keeping the upper body in place resulting in the sensation one’s forward hip position at impact is pulling the arms and hands through with the upper body and head staying back. Weight shift back is upper body sway sensation keeping a steady head, downswing weight shift is all lower body weight shift TO the target stretching the tug of war between the two. It may help to keep a steady head to the top by positioning it a little back of where you might think at address so it’s already as far right as it feels comfortable. This gives the whole stance a kink in the middle, your spine a little backward tilt against a slightly forward tilting or neutral lower body. You must swing VERY WIDE in the take away getting your body mass and weight opposite the target. Keep a steady head in doing so but you can’t swing low and wide enough at the start of the back swing. The wrists cock mostly in the second half of the backswing. This broad, low takeaway winds your body up tight and sets your weight on mostly your back foot. This not only coils the torso tightly and powerfully, this puts the hips in a lead position going down and maximizes power. Don’t go overboard with this “X Factor” notion but at least out coil the rest of the trunk with the shoulders and start the back swing with he shoulders while somewhat resisting with the legs and hips. It is imperative that the shoulders are moving and coiling from the start and throughout. If the club is in motion the shoulders are moving and coiling with it. If your club path is correct the left shoulder should go somewhat under your chin and not around to it’s front. One of the main goals OF the backswing is to powerfully wind up one’s entire body, but especially the shoulders. In the transition zone the hips are beginning their move to the target even as your shoulders are still finishing their journey back to the top. This winds everything up tight for a powerful package to deliver into impact. For the downswing move lower body weight target ward ahead of the upper body unwind. The wrists may even gain a little more than a 90 degree cock in the transition zone as you begin the down swing. This allows your body some slack with which to race ahead with the lower body. By NOT consciously hitting with your hands your hands will hit just fine. Resist the urge to use them until impact, itself, in fact. Then you can use them all you want, but only DURING impact and after but not until then. Use all you body to deliver the club into impact. Through the strike zone, the wrists completely turn over allowing the club head to pass the handle at impact and toe over the heel of the club head as well. Active wrists are essential to a good swing but their participation is a consequence mostly of forces created in the rest of your body. They unleash all that body energy. It is VITAL that you SLING the left arm, not just the club head, briskly PAST the body through the strike zone. Time your swing so that the arms are also swinging with the club at the same time through the strike. A swinging of the whole club and not just the head. This move may involve some independent assist with the arms. There is no truly dormant part of the body in a swing. The arms and hands have a little leeway in a swing and shouldn’t be too harnessed. This gives speed to the handle of the club and not just the head. This one move separates the pros from the non pros, this brisk slinging of the left arm across the body during the strike. Clearing the body with your left arm past impact. You’ll see. To swing the whole club briskly past the ball you need left arm acceleration through the strike zone, not just club head speed. It may help to imagine that the back of you left hand is the actual club face to get this sensation.

The business end of the swing is near the strike zone. The imagery of methodically rotating the chest and shoulders from the top back around to the ball and continuing beyond to the target and the slinging of the club AND left arm across the body – clearing the body –  together, briskly through the strike zone, girds the rest of the body – the core –  the legs and hips included, to position itself for a strong delivery instinctually. The legs and hips grab the ground and set up the strike. If you fail to imagine the left arm part of this you will NOT experience this powerful instinctual girding of the body and legs. In a sense the whole body and shoulders coils back and unwinds TO sling the left arm and club shaft TOGETHER briskly past the body through the strike. THIS is the pro move. It will up your athleticism by 20 percent. All swing thoughts, however, are secondary to the imagery of what the chest and shoulders are doing; rotating away from the ball like pulling back a bow string , and then rotating back around the other way back to the ball and continuing all the way around to the target and your finish. Like turning a door knob back and forth. If you ever observe the shoulder action of a pro from an above camera angle you’ll notice that no other part of the body is more active.

Of course swing dynamics must couple with correct geometric patterns to work properly. There is much in this book that emphasizes shaft position in a swing over even club head position, that the correct shaft positions will automatically rotate the head square at impact if done correctly. Think of a general target based path for the head that swings square to the target on a slight curve since the club is swung from around your body which is inside the ball line. As if swung on a tilted plane from around your shoulders to the ball line. Whenever the shaft is parallel to the ground it should be aimed to the target, generally. That is at one third back, the top, mid downswing and mid follow through. The shaft should aim to the target. Regarding the shaft and the left arm as a single lever helps with arm configuration.

When I first discovered this marriage of side straddle grip and slinging of the left arm WITH the whole club past the body I added 15 yards to my three iron and tightened my distance and accuracy. I am a youthful, athletic 70 year old and found all 30 of my balls with just five yards of variance in distance and only fifteen yards variance in accuracy, AND 15 yards father, instantly. If I even try to hit one shot with the old grip, now, it hurts me by comparison. The stronger, more secure connection to the club also relieves my lower back, interestingly.

One swing path, overall, or two divergent paths compressed against each other? Inside out versus outside in?

(What is immediately below is in the experimental stage and I don’t yet recommend it, so bear with me as I sort things out for a while. Up to this point I have always preferred a downswing path geometrically as similar to the backswing path it made to the top.)

As I write these words I have come across a notion I’d otherwise not have noticed but for writing this book. Are the back swing and downswing path the same? In other words; does one swing back and forth on the same directional plane or is the back swing plane and path more square to inside than the downswing plane and path which might be more square to inside PAST impact – the opposite way – thus compressing the two variations into even more torque? Impact would, of course, be square but a result of marrying, compressing, the two different paths against each other. Bobby Jones, for example, went back relatively inside and came down on a more outside in path, while still square through the strike. Conversely, today some golfers do the opposite, they go back outside and come down square. I prefer the former and think it’s a better dynamic and gives one better power, balance and control.

The alternative is to swing both back and down on a common plane and path making allowances only for the one foot or so shift – caused by a shift of body weight – to the target of the down swing arc. This requires a marshaling of everything to adhere to one directional path but perhaps at the expense of more power and balance. Basically I am suggesting why fight gravity? Why NOT swing around one’s center of gravity both going back and to the finish?  Towards the foot target line from address to the top and from impact back to the foot target line going down? Not one plane, but two, both compensating for the fact that the body is in the middle of both actions. Both reaching for the foot target line depending on which side of the ball one is. Swing towards the body mass – the foot line – to the top and again for the finish only now it’s more outside in than the square to inside backswing was because it’s on the opposite side of the ball. Would the payoff outweigh and complications from having to pivot more open going down than you did to the top? The concept I describe like reaching towards the foot target line with the club going to the top – not straight back – and reaching for the foot target line from impact to finish. These are questions I am experimenting with right now. Once the book is done I can’t go back. I have to find out, first, which concept is better than the other. Above all else I want to achieve optimal technique, not second best.

This whole notion is based on the fact that one’s body mass and weight is mostly fixed and, if you swing around your center of gravity, an inside path from address to the top balances you better than straight back which pulls your body towards your toes. Similarly, going down, all the way to the finish you want to finish also on your foot target line only now it is square to inside from IMPACT. A divergent path going the other way, now. A posturing of two different paths to create better torque and balance versus a singular overall path that requires some reigning in of creating body torque. A bird’s eye view of your swing from above would reveal a path going back that is more aimed to the right of the target than the downswing path which would aim more to the left of the target. Impact would be a balance between the two divergent paths. Square, but with more compression and torque. It is, perhaps, a more athletic move. Maybe that’s a good thing, though. A child would instinctively choose this method, I think. Much like a tether ball orients itself to the top of where the pole it is tied to wherever it may be in it’s course of activity..

I’ll keep you posted how the experimenting goes.

(What follows will be modified following the above recent epiphany.)

THE CORE DRIVEN GOLF SWING;

A golf swing is dependent on a proper stance and grip. It’s the one part of the swing you can completely control. Without maximizing your chances for a good swing by getting these two departments under control you obstruct everything else you may want to do with a club and ball. It will probably NOT feel correct or comfortable at all at first, either. Kind of a cockeyed set up that finds your hands in the way of your eyes sight of you left foot’s instep a little. Once your grip and stance are correct there are some basics to follow. A proper swing path and shape, both back and forward,, a steady head, a coiling of the shoulders and body up to the top and an uncoiling of everything to the finish, a back and forth weight shift, a release of the club head past the handle through the strike zone that involves a complete turnover of the hands and club, a slinging of the left arm with the club past the body as well, balance, tempo and timing. This book is designed to put the right mental thoughts in your head to prompt the best results. Unlike many other sports golf requires a mental preparation before one swings. At least until your swing has been learned and perfected. Even then constant maintenance is required to keep it in shape. Like a car that needs various components looked after occasionally. So the brain is used more so than other sports. I will try to minimalize these thought processes and simplify matters as much as I can. The most fun occurs after the swing becomes second nature and you focus, instead, on the shape of the shot and it’s requirements. Painting pictures in the sky.

As a young man I wanted to play professional golf because it beat the hell out of working a regular job for a living. It was a load of fun BECAUSE it was not easy. When it went right it was especially satisfying. As such I lean towards serving the needs of a serious golfer who wants to beat the world. All golfers can benefit from this kind of book, however. I want to write the kind of book that would have helped me, then, become a successful professional golfer but also serve ANYONE with lesser aspirations. If I was not convinced my method was the best possible way to swing I’d never even try to write about it at all. Writing about golf technique is serious as a heart attack stuff. The worst thing any writer wants to do is screw up what is already a hard game to master. There ARE secrets out there that actually work better than others. My job is to weed out the bad and focus only on the thoughts and moves that work best. For me the swing and understanding THAT is what matters most. It is truly an art that has befuddled mankind for centuries and I want to make a dent in this sphere of life. To get one from beginner to pro in as fast a pace as possible using the proper ideas that work best.

The “Core Driven Golf Swing” recognizes that the body is the engine of the rest of the swing. That all motion originates there. Coiling, uncoiling and a weight shift to enhance it all. That the arms and club get their motion from the body actions mostly. Lee Trevino said that the tree trunk swings the branches, not vice versa. I once, briefly, had the exact opposite notion as a young man thinking that the hands triggered body reactions. Before I got the horse before the cart in this department other matters took over my life and I did not become a professional golfer. I wish I knew then what I know now. Now that I am too old to go pro I seem to have settled on what works. I’m eager to spread the gospel.

Strange as it may seem, by focusing on what you must do with your shoulders and chest – namely rotate them away from and then back to and through the ball and beyond to the target – your lower body will instinctually do their job to perform this feat. By doing this one thing the rest of your swing will fall into perfect place, naturally.  A from the center, out, approach that works.  No errant independent moves with your hands can interrupt or hinder the rest of the swing. Now they mostly just hold on for dear life, harness and release the forces your body is creating. The only other thing to master is the path of your swing, your club and arms combined with a weight shift assisted by tempo and timing.

In the method I now teach the shoulders and torso begin the swing and out coil the hips to the top while they resist – like a bow string against a bow –  using the shoulders and torso to start the backswing and using the lower body – hips and legs and feet – to lead and uncoil the downswing back to the finish. This stretches the two tighter in the process offering more power. Going back it’s from the top down and going down it’s from the ground, up. With this or any other method it’s critical to get the path of the arms and club just right as well. One cannot swing the club straight away or he’d fall over. One has to swing inside to square. That is, from your perspective, the club goes back straight for about a foot or so and then creeps in towards the body it’s swinging around. If there is a straight line component to this – and there is – it has to do with swinging on an inclined plane. Imagine a line extending from the ball to the target and another line extending from the feet to the target. Like a plane that tilts from the ball to around your neck and beyond. One starts out at the ball line and finishes his back swing at the foot target line, the club now above his body.  The downswing results with the club returning to the ball line and then, after the strike, back, again, above the foot target line. If you imagine swinging on a tilted plane from the ball line to your shoulder line then the swing IS in a straight line. The illusion of the club creeping inside going back is really that it is traveling in a straight path along this tilted plane. The purpose of all this body dynamics is to propel the left arm  and club not just the club, briskly past the body towards the target during the strike, head over handle and toe over heel. The act of also slinging the left arm with the club engages the core and lower body into action one does not experience by slinging just the club past the ball.

One wants to swing neither too upright or too shallow. There is a happy medium. The left arm should ideally align so that it aims to the ball at the top position. One wants to swing the club in manner that finds the shaft of the club pointing to the target whenever it is parallel to the ground. That is one third back, at the top, half way down to the ball and half way past the ball. At those junctures the shaft should aim to the target. The finish position is not applicable because foot pivot rotates everything around to face the target. This manner of swinging is merely swinging the whole club and arm assembly along the target line, not inside out or outside in but along the target line over all. It is shaft and arm positions as much as club face positions that determines accuracy. If everything is swinging to the target golf is that much easier.

Amidst all this activity there is a back and forth and even a circular weight shift. Imagine a weight on a string you are swinging from your fingers. Inside the larger circle the object is making there is another tiny circular motion your fingers are making to keep the string taught and generate centrifugal force. You will find that this tiny inner circle is just ahead of the opposite position of the object being swung at all times If it were exactly opposite the object no centrifugal force would be generated. It would be static, instead. It has to be just slightly ahead of the object. Centrifugal versus static force. If you examine the stop action photos of, say, Sam Snead or Jack Nicklaus or any other great swing you will notice that his weight  appears to go straight down early in the downswing while the club is high above him. Like a man jumping out of an airplane. Then, as he is halfway down to the ball, it appears his weight, his lower body, is lunging target wards just opposite of the position of the club. At impact, the club now at he bottom of the arc, his body is also pushing upwards against the ground to generate that opposite tug against the position of the club. Halfway past impact, the club shaft aiming at the target, his body and arms seem to be pulling away from the target. Besides this constantly shifting circular weight shift there is a more pronounced left to right and back to the left again shift that finds the weight mostly off the lead foot at the top position and most of the weight off the back foot at impact. By the finish the weight is almost entirely on the lead foot. This shift is more pronounced because you are swinging an object basically away from the target and then back to the target. A back and forth linear motion.

The swing benefits from a large, versus a cramped, arc. Wide and generous and more horizontal than vertical. Like an egg on it’s side. The weight shift back and forth is about a foot creating two distinct arcs. The downswing arc is inside of the back swing arc by about a foot and this helps create the horizontal egg on it’s side shape of the arc. While it may not be so necessary to swing high above one’s head to the top it is essential to swing wide on both sides of the ball.

That’s the core driven method in a nutshell. Use the larger, more powerful muscles of the shoulders, back, hips and legs, incorporating a weight shifting to generate the arms and club briskly past your body towards the target during the strike. In this book you may notice I try to refrain from using the term impact. The impact zone is fluid and dynamic I use, instead the term the strike zone. Does the left arm independently sling itself past the body during the strike zone? Perhaps a little. No part of the body is ever dormant. The right arm should feel as a part of the left arm and instinctually you should find it leading the hands and club with the elbow going down. The left arm is relatively straight from start to halfway past impact and then folds while the right arm straightens during the strike zone.

(What is below is old material and will be replaced with a simpler, more straightforward presentation)

Before getting too technical and detailed let me just say this. After achieving the proper stance and grip you start the swing coiling from the shoulders mostly, – from the top, down – as they coil to the top position resisting somewhat with the lower body and then you uncoil from the lower body, up, in an opposite fashion, the lower body leading the uncoil. This tightens the body in the transition zone and sets up a reactive release of the swing. There is some necessary hinging of the wrists in both directions on either side of the ball, the right elbow digging into your side ahead of the hands going down, the left elbow digging into your other side past impact, but the body pivot and coil and uncoil is paramount to the rest. There is also the fact that a shifting of weight back and forth beneath a steady head, mostly with the hips and legs, is necessary as well as a vertical up and down force like ringing a bell at the fair with an overhead downward strike. Golf is a little like all of these things combined. Proper path – inside to square – of the arms and club is vital for accuracy and consistency. You want to swing the club head from the ball target line to the foot target line back to the top and from the foot line to the ball line and back to the foot line going down and through. You don’t want to swing straight back and forth because that would throw you off balance and you’d be out of position with your body mass.. Because you have a center of mass you have to accommodate the swing around that center of mass and that requires an inside to square configuration. An arc of the club head that travels from the ball target line to the foot target line and back again. This does not mean that you can’t think in terms of a straight back and forth path to get the job done. The tilted plane you swing the club on is actually linear, straight. This tilted plane goes from the ball target line to below your head and beyond. This accounts for the inside to square appearance your club rides on. You have to swing all your levers of arms and club around a fixed axis located just below your neck near the top of your body. This requires a circular path around that hub. You want to deliver the club to the ball from your center of gravity – your foot target line where you mass is located – and so it must arrive at the top position above your feet and shoulders. From there you swing the club head out to the ball target line – inside to square – and then back to the foot target line at the finish. This way you have your body mass to exert power with. You also want to make sure that whenever the club shaft is parallel to the ground that it is aiming at the target itself. One third back, the top, half way to the ball down and half way past impact. If you can do this – swing the shaft along the target line – accuracy will follow. The club head will right itself automatically if you have the correct grip. Worry more about the shaft geometry than the head for accuracy.

You want a large clubhead arc versus a cramped arc. You want to extend the arms and keep the left arm relatively straight until well after impact. This may seem to add to the complications at first but the reverse is the case with practice. God hates a coward, so reasonably grab all the volume you can and trust it. Regarding a straight left arm I have found a relaxed, slightly bent left arm works perfectly well and may even be just as good. The important thing is that it straightens more during the strike.

The best way to get proper weight shifting is to have most of your weight off your front foot at the top position and to have most of your weight off your back foot at impact. You want to put a little air under your front foot’s heel a the top and a little air under your back foot’s heel before impact. Some prefer to keep the front foot’s heel grounded at the top but the weight should be off of it, regardless. It’s the hips and legs that move the body mass towards the target going forward while the head and upper body stay back until the follow through.

As for the vertical, versus back and forth force, you want to feel like you’re dropping enormous weight down on top of the ball from the top as well. The coil back lifts and cocks the club up above your shoulders. Then, while uncoiling, you drop it hard onto the ball hitting down and out allowing the club to un cock pass your hands through impact. Centrifugal force involves a fluid, ever changing positioning your mass just ahead of opposite of the weight you are swinging at all times. As mentioned above there is a back and forth weight shift away from and towards the target. There is also an up and down shifting. Both the up and down and side to side shifting is explained by the act of swinging a weight on a string. Your fingers make a tiny circle within the circle always tugging just ahead of the opposite position of the weighed object. That’s what keeps the string taught. That tugging and positioning of the fingers. In a swing, for example, as you start down, your weight wants to drop straight down at first. Like the famous Sam Snead “squat”. To me it looks like a man jumping out of an airplane. Straight down and opposite the straight up position of the club. Later, in mid downswing, the club head and shaft positioned opposite the target, the body posture suggests a weight shift TO the target, the hips and legs tugging target wards. At impact, the club now at the bottom of the swing, the body posture includes a pushing upwards against the ground AWAY from the bottom and up to the sky. After impact the body posture seems to want to tug away from the target against the target ward swinging of the club. The reason I suggest this tugging is just AHEAD of the opposite position of the weighted object has to do with dynamic versus static action. Like a football quarterback who leads his receiver in anticipation of where he will be to catch the ball. So there is a constant, ever changing, fluid, even circular, weight shifting involved in golf that ONLY I have pointed out.

Tempo. You want to start out smoothly and apply the speed mostly during and after impact, the speed gradually increasing from start to finish with no hiccups in between. If you snatch or jerk the club away from address you will compromise your body’s ability to coil properly. Start smooth in a one piece fashion and build speed from there especially at impact and beyond impact.

Similarly, in putting, you always want to accelerate the club into the ball, and not decelerate. Save your speed for impact and beyond. Also, as in a full swing, you want to let the shoulders swing the putter versus a hands and arm controlled motion.

That’s it in a nut shell. Not easy, but not too hard, either.

Since golf is more mental than most sports, starting from a stopped position instead of a fluid, in motion position, you have to trigger body actions mentally. In applying this book you have to piece meal things together on the practice tee and achieve success in one area before moving on to the next and so forth until one piece at a time has been mastered. Like tuning a car there are lots of areas that need constant attention. For example. I may have most of my swing parts in order but now want to refine my weight shift and coil to the top. Lately I am experimenting with only a casual move early in my backswing and amplifying the amount of coil late in the backswing. Mike Austin, a power hitter from the 40’s, swung this way to great effect. Many pros today start the deep coiling right away, the left shoulder going under the chin early in the backswing. Tiger’s left shoulder goes straight back  and under right away, for example. I am experimenting to see which works best for my body and mind type. l like the advantage of balance and relaxation in starting my swing this way for now. It also sets up a reactive transition zone forcing me to have speed with my lower body there to get ahead of my upper body as my now speeding shoulders are going to automatically rebound from so late and deep a coiling motion. I may change if it doesn’t work out as planned and go back to an early sharp coil of the body right away. The point is you can only work on one or maybe two or three aspects at a time. One’s body type and mental type and even personality type has a big role in which exact method you choose. Find a pro with your body type, at least, to emulate rather than a pro whose shoulders or legs are not in proportion to yours. Tempo is somewhat of a personality issue. Some people are just naturally inclined to a faster pace than others. You have to find your sweet spot zone in this regard. A downswing should be the speed of gravity is my golden rule. Like dropping a ball from above your head to the ground. Regardless, the start of the backswing should be somewhat deliberate and smooth. Forward impact speed and beyond is what counts.

The Core Driven Golf Swing; Catchy title but what does it mean? To begin with, no one body part, properly utilized, will register into success and make all the other body parts fall into place. There is, however, a best body part to orchestrate a swing with. Most beginner swings begin with arm and club movement ahead of body coil. The shoulders coil in response to the stress put on them from the swinging arms and club. A lot of other sports rely on the arm movement to dictate body pivot. In golf there is a more balanced sharing of hands and arms versus body pivot. That’s why a “one piece” move back has been taught for centuries. To get the two to work together. Like the sun being at the center of our universe, the coiling and uncoiling of the torso, the largest body part of all, leading all other action, is the optimum way to wield a club against a golf ball. Like learning how turning a door knob clockwise and counter clockwise opens a door, the door knob being your shoulders, so is a swing almost as simple as that. There is a need to hinge the wrists at some point to the top to cock the wrists and send centrifugal force up instead of away from the target to prevent swaying of the body back. Similarly there is a need to increase this wrist cock staring down to allow your hips to pick up the slack as they shift into position target wards. Mind focus makes sure that the coiling and uncoiling of the torso precedes all else. A learning of how to USE your torso in the first place. Jack Nicklaus, before he ever swung a club at the practice tee, always put a club behind his back between his elbows and coiled and uncoiled training his core to perform correctly before he worked on anything else. The club ends would rotate around and point to the ball on both sides of it. This is correct geometry. THIS drill activates the core above all else. When the core leads a swing the most noticeable difference is the depth OF your coil and how there is only one path back to the ball; the way it went back, everything is so tapped out to it’s limit. Whether you gather your shoulder coil early or late in the backswing, you want to tap out your shoulder coil so there is only one way back to the ball. (Half and three quarter swings excluded.) Keeping your arms extended aids in this process. Adding power now becomes secondary to getting your club to catch up to and pass your hands during the strike. Because your largest body part has been fully utilized the power flows effortlessly. You can now focus, instead, on the finer details of your delivery. I, for example, when first learning this, found that just imagining a shaft angle that finds the club passing my hands after impact was all I needed to think about to get fantastic results. Swing thoughts always vary depending on your needs but power is already taken care of if you tap out your shoulder coil to the top and extend the arms and club. I have found that a deliberate, smooth pace works better than a flighty, fast pace in the core driven method.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               I used to think the center of this rotation and center of gravity was at the base of the neck but it’s not. It’s a little lower and at the center of the upper torso. Like the peg a 78 record sits on on a phonograph, parallel to your spine, your swing’s motor activities emanate from mind focus there. It’s really just a cracking “open” of the body there going back – shoulders coiling ahead of the lower body – and a return opposite closing of the body going the other way – the lower body now leading the upper body – compressing the two actions into force. In other words, you retain the differential between hips and shoulders you made going to the top well into the downswing, the lower body uncoiling first. Instead of thinking of myriad other body parts all activity is controlled as if from that center of your body / club mass. Like turning a fixed door knob in two separate directions. Like the agitator paddles inside an upright washing machine. Just add weight shift, proper club and arm path, tempo and timing. .                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             A golf swing is also a combination of upper body action versus lower body action. The upper body coils and moves weight away from the target just by relocating the shoulders, arms and club mass back while the lower body moves weight – legs and hips – towards the target, even simultaneously, in the transition.. As the upper body coils to the top the lower body wants to apply resistance to that so that every vertebra of the spine has a chance to coil from the top down, first, before the hips are allowed to also coil. This allows you to fully tap out your body and avoid a sloppy, loose coil. Going down, your last thought being a final crank back with your shoulders, your lower body unwinds ahead of the upper body  shifting target wards tightening the resistance all the more, compressing the swing. It is also the lower body that transfers body mass and weight to the target while the upper body stays put letting the club and arms move centrifugally, instead.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  I, once upon a time, actually thought that the hands were the master brain of a swing. That their needs triggered body responses. That hand action dictated body pivot. The author of a book I studied under “The Golfing Machine” even felt this way. My teacher, Ben Doyle differed with Homer Kelly in this one respect. Correctly so, too. Too much hands equals too little body action. Most people overuse their hands and arms at the expense of proper coiling and uncoiling of the body’s core; the trunk the shoulders and hips and legs, and proper weight shifting. This book compensates for this by emphasizing the core section of your body (Shoulders to feet, but mostly shoulders.) because more body parts do fall into place than not with the mind focusing on it than other body parts. It is, in fact, when one consciously applies his hands and arms before impact that things go out of kilter. Until impact the arms and hands just provide arc, extension, get into delivery positions, grip and align all the angles related to the shoulders hands and club. Near the impact zone it’s all guns blazing, however. Then the hands really DO get involved, but not until then. Your swing emanates from the center of your body mass. Like a pebble tossed in a body of water, the innermost ripples dictate the rest of the ripples. Put your mental focus at the very center of all the action, that imaginary spine parallel peg inside the upper rib cage and it’s simple opening and closing determining all the other actions. Like the workings of an intricately integrated time piece all connected to this master gear. Start your swing and control it from there  It is the “Sun” of the body’s universe. Trevino described the swing as the tree trunk swinging the branches, not vice, versa. It’s a concept as foreign as a bird making it’s first flight from the nest. But it works.

Initiating all motion with torso coil and uncoil rather than following the lead of the arms and club and hands to achieve coil. Think of a carousel’s circular top dangling vertical objects from strings. As the top gently starts to revolve the dangling objects sway and then move with it. That is the feeling to strive for in your takeaway. and start down. The coil and uncoil should lead the arms and club back and down, not voce versa. This produces such a deep, tapped out coil that just getting the club to un cock in time and pass the hands during the strike is all you, seemingly, have to worry about, later. That and being on the proper path with the arms and club..                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 A bit more, if I may, about this second “secret’ to golf. It is this; To swing like a pro you have to resist the urge to hit the ball with your arms and hands – at all – UNTIL nearing impact, itself. Until nearing impact the only thought you should have is retaining whatever angles you have made to that point  During the strike, itself. Then the club releases and rotates over itself, end over end, the club passing the hands. Like pulling BACK on a bow string until impact and THEN you let go. AT impact. (Putting included, by the way.) Meanwhile you must collect as much coil and depth as you comfortably can while maintaining a tension free feeling and let your large body muscles do the work. These two principles, combined; a large, deep, tension free coil with a large club head arc with passive hands and arms until impact and then allowing and end over end release – head over handle – past the ball.. You will find that your body CORE compensates and torques and rotates and ratchets more vigorously through the strike to offset the lack of “hit” in your hands until impact. Your body is being forced into action. It is helping to pull your hands, arms and club through. It may feel as though the club is still cocked during the hit even though centrifugal force has opened it up to the ball.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   In a correct swing the shoulders and hips create a differential between the two that is implemented to create force and torque. Storing and releasing that torque. Creating and then maintaining that differential until late in the down swing. You want to hold onto your shoulder coil and wrist cock going down as the lower body leads and starts to unwind, for example. The innermost part of the body and it’s workings that is often overlooked. What is often overlooked in a swing is how the spine, the shoulders, wind and unwind like a propeller shaft from the feet to the shoulders, especially during the strike and follow through. If you watch the pros on television it’s as if their club head is in synch with their shoulder rotation. They both go, like a propeller, together. Comparted to hand action the shoulders are more animated, by far. This coiling and uncoiling action accompanied with a neutral to back foot to front foot weight shift that is punctuated during the strike. Turning your upper torso, left arm and club away from the target to the top position – aiming your back to the target – rather than thoughts about your hands, for example, is what works. My basic technique is not unlike the ‘Gravity Golf’ method taught by Dennis Lee. That is, a large club head arc, the deep coiling and uncoiling of the larger body muscles and shifting of weight back and forth providing the power source. All under a steady head. The most efficient way to swing. Jack Nicklaus, Sam Snead and countless other graceful swingers of the club have used the same method.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      The harder part of a swing is the exact path and configuration your club and arms make with the shoulders. In so many ways one has to swing a club sideways at a ball at ground level to play golf versus an axe chopping up and down motion. To make matters more complicated it’s a little bit of both actions. There is a mental trick that works regarding all hands / arms / club geometry matters. I can’t believe it took most of my life to figure this magical technique out it’s so all encompassing. Once I understood this my hand action was relieved of all friction caused by misalignments. It has to do with training the hands / wrists / club action along a target line that lays below where they happen to be at impact; about three inches in front of the toes of your feet, depending on the length of your club.  A line that extends away from and to the target. Most golfers make the mistake of focusing on the BALL target line to prompt hand geometry. In other words, if there were flashlights extending from both ends of a club shaft the light would follow that ball target line all the way back as the club cocks to the top, the butt end pointing to the target line. The problem is this is not a square configuration. The shaft points to the left of the target in a laid off position at the top position. It should, rather, point almost straight at the target. Once you master this and refer, instead, to the line nearer your toes to align hand movement with, you can simply let LOOSE with your hands and club so long as things pivot and hinge along this line. The club travels on a tilted plane from ball line to foot line and back to ball line and, finally, foot line, again, in a swing. This middle area in front of your toe line is right in the middle of all this activity. Track hand / club pivot action from this reference point for best results. Certainly whenever your hands are below waist level. For a good four to six feet of club head travel at the bottom, back and forth, your hands adhering to this strict pattern. Every other maneuver above that is set up with the prompts below allowing momentum to let the angles to continue. It is a straight line configuration, straight back and forward on a tilted plane. Though the club is traveling on it’s inclined plane out in front of you and behind your head at the top your hands are focused only on this target line in front of your toes to orient hand angles with the club throughout. It all comes together, amazingly. Then it’s really just a matter matter of pulling back and releasing a bow string. Straight back and through with the wrists and club hinging along this line near your toes. If you don’t feel this sensation in the bottom section of your swing you’re not doing it right. If you don’t disturb things the pattern should hold to the top and finish. When I first discovered this I added 15 yards to my 4 iron in one day it so freed up my swing not having to think about anything but that. This technique builds in automatic accuracy, in fact. Even though the club shaft may be aimed exactly away from the target in late downswing and goes end over end pointing exactly to the target on the follow through – those imaginary flashlights tracing along this path – there need be no worry of where the club face happens to be. It will, almost automatically, be straight at impact. No steering needed.

The other related aspect to club / arms geometry has to do with where the shaft is aimed whenever it is parallel to the ground. That is, one third back, the top, halfway down and one half past impact. At those juncture the shaft should aim TO the target. This criteria has more to do with accuracy than any hand manipulation, the face automatically squaring through the strike. Though the shaft goes head over handle and toe over heel below waist high in a swing it all works out at the moment of truth; impact. No steering needed once the shaft is trained to swing parallel to the target.

The above revelation also dispels some common misperceptions about the club path and offers proof there is a straight line component to swing a club that travels on an arc. It sure appears that the club travels inside as it goes back to the top. It does but not as you might think. Like a tilted coin has a flat, or straight, top that accommodates a circular perimeter at the same time, so is a golf swing.  It’s not so much that your club is traveling inside as it is going up along a target aligned slanted plane that slopes to above and beyond your shoulders. The club is being swung in a straight line configuration and only goes inside because it is rising on that plane that is aligned to the target. And, so, it now becomes clearer why I experienced a freer pass through the ball with my hands. Instead of suffering the friction and drag effects of traveling on a curve, like a car, as when I referred to the ball line instead, once I found the proper, exact target line midway between all the action to align my wrist geometry with the club with, I was able to take advantage of this straightaway path that exists on a tilted plane with a circular perimeter. Think of two enormous Hoola Hoops, one a foot ahead of the other leaned at a 45 – 50  degree angle against a wall aligned to the target. The one relates to the backswing, after a weight shift away from center. The other relates to the downswing after a greater weight shift has been made to the target. You don’t need to shift weight outside your stance but you certainly shift weight between your feet. A club path that appears, from a golfers perspective, inside to square is still square, (straight) just riding higher on a plane that is aligned to the target. It has to go inside and up to allow you to stay balanced. Though the club head travels from the ball line to the foot line and back to the ball line and then back to the foot line in a swing there is a straight line reference to a swing midway between all that action that is marshalled by focus on a single target line in front of your toe line to maneuver hand / club geometry from.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         If you want an explosive release of the club through the ball you need to build it into your backswing. You need to move and maneuver the big muscles; the back, chest and hip and leg muscles. Like an archer having to pull the string back for it to go forward. Especially near the top you want to cock the club and shoulders exactly AWAY from impact, the back of the ball and your target. To enhance this you need to shift your weight to your back hip at the top position and, more powerfully, onto your left hip through impact, all under a steady head. This is the powerful and effortless way to swing. You will golf best using a swing that uses mostly the body and allows the hands and arms to simply connect, hold on, sustain impact and release. Acting more like the tip of a whip with effortless power. The hands come to life during impact and beyond, like a slingshot pouch catching a rock with that pent up energy ready to explode, sustaining all that force your body has produced. Prior to impact the only thought you should give your hands is the initial “kinking of the straw” to create a subtle angle I recommend in the take away to take all wrists thoughts out of  a swing. The angle of this subtle ‘kink’ should be identical to the angle you want to return to the ball with; very slightly inside to square. I prefer to make this the first move of my backswing and at a deliberate pace the first foot away from address. Your waggle should also adhere to this geometry. Your core, the shoulders, the torso and hips and legs, namely, give them the leverage they need. Think of it. Gathering a deep, wide, tension free coil with your body from feet to shoulders and allowing that pent up energy. along with a weight transfer, to then power your whole swing as you fall into impact. If the backswing’s deep coil is tension free, and it should be, at some point that changes, like a gear engaging and things become taught and full of leverage. I believe this engagement point is either AT impact or just before. That’s where the pros seem to punctuate things. The hands and arms are allowed to then just hold on, harness and apply the force of impact. That’s core driven golf. By resisting the urge to apply the shoulders, arms and hands until impact, the weight and the hips and legs are allowed to move ahead, instead, and crank open up many degrees more that the square shoulders at impact. This is classic form and trying to take over with the hands before impact negates this action. The lower body is the bow, the upper body the string , the club the arrow, in that order.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          It’s hard to believe I ever thought it was the other way around with the hands dictating body responses. That I ever interrupted Jack Nicklaus ( I wrote him in 1979 and he wrote me back. Yeah, I’ve been into the swing for quite a long time.) to propose this idea leaves me so aghast I’m sure this book is a form of redemption. In fact, to the extent that you utilize mostly your hands to swing you automatically reign in the ability TO use your body muscles. In other words, if you have a loose grip with lots of wrist action you will find that the wrists finish the back swing and the finish instead of the shoulders and body. Conversely, if you maintain a somewhat firmish grip of, say, a 25 to 35 percent squeeze on the club and somewhat restrict the wrist action, you will find your body HAS to make up the slack and it is your shoulders and back muscles that complete your turn to the top and the finish. Your left shoulder is forced to make that extra turn back under the chin, instead. During the strike the hips, legs and feet ratchet more, instead, the entire upper body holding back until impact. This is a much more powerful and consistent way to play golf.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 The mechanics of the arms is to bend in two places; at  the elbows and at the wrists. The shoulders allow the arms to swivel. During the strike the forearms roll over each other, in fact. Only just past impact are both arms straight. Otherwise one or the other or both have to bend depending on where one is in a swing. My very first instructions on golf were two things; (1), a steady head and, (2), a straight left arm. If you think about it you can build a whole swing around those two thoughts. It’s a good building block from which to start. A circle aimed in a specific direction like aiming a coin that lays tilted against a wall. The angle of your left arm as viewed down the target line at the top determines how upright or flat your swing is, your hands positioned somewhere above and between your right shoulder and head. Some players wing the left arm and shoulder behind their head at the finish or, like Jack, who used to have both elbows pointing somewhat in front of and above his head. Jack restricted his final shoulder unwind due to his extra steady head. It took stress of his back. Most modern players opt, instead, to allow the head to move up and forward to the finish and thus allow the fuller shoulder rotation. Not everybody has Jack’s musculature and may also need to do so. Body type factors a little into what exact technique you prefer. One’s condition and body type determines how one swings. Generally speaking, maintaining a relatively straight left arm from address until after impact is a good idea. Locking the left arm straight just before take away is a trigger that works for some. Others prefer a little bend to reduce tension. Many of the greats had a slightly bent left arm at impact. There is some wrist action to be sure, ferocious, in fact, especially as the mid downswing finds the club cocked and compressed the most, and, again, during the end over end release after impact. A 90 degree angle usually occurs at the top position. But the core and it’s proper use is what offers the leverage for the hands to do anything. The releasing of the angles accumulated in the arms and club into a straight configuration just past impact against the upward and target ward thrust of your legs and hips as the whole body unwinds during impact provides power to a swing. The weight shift gives the club it’s direction and not just power. On the way back to the top the shoulders out coil and lead the hips and legs. On the way down, the opposite; the hips and legs uncoil ahead of the shoulders until after impact at which point the shoulders, arms and club unwind, fully racing past the now spent lower body.

I used to think that he proper ratio of how much hands to use in a swing versus shoulders was 50 / 50. Half hands and half shoulders. Today, (2023) especially watching the current number one tour player’s technique, (I don’t mention current players by name.) I think it’s better to have a 60 percent use of the body and shoulders versus a 40 percent use of the hands. It’s a little stiff wristed, maybe, and requires a different type of movement with the body to work, but it works very well. This unnamed player is noted for his active footwork. Probably a result of his muted wrist action. Maybe, coincidentally, today’s leading senior tour player also has a muted wrist action. Imagine muting the angle between arms and club in a swing. How easy it would suddenly be. It almost cuts the geometry part of a swing and things that can go wrong in half. I learned that by firming up my wrists going back this forced my shoulder blades (Bones) to rock more, instead. Like a baton at the top of my spine rotating more, instead. The body core is forced to engage as it should. My method does not depend on muted wrists, however. It is required TO cock the wrist as much as 90 degrees to the top but no more than that. This has to do with trafficking the weight weight shift up so as not to let a rearward shift move you off of balance and sway.  I, deliberately like to “kink the straw’. figuratively, create a subtle angle at take away just to rid the mind of any swing thought about cocking and uncocking of wrists until impact, itself.  This technique also rids the body of swaying away from the target going back, letting the club go up instead of just back. It’s nice to feel some swing to the club in the hands and one probably SHOULD achieve a 90 degree angle at the top between hands and club. Not more than that, though. Mid downswing is where the sharpest angles occur. For some this extra “crease” at the top in one’s swing cements geometry into place. Hogan did this, for example. You have pay extra attention to completing your body coil and uncoil, however. In a sense you have to beat the wrists to the top and impact with the body.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  You may see some tour players take the club back more straight away than they return it. As said earlier, perhaps due to mind focus on just the ball target line. This produces a loop. A necessary loop because you have to swing forward from wherever your body mass is which is inside from straight back. Bobby Jones and still some players, today, take the club back on an inside plane to the top and amp up the torque going down by switching to an outside, in plane going down. Almost like two separate planes pitted hard against each other. More commonly some golfers swing outside – straight back – going back and inside to square going down. I recommend no loop and just discipline yourself to recognize how it is a swing is a little more inside to square than you might think, the way a door hinges, and start arcing it a little bit inside after the first foot or so. Nicklaus had the least loop of any golfer and we all know how well that worked out.

One other fact is that, as viewed from behind down the target line, the angle of the shaft going down is slightly flatter than it’s path to the top with most golfers. The idea is to eliminate any and all loops that you can so that it appears the club goes down on the same path it went up.  Otherwise you’re introducing unnecessary friction and need for compensation.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           I also found that a certain style of tempo works best; one in which the backswing starts smoothly and deliberately the first foot. It’s important to “crack” the whole body open, right away, going back with your shoulders making the first move. The whole body, arms and club one piece like a bolt being loosened the first few inches. Ground tension with the feet offering the leverage to transmit coil to the shoulders that move first and the most. If the club is moving at all so should your shoulders also be moving with it at all times. If you let the arms and hands snatch the club away, instead, and race away from address you miss this crucial benefit and lose potential coil. If you DON”T coil from the shoulders, down, going back you lose potential coil. The backswing’s “Dye” is cast in this first foot of club travel. Because mental focus is on your innermost core rotor that is orchestrating everything else like a miniature opening and closing door knob, or record peg, everything else that moves will instinctively know at which point it’s O.K. to engage. Even that imaginary mini rotor has to come to a complete stop before it turns in the opposite direction. Before it can return in the other direction your body senses what has to move first and when. From the top, down, it’s mostly a battle of lower body moving weight to the target against an upper body stretching away from the target at the same time letting impact happen. Even with a muted wrist action, if you have a large club head arc and think speed at impact, you’ll find speed, just in a different way. Regarding the finish, I recommend recoiling out of it immediately and not posing. It’s a stress position and not good for the back. The ball is long gone by then, anyway. Impact thoughts and ball flight thoughts work best.

One other thing I have changed as a result of writing this book is my grip pressure. One needs to “Grab the bull by the horns” a little to play top level golf. Not too tight, but tight enough, never getting flighty or re grabbing at any point. The hands connect the club to the body for leverage. They have to hold on to do that. Again, it’s called a “grip”, not a “hold”. Think of the hands as a wire conducting a solid electric current. Keep a good connection at all times. I grew up with the notion “Hold it like you would a bird” regarding grip pressure. I now think the author meant a bird wriggling to free itself. A little firmer than gentle.

Ben Hogan is proof there are many ways to hit a golf ball. He was also very dedicated and put in the hours to get away with his hand flourish. The “Core Driven” method, I think, is the future of the game, however. “Less is more” is turning out to be the axiom. Simplify. Use the body more. Don’t give the hands an excuse to get too out of whack in the first place. Sports are supposed to keep the human being in top shape as a by product, after all. Winding up the whole body into a deep, tension free coil and then engaging it to the weight of a club to whack a tiny ball as hard as possible can be very conducive to staying toned and in shape and limber. Don’t lose the sensation in your hands of swinging the club. Swing from your center and feel the club head connecting with that part of the body, not just the hands, however. Even with all this said, a golf swing, no matter how you decide to approach it, is counter intuitive in many ways and requires, perhaps, more mental imagery and pre swing thoughts than any other sport I know of. You need mental triggers that work versus mental triggers that don’t work so well. You have to take these thoughts and add them to your swing, like a recipe, and ingrain them all a little, one at a time, over time, to finally find yourself having only to think about the business of the ball’s flight and the wind and surface factors and not your body or swing at all. Like the pros try to do. When golf is at it’s most fun.

Ben Hogan put the quandary of the golf swing this way; “A golfer will try to attack the golf swing like he does everything else in life and he will be completely wrong about everything.” What Ben meant was this; In a correct swing the shoulders and arms and hands seem to just hold back until impact. They are delivered, instead, by the lower body like a bow delivers the bow string. Like a whip delivers the tip. The minute they try to lever across and ahead of the body they defeat the purpose of a good swing. At impact the hands can, then, let loose, indeed. A drill I will show you to demonstrate the correct feel is to chip with a mid iron and take the club back and just forget everything to do with hands and arms and let the body pull the club through, instead. Even to the point that the arms and hands feel as though they’re swinging backwards all the way into impact. Can you imagine best results from swinging away from the target with your upper body, arms and hands until after impact? That’s golf. Completely opposite of what you THINK would work. The art of maintaining the differentials you created going back – the shoulder coil and wrist cock away from the lower body – until impact. Pulling everything through like a bow does a bow string, your lower body being the bow. It’s an art. The hands mostly hold on and connect the club to the body like an electrical current. Another one of my basic drills to instill this “leveraging” of the big muscles is a miniature length swing – one half normal – with almost zero wrist action, the body doing the work, resisting hand use during the strike, trying to squeeze out as much power in that tiny distance of club travel with no limits on the length of the follow through. Like “The Calvary,” the body comes to the rescue and learns how to apply itself.

We’ll get to the drills and such and maybe even shed my thoughts on putting  and more;;

The All Important Stance and Set Up; (To be continued)

The All Important Grip; (To be continued)

The Basics That A Swing Is Built On;

(1) A steady head, (2) A mental focus on your core to activate the swings smaller parts rather than vice, versa..(3) Resisting the impulse to hit with your hands and arms until impact occurs like pulling BACKWARDS on a bowstring until impact. .(4) A shifting back and forth with the weight from front to back foot, (5) A wide arc on both sides of the ball, (6) A deep, tension free coiling back to the top starting from the shoulders, down, (7) An equally deep unwinding starting, conversely, from the feet, up; (8) An end over end rotation of the club shaft and even the club head from just before impact to just after impact.; (9) A target oriented swiveling (mobility)  of the club shaft and hands for accuracy along a target line just in front of your toes.; (10) Preserving differentials between hips and shoulders, club and the arms made going back into the downswing (Leading with the lower body going down).(11) Fully dumping all those differential angles (feet  hips, shoulders, wrists ) on the target side of the ball (12) A tempo that starts out deliberate and unrushed the first foot or so. 13) A sufficient grip pressure (14) The correct set up and stance (15) The correct grip.(16) Shot imagery and confidence

There are other basics but if you build a swing around these particular basics it’s hard NOT to play good, repeatable golf.

The Torso And It’s Use;

Let’s start with the torso, the upper core of your swing. Let’s grow a swing from the inside, out. It turns and coils in a specific way.

Jack Nicklaus, first thing on the practice tee, would always put a club behind his back and lock the shaft around his elbows and mimic a swing without a club, his body coiling and uncoiling, the feet exchanging weight back and forth, the shaft of that club tracing a path basically parallel to his target line. This found both ends of the club shaft pointing TO the ball at the extreme points of coil. He was training the core ahead of all else. He coiled and uncoiled his torso square to the target line. His club shaft did not trace outside to in or inside to out but truly square to the target on both sides. Equally deep on both sides of the ball. Imaging a tilted tomato can for a torso leaning above your hips and imagine turning it like you would a door knob if it were attached. Because he coiled square his club shaft found itself aimed to the target at the top position and not left or right of it. I use Jack as an example because there has been a trend away from that these last decades that is, lately, starting to correct itself. Namely a laid off top position, (I made mention of this in this previously.) the shaft aiming left of the target. It reveals that the backswing was not deep enough and not coiled enough for maximum leverage going back. It was also probably overly deep on the target side of the ball. Had it been a balanced, square coil there would have been equal depth on both sides of the ball.

I believe this former trend got started by adhering to the ball target line too much allowing the butt of the club to swivel and trace along it’s path instead of a path closer to the foot line, instead. That is, as the club swings end over end to the top, the butt end points away from the target along the ball line and that throws things out of kilter. If you’re going to swivel the club along a target line it should be somewhere in front of your toes where your hands are at impact, instead. Let the club find the ball target line by itself. It will. This should also help keep your coil equally deep and balanced on both sides of the ball. The advantage to this method is that you have more of your body’s mass to apply as you are swinging from inside to the square where your mass is instead of swinging from where your mass isn’t.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Like the paddles in an upright washing machine you want to move your shoulders and body. Back and forth. Especially the shoulders. This paddling feels more vertical than horizontal, too. It’s imperative to have your shoulders in motion, first, ahead of anything else. It should feel like cracking the whole body open, smoothly, especially the shoulders, at the start. Like taking a very deep breath to fill your lungs you want to similarly “tap” your resources and make a very greedy coil. Going back the left shoulder going down and under, the arm and club extending out and up, the left shoulder back under your chin at the top with the shaft aimed to the target.. Don’t be afraid of biting off too much, either. God hates a coward and sometimes behaving more athletic makes the sport easier. You may find more knee flex at the top than you’re used to but coil deep and wide. If your shoulders could make two rotations they would but they can’t. No tension should be present even though your body is wound like a pretzel at the top. Like winding a tilted, vertical propeller shaft. If your feet represent 9 and 3 O’clock if standing on an imaginary clock face, 9 being your lead foot, the weight shift and coil feels more like traveling from 4 O’clock all the way around to 8 O’clock in both directions than merely a straight line 3 to 9 O’clock shift. A more internal and compound pivot in both directions even though the club is traveling along the straighter target path like the top of a tilted coin…

The unwinding is accomplished by holding back with the shoulders hands and arms, resisting the impulse to hit at all, like pulling BACKWARDS on a bowstring, until impact OCCURS. Since mind focus on that imaginary spot at your chest’s center is determining all coiling functions, back and forward, it, also, has to be ready to return the other way, first. It senses when and, also, how fast you can move everything else forward. From top position, down, the knees lead the hips, the hips lead the shoulders, the shoulders lead the arms and club and in that order until al levers are dumped, end over end, to the target side of the ball.  All with a back and forth weight transfer. Mastering the art of making a deep body coil and resisting the impulse to hit with the arms and hands is the hardest part of the act. It takes faith and practice but, once mastered, makes golf easy compared to other methods. Even on putts you want your body, not your hands, to hit the ball until impact at which point they then engage…

Geometrically your shoulders turn from address to about 90 to 100 degrees at the top, back to SQUARE to the target at impact, the right shoulder going down under the left, somewhat vertically. After impact the shoulders may unwind as much as another 150 degrees from impact. Don’t hurt yourself, though. Pay attention your right elbow stays tucked and doesn’t wing out above the left elbow until after impact.  The forearms and hands do, then, roll over each other in this end over end transfer to the target side. Vigorously.

Typically, one’s center of gravity is above the navel. When you add a golf club and amplify it’s weight with centrifugal force that true center of gravity is moved higher towards the heart, in fact. Beyond that adjustment, once I also transferred the core focus from the base of the neck to nearer the heart, everything became easier regarding coiling and uncoiling. Suddenly everything became more balanced, integral and harmonious. Just remember that imaginary peg is roughly parallel to the spine. It just so happens that’s where the hub IS. VISIBLY. Just observe where the club unwinds from on film looking down the target. Right there.

Weight Shifting;

There is a distinct back and forth weight shift that accompanies this deep coiling and uncoiling of your core. At address the weight is pretty even. At the top it is almost all on your back foot and hip. By impact the exact opposite, almost all on your front foot and hip. You can almost mirror the foot lift at these two points, too. At the top the front heel is off the ground. At impact the back foot’s heel is off the ground. This back and forth weight shift dynamic is just that; dynamic. It multiplies the dynamics of the coil. This directly back and forth shift is partly what establishes your ball flight direction. At it’s essence the weight shift involves the whole upper body – trunk, back, shoulders, arms and club –  transferring weight directly away from the target to the top – keeping a steady head – while the lower body holds firm and, then, in the down swing, the lower body – everything below the waist – transfers weight directly target wards against the opposite tug of the upper body having displaced weight away from the target. A rubber band effect, so to speak. This is the dynamic you want in your transition zone, especially. It sets up a correct body sequence down. The upper body – from the waist, up – moves weight back, away from the target, the lower body – from the waist, down –  moves weight forward, the two pitted against the other. Somehow this mind focus of transferring weight directly away from the target with the entire upper body versus the weight transfer TO the target with the entire lower body going down seems to iron out a lot of alignment considerations. The shoulder muscles, mostly, initiate this upper body move away to the top. Just maneuvering all that mass of arms and club away automatically shifts weight to the back foot. Even though the arms and club travel up halfway back t to prevent swaying there is still some shoulder muscle that should always be traveling exactly away from the back to of the ball to the top. I make that focus point my left shoulder tip. The legs and hips initiate the downswing sequence. The right leg pushes hard and begins to shift weight to the front foot as the hips and left leg wings target wards to get into position to be able to catch the weight before impact. The hips also rotate open, always ahead of the shoulders, until one third past impact at which point the shoulders overtake the hips.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       If what follows sounds a little confusing the above information should suffice for most people. But there is also another subtle kind of weight shifting; a circular, ever shifting, ever changing weight shift that finds itself at the opposite end of the club’s weight, wherever that may be at any given point. Lee Trevino called it a “Hula” shift. motion. It is a move directly related to creating a centrifugal force like a weight whirling at the end of a string. If you think about it, to keep the Hula hoop against your body and not fall to the ground, you have to keep tension on the part of the Hula hoop touching you and tug away from the side that’s not at all times. Like tugging against a weight on a string. For example; Sam Snead’s famous “squat” position in early downswing. It appears as if he is jumping out of an airplane, straight down, as his shoulders are coiled and his club is dropping from above his head. You see, his club is above his head and his CENTER OF GRAVITY is going straight down at first pulling directly opposite it.. By the time his club is halfway down and opposite the target his center of gravity is now pulling TO the target with his legs now arched in that direction tugging against the opposite position of the club. At impact, the club now hurtling straight below him, his body posture finds his legs now pushing straight up, opposite the position of the club’s weight which is straight down. In the follow through it’s as if he is pulling back on the club, opposite it’s position. The fact that a strong push upwards against the ground with your legs during the strike produces centrifugal force suggests it’s best to first plant your weight low and down in the early stage of the downswing so you will be able to push up at impact with even more force. You have first dropped your weight downward so you can then shift left and then push upwards during impact. Not just a back and forth shift but also circular depending on where in the swing you are at any given moment. Feel the weight of the club and tug just ahead of it’s opposite position – like spinning a weight on a string with that tiny circular finger motion – using mostly your lower body, legs and hips. It’s mostly the lower body that transfers weight to the target. The head stays steady. It should be pointed out, also, that the weight going back is partly a product of displacing mass – the shoulders, arms and club to the right going away from the target automatically putting weight to your back foot. The downswing, however, is the result of a very strong shift to the front foot, using the lower body, before impact. There’s a little Hoola Hoop hip action in the mix.

If you’ve ever swung a weight on a string you understand what is happening. To make that weight spin you must first make a tiny inner circular motion with your fingers to make the weight spin. Wherever that weigh happens to be your fingers are tugging OPPOSITE of wherever it is at all time. It’s the essence of creating centrifugal force. I suspect this opposite tugging is not quite opposite but rather just ahead of the opposite point of the club’s weight. Thus the dynamic effect versus a static effect. Nobody in golf has ever spoke in these terms yet it seems to be staring us all in the face when you analyze a swing..

Going back it is the upper body, mostly, that moves weight away from the target. The downswing begins with most of your weight already on your back foot. It remains there to support your weight as you jockey the hips target wards and open up your lead leg to the target. That is, the lower body transfers weight to the target. Only the lower body. The upper body stays coiled and back. Shoulders, arms, wrists and club. The right leg pushes hard into the ground to allow the hips and lead leg to lift and travel target wards. In mid downswing, the hips sliding left,  the weight is now evenly distributed between both feet. Before impact and during the strike most of the weight is transferred to the lead leg and hip and foot as the shoulders rotate somewhat vertically above, the arms and club rolling over each other to the  target side of the ball, after.

Body Sequencing;

I learned, by positioning and re arranging my swing in a picture window’s reflection, that a flat mirror is as good as practice and maybe even better. I’ll admit one has to KNOW exactly what is and is not good posture and position to benefit from this technique but I think I do and the results have been paying off, big, for me, lately. Now that I have properly “molded” my swing into proper mechanics using the visual aid of a picture window I don’t need to practice so much to stay sharp. I am fundamentally correct, finally, already. Things automatically click better. I can go months without hitting a ball and it’s like I never missed a beat when I hit that first bucket, later. I’ll teach you what good position and posture and sequence are. You can do this window training, too. A camera works even better. I give my body a thought and see what it looks like and, when I see something I like, I make a mental note of what thoughts led to it and try to ingrain it into my swing. The good news is all you need is a big picture window and a stick or a club.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Once the set up and grip are correct you want to observe a few things. Without swaying your head and after a wide swing of the arms and club, the coil beginning form the shoulders, down, you want your torso very slightly leaned away from the target at the top position against a lower body that leans a little towards the target. A kind of zig zag look. A mostly vertical upper body is just fine. You do NOT want the upper torso to lean target wards at the top or your hips to travel. The hips serve like an anchor going back stabilizing things. They save their action for the downswing. You want your legs to look as though they are resisting the upper body coil a little at all times, the rear leg arched towards the target a little and with a slightly flexed knee. The lead knee also resists and acts as a prompt ready to kick target wards as the first move forward. You want to see your entire left arm, club handle and shoulder to the right of your head at the top. Pushed deep under your chin, back and up. Those little bones between your neck and shoulders, moved even a little, pack a lot of wallop. Can you appreciate the pent up power involved in such a configuration? Your entire, extended left side, shoulder, arm and club wrapped around your spine against a resistant, coiled pair of hips and legs below ready to launch the entire package forward? Your body wound up like a twisted towel? Your shoulders have out coiled your hips by twice. Progressively your body is more tightly wound above than below. To get to the top it wound itself from the top down and not all together. It was the upper body that moved the weight and club away from the target. This ensures a tight coil. Now the transition and downswing commence and you want to preserve the differentials you have created. If there exists a differential of 45 degrees at the top between shoulders and hips you want to retain that early into the downswing even as your lower body is shifting down and left, opening up and uncoiling towards the target. Now the lower body, alone, moves the weight to the target. The hands actually are forced to increase their cock a little in this early stage of the downswing to relieve pressure and allow the lower body to shift forward and down into place. You want to also retain that club angle until just before impact. As the downswing begins the right elbow and shoulder go straight down, like a rock, the elbow socked against your right side like a spear point that leads the hands and club into position. By late downswing you should notice that it is your hips, lower body and legs, mostly, that have opened up and advanced target wards, your upper body remaining somewhat more coiled, still, and in place. If your hips are opened 20 to 40 degrees ahead of your square shoulders at impact you understand the concept. They should be. You have preserved your differentials all the way into impact. During impact, your shoulders square to the target, the right shoulder goes under the left almost vertically. Impact is the place where your hands catch the club like a slingshot pouch harnessing a rock and let all Hell break loose as they act like a whip’s tip hurtling the whole club / arm assembly to the target. The lower body acts like a bow, the arms and upper body act like a bow string and the club acts like the arrow. That kind of dynamic. The secret is to resist the urge to hit, whatsoever, with your hands and arms UNTIL impact while putting mind focus on that central core hub your whole swing emanates from, instead.

Once the ball is struck the sequence changes allowing the upper body, shoulders , arms and club to rocket past the ball position and the lower body. When the club shaft is aimed to the target in the follow through, both arms straight, the shoulders are beginning to pass the hips and continue to unwind about 45 to more degrees past the spent hips at the finish.

Basically you have created differentials to the top and, with a lower body unwinding first along with a weight shift, you have preserved this upper body coil and cock of the club until almost impact at which point  the upper body and club, launched by the lower body, whirl past the now spent lower body after impact all the way to the finish.

To simply observe this it appears as though the entire right side is compressing in a downswing, the arms, club and shoulder going down against the upward thrust of the right leg as it pushes off the ground. A kind of vertical compression. The entire left side seems, conversely,  to be extending and bowing out to the target. This vertical compression is also felt between the downward centrifugal thrust of the club against the upward thrust of the legs, especially the left leg, at impact. From face front the impact position looks a little like a man trying to pull a snake out of it’s burrow with his hips shifted left, his head back, putting the load on his left leg, mostly. At no point in a swing are either knees ever locked straight. At impact you WANT some flex in your lead leg. You always want to look out for your body’s well being and flexed joints just last longer.

Regarding foot action, the foundation of all body activity, the weight is transferred to the back foot at the top, the lead heel slightly off ground, and stays there on the rear foot as the downswing begins only to launch target wards in mid down swing and transfer weight to the lead foot before impact. Ride the insteps of the feet in both directions for best foot posture.  Avoid rolling around to the outer edges until impact with the left foot. When the heels lift it is from the instep, first. By impact it is the rear heel that is off the ground the lead foot catching the brunt of the swing’s force. At the finish the weight is on the lead foot’s outer edge and heel and the very toe, only, of the rear foot. About an 80 / 20 % ratio.

Regarding hand action, and this is something I personally prefer, you want the hands to cock a very little right away into a back swing in the correct geometry to break the ice for later. Just a slight kink along the waggle’s path is all so as to help cancel out body sway allowing the club’s momentum to go up a little instead of so backwards. As the arm and club go back and up the cocking will increase automatically and the kink, early on, will lighten the weight of the club and eliminate the conscious thoughts of straight to cocked back to straight again. Once that initial “kink” has been created with the proper angle the club feels lighter and there are no thoughts about the wrists, except restraining them, until impact. If you feel the need to adopt the more traditional style that starts out with no wrist cock the first few feet back that’s fine, too. I just think the game’s future involves creating an initial kink to set up the rest of the swing so as to eliminate extra thoughts. Adhering to the target in front of your toes with the hand geometry is key. Very importantly, (Also previously mentioned.) you want to make sure that your club shaft is properly trained to aim to the target whenever it is parallel to the ground – one third back, the top position, 3/4 down and 1/4 past impact positions. At the top your club face should be parallel your left arm or thereabouts. At the top as much as 90 degrees of cock is alright. Not more, however, until early downswing. In mid downswing the hands are very compressed, maybe 100 degrees and later start to open due to centrifugal force – not conscious hand action –  just before impact. At impact the handle leads the head slightly and it should feel as though the club is still slightly cocked, your right shoulder going under your left. Taking the divot after the ball helps ingrain this. The right elbow, as seen from behind, down the target line, is still behind the left arm and elbow a little, just like address. Don’t let it wing out and around until after impact when the whole everything; shoulders, arms and club are hurled to the other side of the ball head over handle, club head over heel, 180 degrees, each. After that it’s all about coming to a finish. Still, you want to maximize your acceleration from impact to past impact. Hit with unrestrained authority and follow through, the most speed just after impact.

Which Wrist / Club Configuration To Use At The Top?;

I’m a little amazed at how differently the tour players are in this regard. You’d think they’d all conform to an ideal but it seems there are instinctual factors that steer different golfers in different directions. Somewhere along the way something worked unusually well and they let that move take hold and become a part of their technique. Some bow the wrist, others cup the wrist, still others have a flat wrist. The bowed wrist puts the weight behind one more at the top than a cupped wrist will. A cupped wrist action throws the weight more up and above. The flat wrist technique is basically neutral. The real trick is to keep the shaft aimed to the target  at those four basic positions when it is is parallel to the ground; 1/3 back, the top, 3/4 down and 1/4 through on the target side after impact.

Me, personally? I like a very slight cupping of the left wrist – straight is O.K., too –  and a slightly upright plane with zero loop back and forward. I prefer an initial, subtle  kinking with my wrists and club and no other thoughts regarding the hands until impact. It adds up to scope rifle accuracy, I find. I find myself not looking at the ball flight so much as it’s landing, lately.

Upright or Flat swing plane?

An upright plane will find the arms and hands higher at the top than a flat plane. The flat plane has some balance advantages while the upright plane has accuracy advantages. Taller golfers gravitate to the upright style I’ve noticed. I like to strike a fine balance between the two although I lean towards an upright plane for accuracy. The extreme “Flying Right Elbow” is to be avoided as much as the too cramped elbow. You want a little elbow room but you also want to be in position with the right elbow to go down in a good geometry. The modern trend is to cramp it tight against the side to be in place for the downswing. You can still have a deep extension with the left arm to the top with a cramped right elbow, however, I lean towards moderation in all things putting comfort near the top of considerations. The main thing is to keep the right UPPER arm from traveling too far behind your head. It should point slightly towards the target at the top versus 90 degrees to the target line.

Refer to the illustrations provided for a reference guide for all the swings body and club positions and sequence..

COURT MATTERS SECTION:

Steve Lightfoot

800 Scott Street

Sand City, Ca. 93955

Ph #; 831-867-2685

e-mail; lennonmurdertruth@Yahoo.com

CALIFORNIA HIGHWAY PATROL

KING CITY, CALIFORNIA OFFICE

SUPERIOR COURT OF CALIFORNIA

COUNTY OF MONTEREY

People of the state of California

(Plaintiff)

vs

Steven Lightfoot

(Defendant)

Case Number ;

Date; October 18, 2024

Department 20

Time; 10:00 AM

Case number; 24TR014840

MOTION TO DISQUALIFY JUDGE MENDOZA  AND JUDGE SILLMAN

Please take notice that I, Steve Lightfoot, the defendant in the above named matter, will move to disqualify Judges Mendoza and Sillman from presiding over my case. Based on a previous matter in small claims court there is reason to believe I cannot receive a fair trial with Judge Mendoza and Judge Sillman has already displayed improper rulings and bias in a red light citation where officers were allowed to ignore subpoenas, twice.

While Judge Mendoza’s conduct in our last appearance regarding  “Unnecessary noise” citations was fair, – I pled no contest to avoid the trauma of having to subpoena officers who might not show and the conditions were acceptable – her conduct in another matter was blatantly unfair. Judge Sillman was blatantly unfair regarding a red light citation that found the officer hiding with his motorcycle in my blind spot to distract me from the road, momentarily, after first brazenly displaying himself seconds before, and then excusing several officers from their served subpoenas, twice, even refusing to allow one officer who complied with his subpoena, to testify.

I object to Judge Mendoza presiding in my  my upcoming matter as a trial may occur and her ruling regarding a small claims case in 2019 against an auto repair shop, Jack Fox Auto, was blatantly unfair to me and ignored the facts of the case. I am convinced this is because of my status as the man exposing evidence against our government in John Lennon’s assassination and the state has a vested interest in hobbling my van and my life to obstruct my expose efforts. Namely, this shop, who has ties to the Seaside Police department regarding auto repair services, demanded payment in advance before they caused several damages against my 1989 Toyota van. What was supposed to be an engine replacement including suspension repairs turned out to be a nightmare that found me having to call the police to report attempted theft of my vehicle before they even released it. This after they held it for over two or three months and then delivered a van that would not run, needed an alignment, and was deliberately drained of transmission fluid to sabotage me further. My wiring harness which I had repaired a month before, was cut with a knife, every wire, brazenly, as if to taunt me. The makeshift repair they made had to be repaired properly, elsewhere, at a cost of several hundred dollars. My battery, which was new, they also destroyed. Any fair judge would have ruled in my favor. She was not fair.

The manager of this shop was not present at trial and arrived 45 minutes late. It is possible the court called him to appear, then, in fact. That, all by itself, is improper.  All of these damages I listed in my case and they were not rebutted by the defendant. Only after I brought up this fact towards the end of my presentation did the manager claim otherwise, and, then, only tepidly. Judge Mendoza even gave him a look that suggested she was disgusted with what his shop had done to me. That she ruled against me cost me over $2,300.00 I was claiming. It was a brazen miscarriage of justice and left me convinced that she may have been instructed by her superiors to thwart my claim, regardless of the facts.

As this van was in Jack Fox’s shop (They have since changed their name following my publicity blitz exposing them)  my other van, a 2000 Chevy Astro van, was also damaged by a man who was recommended to me by a retired Santa Cruz police officer – Bill Rawson – who knew who I was from seeing my website across the van. In 1995 his department set me up for national television news slander as a stalker of Stephen King for simply appearing at one of his book signings with a billboard that read; ‘STEPHEN KING IS A MURDERER; IT’S TRUE OF HE’D SUE” I asked Rawson if any of his coffee shop patrons would like to make $40. to drive me one block to a dentists office nearby for an upcoming operation I was to have. This man, Chris Malzack, drove recklessly through the parking lot and jerked to a stop and exited my van leaving the door open and the van in neutral on a downslope. One witness saw him run to the rear of my van. By the time I noticed I was rolling and jumped from the back section into the driver’s seat to stop it from doing great damage and plowing through a fence and into another lot full of cars I hit a fence and fainted, momentarily, from the shock. Though there was no alcohol or drugs in my system following a blood test I was cited for D.U.I. and had to fire two lawyers who were throwing my case and recuse three judges, one of whom, formally, in writing, admitted he was biased against me, before the matter was dismissed after over two years of violating my speedy trial rights that I never waived. Even then, the prosecution was attempting to resort to methods never before used in California law history.

So I found myself experiencing two instances of fraud and damages caused to me and my two vans at the same time by people who have police ties, no less. Chris Malzack may have even been sat down to watch a two hour video; ‘America’s 100 Worst Accidents” days  before he set me up for an accident. He admitted so on video tape. He also admitted on video; “I’ll bury a car in a heart beat. It’s just an inanimate object.”

And, so, now I find the same judge Mendoza who wrongfully ruled against me in one of those matters, who I have tried to recuse several times since, slated to preside over this upcoming case involving an officer who pulled me over, twice, in twenty minutes time while on my way to Los Angeles to join in student protests there. An officer who claims he thinks I must have been on my phone to swerve yet refused to examine my phone to see if had been used in the last two hours prior. It had not been and I told him so.

Even if I show evidence from weather reports proving there were 50 mph gusts that day and time, even if I prove that topography suggests winds shifting due to an area near Soledad that has no mountain range and funnels southerly winds to the west, even if I show that my lightweight, high top, short wheel base van is prone to being blown off course under those conditions, and even if I show that the officer lied to tell me he was on his way to see about a woman having a heart attack to undercut his credibility, and even if I present taped evidence showing that I told him it was only gusts that were responsible for what he claims happened and that I asked him to examine my phone that he claims must have been the cause, and that all this fits a pattern of fraud and abuse against me by this county, that even after all that, Judge Mendoza cannot be trusted to rule fairly in my case.

I suspect she was prepared to deny my motion to have a change of venue on September 20, 2024, in fact. Given my arguments even that would be unjust as a tainted jury pool is not the exclusive cause to change venue but that prejudice and conflict of interest from a jurisdiction is also just cause and I have made that case sufficient to warrant a change of venue.

For these reasons I respectfully move to disqualify Judge Mendoza and Stephen Sillman, who also has also displayed a bias against me, from presiding over my upcoming case. Judge Sillman allowed several officers to ignore subpoenas, twice, and even refused to allow officer Silonzolchic to testify even though he was present in another matter.

I would have made this motion last month but another judge was before me and I assumed he would be the one to hear this matter. He, unlike Judges Mendoza and Sillman, I have no history or cause to suspect is biased.

I declare, under penalty of perjury, that the above is true and correct.

Dated September 20, 2024

 

_______________________________________________________________________

Steven Lightfoot (Defendant)

Peremptory Challenge Motion

Please take notice that on October 18. 2024, I, the defendant, will move to peremptorily challenge Judge Mendoza to oversea my case. Based on pervious experience with this same judge I have reason to believe I cannot receive a fair and unbiased trial under her.

I declare, under penalty of perjury, that the above is true and correct.

Dated October 4, 2024

 

__________________________________________________________________________

Steve Lightfoot (Defendant)

Discovery Motion

I am Steve Lightfoot, the defendant in case number 24TR014840 and am scheduled for my next appearance on October 18, 2024. I recently filed discovery for two incidents on May 9, 2024 with officer Clogherty, namely videos and that they include the one to two minute lead time I understand to be policy for the CHP video cameras. This function is to capture vital actions the officer might otherwise miss without such a lead time function. The first more relevant video was not received as of today and was purportedly sent later after being wrongfully singled out for  privacy concerns. The second episode I did receive was minus the lead time I explicitly requested. I understand the officer purchased his own body worn camera equipment and that it may or not be equipped to capture actions prior to activation. If this is the case I would like the evidence, the policy language, regarding this question, not during trial, but in advance of trial and arraignment, as to whether this is policy or allowable. If there exists dash camera, versus body worn footage, on both episodes I request copies of them as well. Mostly I want to see the 60 second to 120 second lead action that I understand to be standard policy in law enforcement and that it be be available on both videos to show whether or not I was being unduly stalked by the officer and possibly targeted over my lennonmurdertruth.com website and van. My status as a controversial and consequential whistleblower in a crime against our government. I have already found it necessary for my personal safety to call out Leon Panetta as a political enemy of mine over the recent barrage of false citations I have had to fight and defeat since 2019. He once worked for Richard Nixon who is implicated in my findings and is the logical man to blame for my predicament with the courts, lately. If your office declares there is no available footage of the minute to two minutes prior to engagement I may have to suppress the tapes on the grounds that they are not within CHP guidelines that should be in place fore the defense’s considerations. This is why I need this information before arraignment and trial.

I enclose a copy of my $5. receipt I already paid for this request.

I declare, under penalty of perjury, that the above is true and correct.

Dated October 4, 2024

 

____________________________________________________________________________

Steve Lightfoot (Defendant)

Motion for Discovery;

I, Steve Lightfoot, the defendant in the above matter, request discovery of both dash cam videos of officer Cloherty,(?) the initial stop as well as the second stop minutes later. I request that both include the two minute buffer preceding the encounters to establish whether or not he was stalking my van for more than a minute or two before he claims I made a violation. Regarding the second stop, I want to see exactly where he was parked waiting for me to pass him before he merged into traffic to follow me again. It is apparent that he parked and hid and waited for me to pass him in the second encounter as he left the first encounter ahead of me. Dash cams are activated to capture everything that happened for two minutes prior to activation. If he cannot provide these two minute buffer sections I move to bar his videos, entirely.

I taped both encounters and, when I asked him how long he had been following me, he replied; “I’m not sure.” I contend he was following me for more than a few minutes in the hopes a gust of wind (50 mph gusts that day) would blow me out of my lane or anything else. He also admitted he recognized my van from seeing it a court parking lot years earlier and knew who I was.

I also want any evidence he can provide to show that he, indeed, was on his way to assist a woman having a heart attack at the time; 4:30 to 5:00 PM on May 9, 2024. I checked with all various  dispatch offices in the area between Greenfield and King City and all told me that there were no heart attacks reported that day. If he lied about that he may have also lied about other matters. In fact, I know he has pulled over another motorist within minutes of a first citation as I happened to be in the Marina court watching his testimony in another similar case and this seems to be a pattern of his. I request this discovery to see if my right not to be selectively targeted were violated and to establish the facts of the case. If he was stalking me for more than two minutes before citing me it would seem he was stalking me selectively and my case must be dismissed, outright, over that evidence

I declare, under penalty of perjury, that the above is true and correct.

Dated September 20, 2024

 

__________________________________________________________________

Defendant pro per, Steve Lightfoot

Motion For A Change of Venue;

I, Steve Lightfoot, the defendant in the above matter request a change of venue because there is no way the county of Monterey can give me a fair trial. The reason being that Leon Panetta has a vested interest in hobbling my LennonMurderTruth.com activism regarding his former boss Richard Nixon as well as his functions as C.I.A. chief and other government posts that are against me ever revealing the truth of John Lennon’s assassination that Nixon can be proved to be responsible for. Many law enforcement agencies over the decades have targeted me many dozens of times just because I have evidence against our government they fear will go public. Me, with no criminal record at all in my 70 years of living. I am already on record on several televised Monterey City Council meetings complaining of Leon Panetta’s probable role in several incidents I have already suffered in this county as well as Santa Cruz county. I allege that there is a chance even officer Doherty may have been tipped off in advance to look for my van and cite me if possible. It so happens that I was on my way to Los Angeles to assist and contribute to the demonstrators at U.C.L.A. at the time of this citation. That Panetta is at the top of the political structure here in Monterey is a well known fact. That he has relatives in judges post here is known, too. Recently I even had to recuse a Judge Panetta who was slated to hear another matter years ago. That he has influence over the courts and law enforcement agencies here is also a fact that impacts me and my rights to impartial treatment. Leon Panetta is well aware of me and my activism and has demonstrated that he is my enemy.

In fact, since January 10, 2019 in Santa Cruz, the local authorities, C.H.P. Sheriff and police have violated my rights beginning with a man who wrecked my newly painted and lettered van while I was to get an operation. I was in the back of my van when this man left me in neutral on a downslope. I had to jump over the front seat and into the driver’s seat to stop it from going through a fence and into another lot and doing untold worse damages. This man, Chris Malsack, was recommended to me to hire as a driver to that appointment by a retired S.C.P.D. officer, Bill Rawson, who knew who I was. Malsack admitted on video tape that; “I’ll bury a car in heartbeat. It’s just an inanimate object…” after the fact. He also admitted on tape that he was sat down to watch a video; “America’s 100 Worst Accidents” days before he wrecked my van. It’s possible he was coached by someone to set me up. I was charged with D.U.I. on the suspicion I was on drugs for an operation even after they learned from blood tests there were no such drugs in my system. No alcohol or drugs and, yet, I was cited anyway. Highly improper. Then I had to fire two lawyers who were deliberately throwing my case and recuse three different judges, one of whom admitted in writing that he is prejudiced against me. Ultimately, after denying my speedy trial rights for over two years, my case was dismissed in the interest of justice, I think, because I insisted on defending myself and not trusting their court’s lawyers. Besides the court trauma I was exposed to, my van suffered over $2,000.00 in damages I had to pay for.

Just weeks after that citation another C.H.P. officer from the same office cited me for unsafe lane change on April Fool’s Day. He tried to reschedule trial to align with the anniversary of the Loma Prietta earthquake that I mentioned to the first officer a day after the citation. He did not show after I refused that date and commissioner and THAT was also dismissed, I think because my request for video would have shown that he was parked waiting for me to get into my van and drive before following me. In fact, because another car in front of me who suddenly saw a police car following us suddenly slowed down, I had to change lanes to avoid hitting him.

While still fighting the first D.U.I. charge Monterey police descended on my van August 28, 2020 with several patrol cars and officers to investigate a parking incident. I was cited for open container (A practically empty bottle of Brandy I mistook for olive oil while singing in downtown from my van with less than a teaspoon in it) after the officer’s attempt to cite me for D.U.I. had to be abandoned after I blew a 0.00, twice. In the process another officer Herndon wrongfully attributed an accident where there was none, where the driver of the other car refused to file a complaint and alleged no damages. Even officer Herndon admitted there were no damages. He even threatened to add charges if I didn’t give him my insurance information a week after the fact. Two of the other officers also lied in that matter.

Then, on July 18, 2021, officer Kopp (That’s right) of Monterey P.D. brazenly presented himself to me on his motorcycle before following me from a Seven Eleven parking lot and promptly hid in my blind spot for several seconds hoping he’d catch me looking in my rear view mirror to find where he disappeared to in the hope I’d miss a light change while distracted. It apparently worked as I was going through the most congested successive set of lights in the county. While looking in my rear view mirror to find him the last one changed. He, then, went immediately to his station as if he had accomplished his mission. I went there and saw him there.

Then, in August of 2021(2022)(?), a man in a police / library parking lot in Seaside, parked halfway into my space, alleged I tapped his car while parking. No damage but he threatened me with violence to the point I had to retreat into the library to call police. The librarian was too busy and I eventually left with this man watching me who said nothing as I left. Months later I received a summons for misdemeanor hit and run. The photos this man provided showed a black asphalt scrape too low on his car for any part of my yellow van to have contacted and officer Silonzolchic outright lied that he ever spoke to me on the phone about the matter. The phone he cited had been retired and replaced and not used for months prior. My public defender is a witness to this fact. That case was also dismissed.

A year later this same man who made a false report was found dead in this same car in the exact same parking space of our encounter. Pretty suspicious, I think. I always thought he was part of a police operation. I just happened to drive by the day I saw police tape around his vehicle with a sheet over the window.

Then, while fighting my red light ticket seven officers failed to honor my subpoenas, twice. Officer Silonzolchic, who did appear, the judge refused to allow to testify. I was wrongfully convicted in that matter.

Recently an off duty officer in a court parking lot tried to claim damages from my opening my door. He found me hours later and ten miles away and I claimed he was trying to scam me. Whatever he pointed to my van could not have caused. When I told him I will not oblige his claim he threatened me with violence and verbal threats .My going to police is how I discovered that this man is also a police officer. That’s a lot of alleged parking lot incidents associated with police that seems to be a pattern of THEIRS, not mine.

Recently, at a city council meeting, Monterey police chief, Hober, grabbed from my hands a sign that read; “L. PANETTA SUCKING S. KING’S DICK” (Stephen King is linked to Lennon’s murder) I, nevertheless, verbalized this message on television at the council meeting and my enmity towards Leon Panetta is well known by him and law enforcement. My website is rife with the other entries where I lambaste Leon Panetta. I have done so in several council meetings as well. I have also had to call out the admitted homosexuality of mayor of Monterey Tyler Williamson and he is obstructing my rights to be seen and heard there for seven months, now. I can’t sit back and not fight back and push back. My life is in danger. I have not even listed the many other more serious attacks against me by officials elsewhere these past four decades.

Just this past September 1, 2024, the Monterey police refused to even get the name of a man I called them to investigate who made verbal threats to vandalize my van. They got my name and such but not his. This is emblematic of the bias this county has towards me.

If it were revealed that Stephen King, the real life murderer of John Lennon, is paying officials in this area to suppress my expose I would not be at all surprised. It’s happened elsewhere, in fact. One Bangor, Maine police officer admitted on the stand that King gives him $6,000. per month to harass me.” It’s on record. The way judges and police have treated me here is similar.

In the course of staying alive one has to call out his enemies in public and I do and I have and this fact suggests, along with everything else listed here, that I cannot receive a fair trial in this or Santa Cruz counties and request a change of venue to another location.

To deny that I have a valid claim to ask for a change of venue would be ludicrous.

I declare, under penalty of perjury, the above is true and correct.

Dated September 5, 2024

 

______________________________________________________

Steve Lightfoot – Defendant pro per

(WWHHAAAATTT? lost data?)

One Page Letter Explaining Reasons Why Noise Ordinances Exist;

Noise levels can be unwarranted depending on the circumstances. Some noises can actually cause hearing loss. Jack hammers, heavy equipment and even vehicles can contribute to this kind of “noise pollution”. Prolonged exposure to these high decibels is especially harmful and can pose dangers to physical and cognitive health. These loud sounds can increase stress levels, including cortisol, adrenaline and noradrenaline increases. Chronically high levels or these hormones can impact heart disease, hypertension, stroke, immune responses and cognitive functioning. Other effects include heart disease, high blood pressure, low birth weight and can pose cognitive development issues in children.

Typically this noise pollution involves the sounds of living in a modern world; heavy equipment, vehicles, exhaust noises, screeching sounds and other noises varying in pitch and frequency levels. 85 decibels over an extended period of time can cause hearing loss I recently read. Other kinds of noise pollution can come from from loud concerts, even local festivals and music or amplified sound from electronic devices. A past frequenter of karaoke bars I often found it necessary to stuff my ears with wads of paper towels to protect myself from these loud noise levels. Some of these karaoke hosts already have hearing loss and can’t appreciate how loud their systems sometimes are.

My own situation involved my stereo system in my van. I play karaoke CD’s and non karaoke CD’s and sing along (unassisted by microphone) with my natural voice. I do this near outside dining situations so people can hear me for more than just a few seconds. Typically my voice is always louder than my amplified backround music. I have to be able to hear myself above the backround sounds yet be able to also hear the music to sing along to. I sing in public to promote my political messaging relating to evidence I have discovered in John Lennon’s murder. The truth of that matter is so depressing I sing to offset that fact and get the public on my side by showing my gentler, softer side. I also happen to sing extraordinarily well, lately, and it serves to give me credibility with the public to show that I am no slouch and possibly correct with my claims that our government killed John Lennon based on my findings in back issues of major magazines that contain codes all about the behind the scenes goings on then. Last July of 2022 I may have been close to the 50 foot limit for amplified sound as my driver’s side speaker wasn’t working requiring me to turn up my volume a little to hear the passenger side speaker. I have since replaced both speakers so that I can still hear the music over my singing without having to use as much over all volume. Beyond a certain level I can’t hear myself sing and I always make sure, now, that my amplified sound levels are modest and well below that 50 foot limit. I have sang at least 1,000 times like this and only last July of 2022 have I received complaints. I occasionally speak, instead, but very sparingly. That is so much more offensive that I choose to sing, instead. The locals seem to appreciate it, too. Especially now that I AM quieter.

I noticed this subject recently in our Monterey Herald and saw that there are efforts afoot to lower the decibel levels from 80 to 70 and to also extend to 72 hours the current 24 hour limit for compliance after a warning.

In agreeing to perform eight hours of community service and write this letter Judge Mendoza has agreed to suspend my fines for both matters and effectively erase the disturbing the peace violation and not use the remaining violation to be used as “a cudgel to bludgeon me with, after”. In other words, any future violations should not impact this plea agreement but be treated separately. I am a target of police due to my controversial political importance and want to avoid being victimized in this manner. In the two citations issued last 2022 no effort was made by police to determine whether I was or was not complying with the 50 foot limit for amplified sound. Any future citations should require this test be met, first, I would ask. Otherwise my right to free speech could be viewed as being a political target.

I have made good on my end of the bargain and hope the judge will, also.

Steven Lightfoot

 

REDO FOR LETTER:

In the situation regarding my citations the law allows for a 50 foot radius for amplified sound to be heard over ambient noises like traffic and such. Even whispering can be heard from that distance in dead silence and so ambient sound is a factor. While I contend I was not in violation there was one defective CD track – quiet to start then raising in volume drastically –  that caught me very close and I knew that my driver’s side speaker wasn’t functioning then forcing me to turn up my overall level to hear the passenger side speaker over my singing. I have since corrected that by installing two new speakers so I have one speaker very close to me allowing me to turn my overall volume down, well within the legal limits. I have managed to sing almost daily for more than a year since my citations without a complaint and feel I have fixed whatever may have been wrong before. I only have to hear enough of the song to be able to sing along with it and still hear my own voice over it to stay in key.

In a recent Monterey Herald article sound ordinances made the news and even Mariachi music and car and motorcycle exhaust sounds made the list of offenders. Noise pollution was alleged to be upsetting to citizens. There were plans to possibly lower the current 80 decibel limit to 70 decibels, I read. Regarding my own situation most pedestrians only hear me at all when they are within 30 feet of my open driver’s side window where I sing. It’s also bad for one’s voice to sing louder than necessary and so I have learned to deliberately lower my levels. I value the health of my instrument beyond the considerations of others who value a quiet atmosphere. If I were not sure I am a world class singer focusing on easy listening sounds I would not burden society at all with singing. I don’t ask for tips or anything like that yet have received $40. tips more than once and most pedestrians and restaurants appreciate what I do and give me thumbs up, often. The whole purpose is to convince people I am not a wacko at all (My political claims do seem outlandish, at first.) but a credible citizen with evidence and to be taken seriously. Also to show them my gentler, less political side. There are free speech rights that I feel I am legally merely exercising.

Recently a brazen security staffer on Alvarado Street tried to intimidate me by leaning into my window and suggested I must have something against Rosine’s to be singing there. I told him they like me there, in fact. He, still, then questioned a waitress about me having received no complaint. I want to avoid any unwarranted future police citations that might affect this plea agreement so that this matter’ “… not be used as a cudgel to bludgeon me with later…” and affect the conditions you offered. I promise to obey the laws and sound restrictions and respect the laws that exist where noise levels are concerned.

Dated September 18, 2023

(Insert replacement);

In the research I have done about why the state restricts loud noises I have not found too much relating to my specific cases. I began singing in the 80’s to squeak by any complaints about my political message regarding John Lennon’s assassination evidence. I figured it can’t be illegal to sing in public unamplified. It, apparently, is not.  Amplified sound coming from my van’s stereo system is the subject of scrutiny. That is the matter I am charged with appreciating. My system can no longer be heard in that respect even from 40 feet away since the speakers were replaced and I can hear one speaker that is now only a few feet away from my ears instead of several feet away. I hope I am not a problem in the future and endeavor to avoid any complaints.

This revised version of my letter is made in the interest of sticking to the task asked of you and not, instead, talking about me. If the first two versions were in error in that manner I hope this rectifies the situation.

Dated September 26, 2023

Steve Lightfoot

 

Sincerely, Steve Lightfoot

REPLY BRIEF;

It should be said that the prosecution has defaulted in not filing it’s respondent’s brief.  It also failed to respond to my proposed statement, before.

My argument has been that my case was one of political persecution over my John Lennon murder evidence activism and website that proves our government assassinated John Lennon in contradiction to everything the public was told, then. I have claimed that there is more than a good chance that officer Kopp deliberately hid himself in my blind spot to make me take my eyes off the road to see if I could be caught doing so as a light was changing. A police ‘trick’. I have claimed that he presented himself on his motorcycle to me in a 7-11 driveway and blatantly followed me, after. Naturally, when I suddenly could not see him anywhere – video shows him drifting to the extreme right edge of our lane for several seconds after first being seen driving in the center of that lane -, I naturally was concerned if he was directly behind me which would have made stopping a dangerous act even if it was a red light. As it was I was busy trying to find him at the very moment the light had changed. I never saw anything but green before this. I was very aware that I was being followed by a police officer and had no reason not to obey all signals. I was on extra alert, in fact. It so happened the stretch of road included three consecutive signals in a row on a downslope. The only explanation is that I WAS distracted by the officer’s unusual driving which placed him in my blind spot. That it was his actions that resulted in my violating in the first place. I had a stack of flyers on my dash about his chief Hober’s recent abuses against me that day, in fact. I was busy balancing diligence with safety and the officer’s safety took precedence when he suddenly disappeared. It would have been dangerous to suddenly stop not knowing exactly where the officer and his motorcycle were.

In my trial I filed subpoenas for several other officers to show a pattern of fraud and abuse by this department against me. I am protected from discriminatory prosecution and should have been able to show if there was any. Prior matters involving fraud apply to this case even though the other officers had nothing to do with this matter. Twice these subpoenas were ignored. The second occasion found officer Silonzolchic of Seaside police present and without papers to contest his appearance. In spite of this even he was not permitted to take the stand. This fact harmed my defense. I would have been able to ask him if he actually called me on the phone number he listed in his report like he said. My phone would have showed he could not have done so as it was last used by anyone months before that day. This fact would have cast doubt on his truthfulness and credibility. I explained this to the judge. The officer made up an outright lie that he ever spoke to me at all. He had not. This instance, alone, should have put reasonable doubt in Judge Sillman’s mind if I was being discriminately prosecuted or if there existed motive to cite me or not. But there were other instances of lying and fraud committed by the other several officers from Monterey P.D. who failed to show, twice. The first time they offered no papers to contest their appearance. They just simply did not show. This fact the court cannot deny was improper. The second time the city attorney claimed my subpoenas were civil, not criminal, and therefor invalid. I argued that the clerk made the mistake, not me, as she knew my case was criminal and still gave me the wrong forms and that I could not be held responsible for that. Had the other officers appeared I would have been able to prove, with video and reports they made, that they all lied or committed fraud of some degree in citing me in other matters. I explained to the judge that officer’s Phillips, Herndon, Hill, Newby, all lied in other matters. Phillips admitted he lied that he would not cite me for the teaspoon of alcohol in a bottle I mistook for olive oil if I passed a sobriety test. I blew 0.00, twice yet he still cited me for that. Sergeant Newby, to justify this, claimed the video showed me trying to take a sip yet the video shows no such act and that the lid was on tight the whole time. Officer Herndon, who admitted “no damage” to a parked car I tapped while trying to park, demanded my insurance information a week later and alleged an accident where there was none. The other car’s owner declined to file a complaint. He, himself, took this action. His sergeant admitted he was wrong in doing so, after. That’s three officers all lying to some degree in just one instance on August 28, 2020. Had I been able to show this fact with the video that proves it all it would have made a difference in the case involving officer Kopp. Officer Hill’s report on Dec. 8, 2021 is in contradiction to her video which I was denied access to. A man had deliberately rammed my van and protest sign yet her report made me out to be the bad guy while she refused to follow up on this man’s hit and run. The video shows that she made up lies in her report to paint me as an angry man at every opportunity. It was the offender who displayed anger, not me. She gave the offender a pass and victimized me. Officer Hill’s bias would have been apparent and I could have shown a bias to the judge that exists against me, generally, where this department is concerned. Add officer Solonzolchic’s lie made up from whole cloth and it would have been amply apparent that there is an agenda among the local police to cite me and hobble my Lennon murder evidence activism. Another matter involved Santa Cruz trying to prosecute me for a DUI in 2019 with a 0.00 reading for alcohol or any drugs they were looking for. After over two years of tormenting me and violating my speedy trial rights and my having to fire two lawyers and recuse three judges the matter was dismissed. Besides all this my van was wrecked by a man a police officer recommended to me. They wrecked my van with me in the back section and tried to blame me for everything. I rescued it from worse mayhem that I think they intended. Ultimately I believe the local authorities are trying to remove my website van from the street by going after my driver’s license. I recently had to attend an interview with the DMV over these matters.

That these officers were prevented from testifying harmed my defense that I based on discriminatory prosecution. Had these officers been questioned it would have better explained officer Kopp’s act of hiding in my blind spot to catch me looking in my rear view mirror and presented a very real reason to dismiss as there would have been doubt as to whether or not I was or was not targeted.

My other motions about a change of venue, discriminatory prosecution and disqualifying judges should also have been allowed as other multiple episodes involving police misconduct have surfaced, since. Last July 13, 2023 a correctional officer (I filed a report and found out) claimed I dented his car when I gently rested my door against his parked car next to me in a court parking lot. An hour later he found me ten miles away and threatened to “(F—) (Me) up…” His pre existing dent I could not have caused – it was not anywhere near where I rested my door – and, when it became clear to him that I was aware he was trying to scam me, he desisted and drove away. Twice in three days, in spite of three previous years without a complaint and hundreds of instances without a complaint, I was cited twice for singing from my parked van. The other man who made a similar claim in a police parking lot a year earlier that I damaged his car was found dead in the same car and parking lot and space where we met a year before. I claimed, then, that he was likely a police operative trying to blame me for things I didn’t do. That I drove by one day and saw a sheet over his car was very eye opening. Who knows what his motives were?

My awareness, now, of my situation has convinced me that the Italian mafia that allegedly runs the government here has been actively behind all this, apparently, and may even run our courts and police for all I know. Whether or not that is the truth my not being able to cross examine witnesses I summoned to trial did harm my defense as I have a good case to show prejudice and discrimination where my many matters are concerned. I have a right not b to be discriminately prosecuted by police. Had my rights been honored in this regard I would have been able to show reasonable doubt as to whether or not officer Kopp deliberately hid himself in my blind spot or not to catch me looking in my rear view mirror. If there is even a chance he did so my case should have been dismissed.

As such I ask for a dismissal, entirely, of my case and not be subjected to another trial over the matter.

I declare, under penalty of perjury, that the above is all true and correct.

Dated September 7th, 2023

___________________________________________________________________________

Steven Lightfoot (Appellant)

Details regarding my claim for damages from a pothole in late January of 2024;

I was driving northbound on Hwy 1 and exited the Fremont St. exit and, immediately after crossing over Hwy 68 over a small bridge, BAMMM! my driver’s side wheel hit a huge pothole at the very northern most part of Fremont Street. I took photos of it days later as I immediately noticed how my wheel was suddenly ‘shimmying’ over irregular surfaces, unlike before. On March 6, 2024 I brought up the incident at a Monterey City Council meeting and I was televised. I later filed a claim against the city of Monterey only to be told, recently, that it was Cal Trans’s liability and not Monterey’s. I approached Gilbert Yelena, the manager at their office on Garden Road and he told me he was the one who repaired them the day after his office received multiple complaints. I think on February 29, 2024. He was surprised it took six bags of asphalt, he told me. Judging from how small the other pot holes were the one I hit may have required two bags or more to fix. The existing repair shows a two foot by three foot footprint. of repair.

I noticed uneven wear on my front tires and, even though I had an alignment in November, months earlier, I had another one in April when I replaced the tires. I was hoping that would solve the problem but I was back days later complaining about a shimmying still present. An inspection showed me a wobbly driver’s side wheel. A new A arm (Control arm) was replaced revealing that the bushing in the other was missing, apparently dislodged when hitting that pot hole.

At one point I was told I may need sub frame repairs, too, but, now that I have a new A-arm, it seems to be driving properly and won’t be seeking those repairs. I will also not be seeking reimbursement for my tires as they were over a year old at the time. I will be seeking reimbursement for the alignment ($75.) and the A arm ($385.) totaling $460. I have the receipts.

My cardboard camera photos did not come out but my subsequent cell phone camera photos of the repairs did and I will be submitting them in this claim. I also have Gilbert Yelena’s card and remarks of needing six bags of asphalt to fix that series of potholes that were present for over a month. I observed, in that first photo session, that the pothole I hit was about 6 inches deep and huge. Included, also, is my original claim against Monterey as it is relevant. The date was the last Sunday of January at 9:00 am, either the 28, or 29th, I think. They were repaired a month later.

My phone number is 831-220-2281

My e-mail is lennonmurdertruth@Yahoo.com

My address is

Steve Lightfoot – 800 Scott Street – Sand City, Ca. 93955

Awaiting your reply, sincerely, Steve Lightfoot

 

_____________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

__________________________________________________________________________

 

I found a way to cut my auto insurance by 66%. I qualify, so I get a new lease on life this week, hopefully. I have but one point on my DMV record in spite of all the B.S. that has been thrown at me.

October 14, 2023;

While my site is lately devoted to outing the Jewish factor in our world let me describe yesterdays bout with “Billy Sunshine” of KSCO Radio, a part time host there. Yes, he, like the owner and half the hosts there, is a Jew. Only because of that has he survived several bad behavior episodes there. In the past he’s made his bias known about me saying things like; “Let it go, anyway…so what…who cares?…live life and be happy”…etc..

Yesterday it went like this;

Right after I brought up my Lennon evidence;

B.S. ; “Boring. Boring.”

S.L.; “Only to a classless person like you would that be boring. People like you are the reason I don’t have sex.”

B.S.; “Well, that’s a good thing. We don’t want you to reproduce…”

“S.L.; “I wouldn’t do that to a kid until this sick world gets the truth it needs, first.”

S.L.:” Anyway, what I think is going on in Israel is…” (Cut off by his interruptions)

“B.S.; “Do you still think we all deserve to be taken out by an asteroid for not going along with you?…he thinks that Jews are reptiles…”

S.L.; “Only the Jews covered up Lennon’s murder and nobody else. WhomEVER would do such a thing IS reptilian.”

At that point I was cut off.

I would have continued with this banter had I remained on air;

S.L. ; “Billy, you have said about my story in the past, so what, who cares, get a life, boring, etc. Now you claim my characterization of the Jew that he is more reptilian than the rest of humanity is out of bounds. You also think that Stephen King getting away with Lennon’s murder is an O.K. thing. That a little bit of irony is good for our blood. Let me ask, you once bragged on air; “But if you’re as smart as me you don’t have to work to get rich.” Isn’t it a  fact that you married a terminally ill woman a few years before her death to inherit all that you now have? You know, your million dollar house that you live in and all the rest? Wouldn’t you have otherwise been a poor person like me? And, if so, isn’t that a display of reptilian mind set to do something so selfish, calculated and exploitive? You’re a Jew. How can you deny there might be something to what I am saying about Jewish inbreeding costing the Jew a portion of his humanity and why that might factor into their role in the Lennon murder and cover-up? That they may, indeed, be more reptilian than the rest of us? That some malign mutation may be in play that affects all world politics?”

By the way, there is an interesting set of stories related to me and Kissinger on my main page several pages down from the top somewhere. Nixon suffered his fatal stroke just two hours after he heard me confront Henry on KABC radio in 1994(?) about Yugoslavia. Weeks earlier Morton Downey Jr, had me on three days in a row to expose Nixon on talk radio for 45 minutes in all. Did the sound of my voice two weeks later, speaking to Kissinger, who likely brainstormed the idea to kill John Lennon, scare Nixon into a stroke? I think maybe so.

Then there was the time in the late 80’s(?) when Kissinger came to my home town of Santa Rosa to taunt me on his murder anniversary, Dec. 8, only to cancel after I made a public stink about it. He returned ten months later on John Lennon’s BIRTHDAY, Oct 9, to PROVE it was all about me, and was met by a crowd of a dozen people in a room that held 500  Right before he closed his speech I stood up in front of him and said; “Mr. Kissinger, we want to know the truth about John Lennon’s murder.” He looked between his legs and muttered; “Where did that come from?” and then insinuated that I will not live to see my story break in my lifetime Maybe not his, but he died just weeks after I first ever blamed him for being part of Lennon’s murder plot last month. I’m winning on one front, at least, the karma front..

Jan. 15, 2023;

I was going to delete some of the above but time is too short lately to do anything but go forward. I forgot to mention I was interviewed by Frank Morano at WABC last Jan. 4 at 1:30 to 2:00 am, eastern time. I was classic me swatting down attempts to marginalize me. His first question was King’s motive. :”Rage against his father who deserted him when he was two and a half years old…..Lennon’s father did the same thing when he was the same age but John turned out great while he was working at a laundromat trying to eek out a living as a writer…” Also, I separated from KSCO Radio last Dec, 23 for not being on the side of the truth but rather on it’s trivialization. I told owner Michael Zwerling on air that he is the reason the public doesn’t take me seriously. Etc. Utah is looking mighty nice now that I know the public is satanic, lately, her

Recently (Mid 2022) a man claiming to be Clint on KSCO Radio was found saying.” “Because you know what I know that you know that I know… You tried to get in my way when I was making movies and having sex with Salinas women…Get in my way again, punk, and I’ll blast you into the ground…” It could have been an impersonator but maybe not. Maybe he does have demons, still, about it, I don’t know. Generally, I think of him as complex, sophisticated man. A very lonely man who can’t even go out in public and be normal he’s so famous.

Regarding Utah, I may change it up a little now having learned I could move to a place near there but with a few high profile, like minded movie stars who would inevitably learn of me and even help me for all I know. It might also be a little warmer in the winter there. I’ll have to scout out both areas, first

P.S. Desantis fell short of even my expectations and I wonder was it anything to do with my sign in April of 2021 ‘DESANTIS STALKING MESSENGER” after getting a ticket (subsequently dismissed via phone court) for standing in the roadway with my signs near King’s Florida residence. It was up for a week and maybe that DID ring a bell. One other thing before I forget. During that time King, himself, tried to box me into his private roadway to his house. I was two cars lengths into it “private driveway, no trespassing”. I backed out thinking it could be a trap and it WAS KING in his black Tesla behind me having to also back up to let me get out of there. I found out from his neighbors he DOES drive a black Tesla and it looked like him as he turned his face away from me so I couldn’t see for sure. I think I’d have been shot to death, allegedly justifiably, for being near his house with my van as proof of my mischief. Self defense. Did I dodge a bullet that day? I think I did. It was my being arrested in Santa Cruz in 1995 at a bookstore during his book signing event for entering it that taught me these kinds of traps exist. I was slandered on the national news then as a stalker. Just like King had hoped. I recall the book displayed behind him in the paper the next day read; “How A House Works” Enter this bookstore and, WHAM! The irony was, he bragged to the crowd at the Civic center that night about me; “We took a few shingles off of his roof today..” Five years later he was almost killed by a van driver in Maine. The shingles, he lost, not me..

Jan. 30,’24;

I recall, in the Roosevelt Hospital in Manhattan in 2008, my eye almost kicked out of my head and my jaw broken by a gang of Haitians in Spanish Harlem. –  A mugging trying to buy weed there after someone tried to burn down my van with a lit cigar that burned a hole in my door panel hours before had me stressed. I came back with a flash camera to intimidate them to give me my money back only to find, not two, but over a dozen of them waiting for me. By the time the flash went off I realized I made a mistake. They got my camera, ultimately – It was the same hospital that Lennon lived his last moments on earth in. The staff told me, there, what happened to him. “He was wheeled in muttering; “Why? Why?” Then the doctor opened his chest up, like a suitcase, and he groaned and died upon that.” Was the doctor paid to do so? I think so.

I fixed my jaw by myself and my eye is only slightly the worse off for the wear that day. God’s guardian grace. I recall how I heard the jaw click into perfect place one night days later. That was the night I showered from the waterfall rain runoff from a roof on Long Island hours before. Anyway, I saw my head X-rays and my real, naked self. I looked a little like a zombie in a movie, my skin and muscles out of the way.

I hope America doesn’t fall to the world order communist crowd before my story breaks is how I feel, lately. Go, R.F.K. Jr. or even Donald Trump. Biden and the evil crowd must be stopped. I think the people are being punished for ignoring me, their biggest hero. Jealous, unjust jackasses, anyway. Did you know that Raffensburger(?) the man who was in charge of the efficacy of the 2020 election was – get this – an ENGINEER by trade before? Who better to rig the voting machines? Pray my story breaks soon, girl. It had better.

At the council meeting yesterday I recalled for them an incident involving a college room mate who bent my left thumb back while I was asleep out of jealousy over my golf career. I knew it had to be him because I caught him once ‘borrowing’ another roommates letter jacket from his closet in the wee early hours for a day. Sneaky. I detailed how he had a GTO and myself an MGB and how he later downsized to a two seater Volvo sports car only to wreck it a year later and found himself being cared for by my father. How weird he must have felt to find himself being cared for by the father of the man whose thumb he tried to damage years before. This to demonstrate how I am being protected by a super natural force and how even this worst storm in 150 years had to do, maybe, with my sign I displayed a month before; “SILENT CA. FAILING AMERICA” It was as if California, specifically, was being punished for SOMETHING. The council already knew about some other huge instances. I said of the storm; “If it makes the public even 3% closer to helping me expose Stephen King then it was worth it.”

Well, let’s keep our eyes on Biden, the commie rat in our midst. Him and evil Kamala Harris. When she was Attorney General in California I went to her office in person over the multiple attempts to entrap me with stop light cameras and the first of what would become two attempts to kill me in traffic. She refused to see me that day, suspiciously. She’s a no good commie, trust me. SHE is slotted to be our first, ever, president after Biden is scheduled to call it quits in mid term to force her on us. I think.

….. Furthermore, his jealousy of me is akin to the Biblical passage about a mother who puts a sheepskin over the arm of her favorite son to get his blind father’s blessings directed to him not his choice, his hairier armed older brother. This brother of mine was not as bright as me and I saw a rift develop when my father, rather the tyrant, even beat him in my presence over his ineptitude in a school homework assignment. “Why does Steve have all the brains? It’s not fair.” I could almost hear him thinking out loud. Ever since, both of my younger brothers have felt it necessary to steal things from me to get even. When I was 16(?) the two of them met up to shoot me in the head with a 22 rifle while one of them and I were hunting birds in a field. I heard the loud report from about 80 yards, felt a warm sensation near my right ear and saw a puff of dust and a single waving blade of straw behind me. It was so traumatic to know who pulled the trigger I blocked it out for decades until the brother who wasn’t supposed to be there tried to hustle me in that estate pickings. THEN I confronted the brother I suspected over the phone and it was met, again, without a denial. Years later he confided it was my youngest brother who met up with him who pulled the trigger. All these years he let me think it was him when it wasn’t. This youngest brother was beaten violently with a belt weeks after this episode for putting the scope on crooked by my father. Perhaps he intuitively, even telepathically knew what he had tried to do to me and took it out on him thinking it was about mistreating his rifle.

Today, while in traffic, two guys signaled for me to roll down my window. “Where’s Jesus?” I pointed to myself and said; “I may not be the second coming but I’m as close as it gets.” “I hear they’re after you.” “Who’s after me?””The satanic people are after you. I’m one of them.” “That’s too bad for you. That’s too bad for you. You’re not me.””I’m going  to  SUCK THE BLOOD OUT OF YOU RIGHT NOW!” and they drove off in their grey, compact car. I, at least, let him know his jealousy is at play in his animus against me.

Paul McCartney I will never speak to, I promise. He must be publicly chastised for being the exact kind of celebrity we don’t need. His silence has given all of mankind permission to be a shut up, too. What a traitor he is. Ringo I may, eventually, begrudgingly, speak to, maybe. Yoko I will expose for the KGB agent / saboteur she is. The J..F.K. murder is being fleshed out as we speak with a new book that shatters the lies we were all told. Pity it took so long.

About J.F.K.. I think the motive to kill him was either his announcement for total destruction of Russia if Cuba fired nukes our way or his anti Viet Nam stance that pissed off the defense industry. Probably the former. I think his murder WAS a coup de ta and THAT was the date we were nuclear blackmailed by Cruschev to go their way or no way at all. We’re seeing the capitulation from our deep state ever since you have to admit. King admits; a dozen times in 1981; “Beware the Jewish / communist plot against the U.S..” I think he’s being truthful, too. They are making their move in earnest, now, over the fear my story will break and save us all.

Big next several days while I move my other van to the central valley.

March 28,’24;

Meanwhile, did Putin retaliate for their mass shooting event that he blames on Ukraine’s allies (Us) by taking down our bridge at the site of The Star Spangled Banner song in Baltimore? That’s how Russia plays war, nowadays. They don’t mince with waiting, either. That’s my take on the matter that will hobble our nation for years. Could be a computer hack that disabled the barge or something else. Who knows, yet? You can be sure this EXACT contingency plan has been on their books for years, now. They have many contingency matters on the books to do with hobbling us. “Oh, say can you see?

My brother in law who claims I am delusional about Stephen King admits he believes in’ The Rapture’. Has he seen the tribulations of Lori Vallow and Chad Daybell? Or Dumbell? WOW! I hope Utah isn’t weird like that if I have to move there. I’ll stay away from Salt Lake City it’s so religious.

About my last post on zipping it regarding Chapman. I hope it sinks in, now, how evil telling America ANY lie really and truly is. It is no small matter at all. Soul damaging and not worth it. Judy Woodruff, once my protestations alerted her to the fact that the Chapman PBS documentary she hosted was a lie, QUIT and had her likeness completely removed from it. It died it’s own death a year later. Good for HER! Baba Wa Wa, on the other hand, for her evil role in her Chapman interview AFTER she got my magazine handed to her secretary in person in 1992, died with only this said about her after; “I remember how livid she got when a little girl told her she didn’t know who she was..” I heard it on talk radio. That was her lone send off from the public. See?

P.S. The CHP ticketed me Thursday one hour into my road trip to to L.A.. “Swerving” from my lane. I claimed high winds blew me sideways (40 mph gusts, in fact). He then exited the freeway ahead of me, waited to again follow me and pulled me over a  second time, watching me as he road next to me, for “playing ” with my watch. How does one “play” with his watch? I was listening to my tape recorder I held up to my ear to hear our taped conversation minutes before. I tried to show him my phone was last used hours before but he declined to inspect even though he suggested, earlier, that was my probable behavior to veer sideways.  All, again, on tape. No ticket. He claimed he was on his way to a woman having a heart attack. We”ll see if there was any woman with a heart attack call. I will demand the two minutes prior to being pulled over are intact on the dash cam thumb drive or have that evidence dismissed due to my claim I was shadowed for several minutes showing a stalking method to entrap me. On both instances. I will also introduce another CHP set up ticket (Dismissed) on April Fool’s day in 2019 where he erased the two minutes prior that would have showed him parked waiting for me to drive. Cowardly, boot-licking state vs, the hero, again. He (The current ticket.) also claimed; “What sign?” on my van he claimed he couldn’t see. Big as life. When I asked him how long he was behind me the first time he replied; “I don’t know.” Right.

May 15,’24;

Yesterday the CHP in Encinitas teamed up with a driver in a white truck who kept stopping in the middle of the street and speeding up when I tried to pass him. Three times, all witnessed by a motorcycle CHP cop who pulled me over after I almost clipped him the third try with him in my blind spot. No ticket, but see how desperate evil Joe Biden is to stop me? Set ups being laid down my path to glory.

I found out there WAS no woman with a heart attack as the other officer last week claimed. I checked. So, see how much better my defense will be after I move the case out of county since Monterey has a vested interest in refusing to grant my agenda claim against them? I doubt the other officer will even show after he gets wind of all I have discovered and can prove about wind gusts that day. His trying to see if I was on my phone, later, in a second targeted stop, and claiming I was “playing” with my watch when he saw no phone, and his not wanting to check my phone record to show it  was last used hours earlier? Joe’s getting desperate.

June 5, 2024;

Looking back I have had a lot of traumatic experiences like the above one was. Perhaps the most memorable was the time the students at U.C. Berkeley laughed with jealous, squealing glee at the news of my father’s suspicious, fatal plane crash; “Goody, goody, Mr. Bigshot. That’ll teach you to be a hero. They got your dad. HA!” That kind of universal, suppressed squealing that I heard from many in the crowd. Exactly like the scene in “Carrie” where the room is spinning like a merry go round as Carrie stands drenched in pig’s blood on stage, the room laughing at her, everyone’s face spinning, the room spinning, that is what I saw before me. Sproul Plaza and everything before me spinning as I processed the madness of the crowd who could be so cruel and sick.

In 1978 I avoided gang rape at the Macon County jail. Linda’s father had, apparently, hatched a scheme to scare me away from Macon and his secrets alleging attempted kidnap of her. Ten days later, the sham apparent, I was released. I had been there a few days, mostly sleeping off days of frantically looking for her, when one night at about 2:00 a.m., I noticed not a sound in a room with twenty men. Translation? Everybody is wide awake and aware of something. I must be that something, I thought. I instinctively jumped out of bed, grabbed a mop and began rattling the bars with the handle until the warden was before me rubbing the sleep out of his eyes as I demanded my own cell. He knew his life was in the balance if he did not. I remember a 6’8″ black man shouting for hours through the wall over his frustration, after. I was lucky. It’s one reason I put Linda in the rear view mirror, too. Pre ordained to make that possible? Maybe. It WAS WEIRD that I learned important things about her after running into a former boyfriend of hers the day I was released just getting gas.

Then there was the time my brothers tried to kill me with a scope rifle, the bullet just grazing my right ear from about 80 yards distance. I thought at the time it must have been Paul. Decades later I would learn that Michael had joined up with him that day and pulled the trigger. At the time, though, it was too much of a horror to contemplate. I blocked it out entirely for all those years. Only Michael’s subsequent attempt at thievery over my father’s estate belongings many years later rekindled that suppressed memory about Paul, I thought. I confronted him over the phone with the memory and he half way admitted it. It would be years later that I would learn that Michael was the trigger man. I forgave them both the day after we buried our mother’s ashes in Tahoe.

The first time my father ever spanked me I remember. My thought; “Are you REALLY going to spank me?” Is all I remember. It made no sense. There were dozens more with the belt and his overbearing tyranny in the years to follow and I even developed a stutter when I was a teenager over it all. In fact, it was his tyranny that I passed onto my brothers, unwittingly, that triggered their resentment of me, I now think. That and their jealousy of me.  Did I mention my father was a reluctant father? Me being the first born was the cause of him losing his freedom and he blamed me, I think. I remember the look on his face as he posed with his many employees in a photo after I discovered my Lennon expose; “Jesus, Steve. Did you have to show me up so badly with so huge a story? I used to praise Nixon and Reagan. You ARE going places. Damn! There’s no stopping you, I guess.”

I was kidnapped, handcuffed and beaten unconscious in a police van in 1987. My crime? Giving Yoko Ono my evidence package to get to the remaining Beatles. Two months prior I was brutalized by two martial artists on Haight St. in San Francisco who dislocated my shoulder before breaking my nose on a sidewalk. Just before I had gotten one of them in a headlock. I remember leaning my elbow against a wall and bending my nose back straight that night.

The night Reagan was re-elected, while sleeping underneath a building in my sleeping bag, I saw a gun pointed right at me. It was, again, the S.F.P.D. who must have been surveilling me. They never even asked for my I.D. as they searched my back pack. A message from Reagan, only. “You gonna back off, punk?”

I was struck sideways at 60 mph in 2010 by a woman running a light while training a young man the meat selling business one day and watching the scene before me start to spin inexplicably as the truck rolled over on it’s side smashing to the ground rendering me unconscious for a few seconds. The initial hit, itself, was remarkably muted by crumple zone technology. My trainee was unscathed thanks to my allowing the hit to occur at the door frame. Me? Just a sore foot. Her? I suppose she was fine thanks to airbags, seatbelts and a Toyota Land Rover’s crumple zone technology. God, again, on my side. I learned that Concord, Ca. has a room that can control and monitor all the lights in that town and I was probably set up for a kill by Obama, no less. A few years later a uniformed Navy cadet tried to roll my Toyota van on a san Diego freeway smashing into me at 75 mph leaving a six foot long tire mark on my van’s side. Again, Obama. Neither driver was ever cited and the intersection where I was T-boned was paved over the very next day. Very concerning.

Two other gun pointing episodes by police, once in Palm Springs, where Stephen King lived.

I could list dozens more traumatic episodes from my storied life but my mind needs to rest, now. I came out all right on the other side is my point. I have a greater calling to worry about and it’s huge. That, I’m sure, has helped. Amazing how resilient the human mind can be. If there is anyone who can nurture anyone else in this regard I suppose it might be mostly me.

Did I ever mention I healed my brother’s dog’s cataracts after six months of the proper petting technique.? I did.

June 29-’24;

Biden will be being spoon fed his oatmeal in four years by his wife. No condition to run the presidency. I used to be stupid about Biden / Obama. Even stumped for them before they tried to kill me, twice. Trump lied? Maybe a little. Not a lot like the Dominion machines etc. in 2020, though. I know you’re tied up with a gang of media con artists who may have swayed you. I think we’ll be better off with Trump. If he’s the best we can do shame on us, I agree. I recommend a mirror for a prescription for everybody. I should be the most celebrated celebrity on earth but I’m shunned by an insane society. Hero-phobes, all. Admit it, girl.

Check out my take on it right below my Political Watchtower section on the main page. Miley Cyrus, a rock star like Lennon, anguished over Hillary’s loss to Trump. Clinton who invited King into The White House in 1995. They knew he killed Lennon, then. Like you, now, Miley was wrong then. I’m the most unsung hero on earth having to tell you.

What about the Biden? Either he is suffering from delusional dementia to proclaim he will “beat Trump AGAIN!: or hew knows the whole result is rigged and in the bag like last time. ONE or the OTHER! Trust me, he is a communist globalist from hell who is probably deliberately scandalizing America with Hunter’s blow jobs and drug use to even keep him as an advisor. Like Nixon stunk up our presidency with Watergate. DELIBERATELY!  I think Joe revels in all his son’s scandals sullying our nation. Just the other day he was caught saying; “I made a mistake. It was a 90 minute debate. But what about my two and a half years as president?” He meant to say THREE and half years. You see? He’s gone. In a few years he will be a complete invalid. Nobody but a fool would vote for him. Obama’s our real president under him, anyway. HE looks like he has A.I.D.S.! As one whose life depends on KNOWING the truth I noticed how Nixon wrote in The Real War; “Americans must learn to lower their ideals..” Spoken like a communist actor / infiltrate. I can’t emphasize enough how real this view of politics really is. We are being taken over by a vicious, treacherous gang of Moscow based operators who have apparently nuclear blackmailed our deep state into capitulation to incrementally go Soviet, or else. Biden is probably thinking; “Yeah, America. I’m in it for the money and extra houses and cars and such. You don’t deserve America anyway. I’ll be dead before you figure out I sabotaged you all. Ha! HA!. Now eat your ice cream cone and fiddle with your smart phone, you idiots! Ignore all the terrorists I just let in and the inflation tax that impoverished you and gutted your social security, the dollar and such.” Then we have Kamala. WHAT a lowering of our ideals with her sleeping her way with Willy Brown to get ahead and worse. She is a commie rat who thinks we’re all stupid and can’t see through her charade. T-R-U-S-T  M-E !!!!

I hope you had a good vacation and got out of the heat. 100 degrees across ALL America ON OUR BIRTHDAY! Is God punishing us for being stupid? I am giving everybody a piece of my mind daring them to recoil at he controversies they are too timid to broach. I am throwing my weight around as if to punish everyone for holding me back all this time. “Give me some elbow room you dolts.”

Meanwhile, regardless, I have done you right by unsaddling Joe from RIGGING a second election and SUBVERTING our democracy. (Those communist bastards always transpose the points blaming others for what THEY are doing to mid bend us) Right before his fiasco in the debate I was furiously busy ramping up the controversy in my site and I’m sure (He had time enough at Camp David to visit it, I’m sure.) I threw him off game a little with guilt for pulling his mask off. You are surrounded by peer pressure and high stakes money to stay in favor with the  bosses. He was quoted saying “If the Lord Almighty were to come down and tell me I might (Withdraw) ” The Lord Almighty DID come down and knock him for a loop. Or maybe my avenging angel for messing with me lately. Kamala (valley girl airhead / puppet ) will be paddling like a furious pup in water for the first time from here on out until Trump assumes his rightful place, again. Even Biden’s handlers and the deep state know better than to scam us all with a rigged election NOW! He’s not perfect but all we deserve and more given our sympathy for he devil and Stephen King. R.F.K. Jr. seems in over his head with all the pot he must be smoking to have such dog poop face, I think. Steve Garvey should also retire his pot pipe. Adam Schiff (A Russian sir name) is an infiltrate communist from hell. Trust me! Pencil neck geek.

I wonder will my virtue trump all the evil in this world and steer you my way eventually after the mass exorcism I am performing is done and King is administered a lethal dose of Fentanyl to heal us all? After I am in MY rightful place in this fallen world. On TOP! Whatever wrong roads you’ve ever gone down I trust you are redeemable. Until that day all mankind is woefully insane and sick and depraved. Don’t I know it, too.

July 13, ’24;

Oh, girl, what must I do to get you off you spectator ass and take a stand in this gas lit election cycle? Are you going to parrot the B.S. about Biden having a CHANCE of beating Trump? The real polls are Trump 60 % and Biden / Harris 40 %. That’s a fact. I KNOW what I’m talking about. PLEASE don’t get caught up in the gas lighting yourself. Keep you head when all about you are losing theirs and put America first. Even abstaining from the party line will satisfy me for now. Please don’t take part in the fraud that Biden is counting on. We’re all counting on YOU to be an American, first and anything else second. Think of how sexy life will be after King is punished and out of our world. Nobody’s sexy until then.

(Update while writing this; Attempt by Biden team to assassinate Trump at a rally. S-E-E-E-???)

July 15, 2024;

I am POSITIVE you and your colleagues were aware of Trump’s brush with assassination days before the fact. We’re done, too. It t……tually seeing her changed all that. God’s providence and wisdom.

I knew by your gloating, serene, “I know something you don’t, Steve, and we’re going to rain on your parade, big time. Ha, Ha!!”……e a complete fool to be on Biden’s side, too. See my front page for the rest of the details. A real boot-licking fool. You.

July 16, ’24’

And then to prove how deprav……… monster who wishes that man on the roof had better aim.” Like all your very sick colleagues.

I’ll probably go the route of ZER………e eye of a needle than for a rich man to gain the kingdom of heaven. And about Trump surviving Biden’s attempt. Ha, H-A- ! Suddenly I haven’t heard Biden proclaim how he will win, lately, either. Like he’s been doing between his complaints about Trump playing golf instead of out on the campaign trail. I think he was chomping at the bit to get him sooner. Biden is a very sad and evil man. So is anyone one who can’t see that. And about that woman with the blue shirt directly behind Trump that day, the one that read; “MEAN TWEETS” the Trump hater, the woman who was glancing back and forth to the rooftop sniper just before the shots rang out along with her obese male friend, you parroted the message the day or two after saying; “Do you think Trump’s messaging played a role in his getting shot? ” I’ll bet that line was scripted for you days before the shooting it so plays into the messaging of those two who knew of what was to happen. The Secret Service tried to kill Trump. I know WHY M.B. wore that “SS” necklace the day she was supposed to be reporting on Trump’s assassination. Code for “the Secret Service did this, people.”  I’ve been all over national talk radio about it as seen on my main page near the top.

About the riddle part of my life, the pre ordained part of my life, I was typing to my brother about the time this youngest brother winged my right ear with a scope rifle out of jealousy AT THE MOMENT TRUMP WAS BEING SHOT AT! S-P-O-O-K-Y, you have to admit.

My van will be resplendent in light peach/ pink after tomorrow. We’ll see who wins the truth wars.

P.S. Sicker than a dog lately. Don’t know if it’s over Trump being shot at, your possible role in it all, which forced me to end ties, suddenly, or both.

P.P.S. Saw a chink in your armor convention night. You can’t hide what’s behind the eyes. “I regret what’s been lost between us. I AM sorry.” That’s encouraging. Frankly, I’d take my twenty million in the bank and retire and enjoy life AWAY from the monsters at the media. Do your daughters know what that environment has done to you? You’re redeemable.

Too horrified to gush any sentimentality, now.

7-30-’24 update; Crooks was found visiting Washington D.C. several times in the weeks before the shooting AND in a building near the F.B.I. office there. Aren’t you a little embarrassed you can’t save enough money to quit (###) before you lose your soul?  Pity you are still working for them. I will never associate with the big three networks when I get famous. Not until they’re routed and cleansed and sanitized and out of the Kremlin’s control. I’ll probably eschew networks that are owned by Jews, in fact. At least one good radio station are promoting me and my magazine lately. That Trump dodged a bullet suggests my side will win.

P.S. The Jews in Israel are crying like hypocrites that 12 of their children were bombed to death last week. As if they aren’t dripping with blood on their hands for killing 40 thousand Palestinians, mostly women and children, lately. Knowing what I know about the Jews I wouldn’t put it past Netanyahu that HE bombed his own people with an Iranian made bomb as an excuse to attack Lebanon. Israel was a mistake as big as the Berlin Wall that was erected at the same time as Israel. A plan overseen by Russia, in fact.

Please lose the red nail polish. It’s a fashion error and bad for your health. Your lipstick shade is O.K.  Maybe go naked on the nails even. Or beige / pink or your lipstick shade. Paste on nails.

So, why am I leaving up the other old entries? Well, you DID jiggle the mind control machine with your “Arizona might be a surprise result tonight..” in 2020. hours before it swung for Biden. That’s playing with our elections and your thumb WAS on the scales that night and I suspect by design and instructions from your superiors. I take things down as I see fit. The good news is you are less guilty than most there in that department and I appreciate your efforts to be impartial. I do. A lot. Keep up THAT good work, please.

(Deleted the stuff you probably have already read. The personal stuff.)

What’s with the week off? My van’s lettering us about finished. ($75., only) in costs.” Lennon MurderTruth.com / everybody’s business / and / Demand media disclosure – Demonstrate.” A minimalist is better approach. (Another $60. will be involved if this custom pearl white vinyl comes through with the actual website addresses.).

My goodness, what could it be? Are you in a tiff with management? Is something of import looming? Is it anything I may have said here, lately, to spark whatever ‘it’ is. On one side of me I wonder has she renounced the one sided media flop the media has become and is she testing the management to demand change? If so, what lays in harbor for ME regarding how much reciprocity there may exist between us, after all. Are we collision bound and a match or am I just dreaming? I’d say if the matter of anything I have said is in play then there needs to be some adjusting concerning the matter of ‘us’. Or it’s something completely unrelated and nothing to be concerned about. I get the feeling, not taking into account the number of heads I have chomped off in my battles, that my rhetoric a few weeks ago was quite out of bounds and alarming to even me when I read it. I mean I know I was sick and all but it was brutal. I edited most of it out since I probably didn’t mean most of it. If I hurt your feelings and was too much I apologize and want to say how sorry I am if that’s the case. It seems I don’t take disappointment well and the prospect of all that investment in you, all seemingly for naught, was pretty jolting all of a sudden.

So, I have no idea if your a blossoming idealist or it’s just unrelated stuff.

Mercy, mercy. I just Googled the question above and found out, a week after I suggest you quit that ….you HAVE! Can it be little bitty me or what is going on? I have to really re assess matters between us, now. I’m just tongue tied right now.

I will really miss your face on a nightly basis. That’s a loss I feel. What can we do about ourselves?

August 17, 2024; “Yep, pretty impressed with you. If you wanted to get my attention you have done so. Dramatically. And I thought I was the mover and shaker in our world. You have quite a punch, there, girl. Anyway, I, of course, am thinking about you, now, especially.  Would really like to know to what extent I was a factor in that? If I WAS then we need to talk eye to eye and soon, given the importance of these times.. Not to mention how important we both are. I’d say fly out and meet up at an out of the way place for coffee. Just a thought.

lennonmurdertruth@Yahoo.com  – 831-224-0362 –  now 831 867-2685- 800 Scott St. Sand City, Ca. 93955

I have a list of questions I am asking Trump to ask of Kamala on my front page. It’s biased but. I think, spot on and appropriate. I hear you’ll be in that hot seat and interviews.

While I’ve left certain things up, I may have been exaggerating to say I was “positive” you and your colleagues knew, in advance, of Trump’s impending danger. Most of your colleagues, I’d say ‘yes’. You, I can’t be as sure. So, in consideration for you latest exploits, I don’t know for positive. Even if you did, to do so 180 degree a reversal in a weeks time is impressive and worthy of, worthy of consideration. I saw an ugly side of the media that week and I can’t un see what I saw. Talk about a threat to democracy. I trust you’ll be the one to get the media steered straight on course, someday soon, right?

8-22,’24;

I cringe that you are still smiling at Trump’s troubles and rubbing shoulders with like minded fools. I realize he disparaged you, once. He is like that to anyone who does not appreciate him. I appreciate him because I KNOW how stupid the masses ARE! He is not LIKE the masses. If he were he’d be a lousy hero. ‘The Masses Are the Asses’ is a college course I once took. Turns out it’s the truth, too. No wonder I like Trump. He marches to the beat of his own drum. Sure, he rubs the pedestrian slob sideways with his mannerisms and ways. He’s a genius, actually, who can’t BE like the rest of us. It’s not his DNA to be a follower. He is a leader who doesn’t drink, take drugs or a lot of the things that hobble most politicians. He has his many faults, GRANTED. He is not the ideal man. Who IS! He isn’t cry babying about almost being assassinated. You have little appreciation for what is RIGHT about him. When the democrats say “We’re not going back” they mean back to America. They want to move forward and shrink us down to fit us into the New World Order based in Moscow and London for all we know. A miserable choice compared to fighting for real freedom. The hero; ME, is all we need to triumph over evil and evil governments. America can do so much better than it has been doing lately. I cry a river over what has already gone under the bridge for us. Only Trump is man enough to save us, now. If we deserved a better man WE’D be BETTER PEOPLE. But we’re evil, frightened, easily stampeded slobs, underneath. AREN’T WE!? Yes we are or we’d be investigating the Butler, Pa, assassination attempt instead of mocking Trump as being the threat to democracy. No, it’s his opponents who are the real threat. THEY are the ones who are trying to “transpose the points” and fool all of you. They are smarter than most of us, too. Not me. What about you? Trump must be reading my site again. He’s calling out “Comrade” Kamala for being a Marxist communist. That’s why he’s a genius. Maybe only a 135 I.Q. but he knows how to use the truth to get ahead. When others would be too stupid to do so. Meanwhile America is seeing right through the democrat’s promise to “save us” from the problems THEY created!

In researching your situation I happened upon a video of you, the runner, you, the little girl interviewer. You’re so cute. I pray you catch up to Steve Lightfoot so you can be spared the foolishness of your peers. You ARE better than that. “If you can keep your head when all about you are losing theirs and blaming it on you…” I know all about that poem. Do I, ever.

Hey, I think we may have something going on in the future for all we know. Let’s live our lives with that in the picture, I say. I wouldn’t shake your tree if I didn’t believe I can make you happy. And I like your hubby. He seems just fine. Nobody knows the future. So just why DO you so impress me? Must be for a reason, I reason.

8-24-’24;

About last Friday, I don’t think I have ever seen a more angelic, magical, childlike, dreamy look in your eyes as then. Just before sign off. Was it the part about my liking your hubby, defending you from your competitors or something completely unrelated? What a precious memory that look was, though.

I just endured a day of food poisoning pain. You know, the headaches and anemic feeling. You saw the television footage of a bald eagle dying from lead poisoning, the eyes closed and shivering in pain waiting for the end. That feeling. I made it, though. Now I will NOT allow any smoked  salmon lox more than a day or two of not being refrigerated. Having experienced the L.A. Northridge earthquake in my Chevy van (WOW!, what a shaker) and enduring several food poisoning incidents then, right after, caused by the area’s refrigerated food holders losing power for a week, you’d think I’d know better.

Mostly consumed with how unworthy and ungrateful, masochistic, spoiled, brainwashed, infantile and insane my fellow man really is concerning my expose. The billboard; “UNSUNG MEGA HERO – STEVE LIGHTFOOT” comes to mind. I will probably put one up that reads; “USE ME OR LOSE ME CA..-  3-1-’25 DEADLINE”

That’s the prison I’M in most of the time. Won’t it be great to break this expose wide open and resolve all that. All I can see is what’s weak, evil and wrong with humanity.

Then there’s you. The one bright star shining in the midst of it all that gives me hope. You ARE special and apart and you’re pretty smart, too. Looks? Beyond amazing. Eyes? The very best I’ve ever seen.

About moving to Utah, I may also rotate my time from there to all points directly north during the hot summer. Don’t want the government to sandbag me by manipulating any one area before my arrival. To keep them guessing.

About the 2024 election; Harris is going to lose if there is no shut down of the vote count like 2020. People just sense the lies she is telling; promising to fix everything she and Joe have wrecked for over three years. They ain’t buying it. People aren’t stupid as she must think. I’ll make it my talk radio mission to ensure there is no such shut down this time. I’ll also recommend a smaller, more protective bullet proof shield for Trump that won’t let a grenade get through. Platform bomb proofing, too. Joe is furious he failed and is still a threat. When I put a formal curse on “my enemies” at a city council meeting Hunter lost his plea deal the next day, Obama’s cook died the same week and everything has been turning up thorns for them ever since. By the way; Leon Panetta’s remark; “She IS going to win, by the way.” with a wink and a nod. The former deep state C.I.A. chief, himself. Not if I can help it. I have to educate the moron public just how evil this democratic ticket really is. Panetta, himself, is from Marxist beginnings and associates. He even worked for Nixon, I believe.

“Freedom!”, “joy”, “not going back”, “hand outs to buy votes” “lowering inflation” etc. People see right through it all. Then we all see her message; “Freedom from gun violence” on her stage. THEN we know what she really means; “Give up your right to defend yourselves with guns and you’ll be free.” WHAT a commie lie she is telling. Keep reminding us, Trump, what a Marxist she really IS. By the way, what if Joe and Kamala printed money and raised inflation mostly to cripple everyone’s 401-K and other retirement packages? To keep baby boomers from retiring and working, instead, to pay taxes? What if they let in every vagrant into our country to set us up with a terror attack in the future? What if they committed genocide on Palestinians to CAUSE a retaliatory terror attack tomorrow? Our media is NOT in the vein of Walter Cronkite and Chet Huntley and David Brinkley as you mentioned in your reasons for quitting. Pity. America could be saved if they weren’t modeled after Moscow’s media. Like they are.

If I were Trump I’d bring up, in a debate; “Both the Clintons and Obama and Biden invited Stephen King into The White House in 1995 and 2016. With Biden it was to give him a medal of the arts award. With the Clintons it was to meet secretly before the Oklahoma City bomb went off. Do you think America has a right to know about that? We all know, unofficially, what else King did to us all, I think. Is that what America wants? Politicians in bed with his ilk?”

Still smarting from what I saw last mid July. I hope to crawl out of it with some encouragement from you.

8-26-’24;

Strangest thing happened last Saturday while watching a golf tournament at a golf lounge. I was crawling out of my food poisoning episode and talking to a man next to me and explained how even my father was killed just to scare me off my story, initially. His three (?) year old daughter, just barely learning to talk, started asking me questions. Not understanding her I replied; “Who did what?!” “What did she say?”  I asked her father. Even her father didn’t understand her. She asked me why did they kill my father? I said ; “Because if they killed me it would have created a scandal.” Then she said something that floored me. “Was your father a doctor?” I said; “How did you know that? He was a doctor. You’re a genius, you know.”

Aren’t kids magical geniuses? What happens to us when we lose the ability to read minds and such? I remember having magical powers like that, myself, as a toddler.

Anyway, just miserable wrestling to find my next billboard message. “YOU EVIL APATHETIC MONSTERS!!!” “IGNORE THIS – DESTROY YOURSELVES” “YOU SICK BASTARDS DON’T CARE” “BEHOLD EVIL, BRAINWASHED ALL OF YOU” Just miserable, being society’s exorcist. The masses ARE very sick asses right now. Being nice does NOT work, either. Not with warped masochists. Now I learn that even Tim Walz, like Kamala’s husband, is ALSO deep in business dealings with the Chinese communist party. And, yet, the stupid masses walk around like nothing is wrong. No commie plot take over, here. Nothing. M-O-R-O-N-S ! Oh, yeah, I remember the students at U.C. Berkeley thoroughly enjoying it when I told them my father had just been killed in a plane crash. I know all ABOUT the real side of polite society.

What is this I hear about Kamala insisting on unmuted mics, using notes and being seated for her first debate? Does she also want a prompter earpiece with a coach, too? What a propped up empty suit. It’s bad enough she needs George Steponallofus and ABC to hide behind. What will she do if she actually has to stare down our adversaries? Trump should wheel in a bicycle with training wheels to hammer home the point. “Here, Kamala, a bicycle you approve of.”

If I ever am on the world’s stage I will demand we all insist on a 30% to 70 % ratio for television regarding advertising time allotments. This may result in higher per minute pricing for advertisers and restrict television to deep pocket corporations and limit Mom and Pop from using that medium but it’s not as bad as what we have now with TOO much advertising spoiling our entertainment time. It’s just so ridiculous we scare off other nations from becoming like us or even tolerating our materialistic values. We’re so lost and commercialized we can’t see what we’ve lost. We must be better people to NOT scare the rest of the world. THAT’S how you stop wars. My mission will be TO un scare the world from our current hideous traits. To change our tastes and behavior. We’ve been highjacked by bad people to be so stupid. If I was the rest of the world I’d be afraid of our taking over the planet, too. At least YOU don’t sport tattoos like a crazy person.

Moreover, I’d eliminate the C.I.A. and other entities from having even a finger in television. Right now they own television and we’re the Soviet slob victims. You know, John D. Rockefeller helped establish the C.I.A.. J. Edgar Hoover’s name disgraces every F.B.I. office as well. No wonder they’re so evil and selling us all out to Moscow’s policies. That I’d change, too. In many ways America has been kidnapped by the Kremlin. THEY know it.

Today my van gets completed with is slogans; Today a pearl white vinyl will grace the website address on three sides; “LennonMurderTruth.com” Just below that, the message “everybody’s business” Sandwiched in between two triple deck messages on the sides; “Demand media disclosure – Demonstrate” and “Only you can break this news” in black will be the double decker message in red in capital letters; “GET INFORMED, GET OUTRAGED” A tiny message on the back window reads; “Urgent – See my ‘New Developments’ page” and my name on the on the side.

Don’t mean to be so grumpy today. It’s just me keeping it real. We’re a sorry mess of a society. Give me 1962 and the 50’s, any day over what we’ve become. The Beatles came along just as we began to lose control of our nation. The KGB probably used them to pacify us after killing J.F.K. until they realized they were no small matter. Especially John. He sang “We don’t want no Big Brother scene….” Listen to his song “Nutopian National Anthem” for a real eye opener. THAT’S John at his MOST revolutionary. THAT’S a song that scared the powers that be most. It starts out; “We don’t care what flag you’re waving…..” I think you’ll be AMAZED!

P.S. Scroll above to just below my golf section titled “Court Matters” and you’ll see my new court motions that probably have me aggravated, lately. By the way, I just FOUND the 45 C.D.s I got one day last week at the Goodwill $2.99 @ lb. bins. For three days I  was grieving the loss as I misplaced them all. Animals, Kinks, British Invasion, Neil Diamond, Humperdink, Cher, Petula Clark, Dusty Springfield, Sinatra, and much, much more. Somebody out there has my tastes and donated a motherload I gobbled up. From score to loss to score, again. Wheww!

8-28-’24;

Looks like I am more of a bull in the china shop than I think. G.K. is taking time off from the a.m. show, it seems. Anything to do with my frankness? If so, she SHOULD get that area of life under proper care. I have noticed my footprint everywhere I go, for good or bad. Even watching t.v. the other day I saw a lineup of western movie heroes all gathered in a grouping collage and it occurred to me I have actually met and spoke with at least two of these men. Clint Eastwood and Val Kilmer. In the case of Val I was an extra in “The Doors” movie at the Fillmore in S.F.. The shoot had just finished when I felt a buzzing in my interlocked hands. I was leaning on a railing 30 yards from the stage. It was a Dom Perrignon(?) cork. I looked up and noticed Val on stage with a bottle in his hands and realized it came from there after bouncing off the vaulted ceiling right into the quarter sized gap in my hands. HOW WEIRD IS THAT? So I went up and spoke with him explaining the rare occurrence. It was like an omen that someday that man on stage would be me

Oh, you’d be a historic hero forever and ever. “So and so of such and such quit her job to save the word from a commie take-over. Bully for HER!” “H-U-R-R-A-Y-!!!!!!”

I could be wrong about this but I suspect I’m not. Bad enough about the Butler Pa. incident. Take a look at R.C.’s “V” shaped eyebrows that day. Ready for a kill! And S.M. seen sitting down on the grass, after, disappointed they missed and NOT on his feet gathering the news of the day. He knew. R.C. knew. Just LOOK at the footage. Disgusting. Evil. Traitorous!

Hey, if I get my story  busted wide open I’ll make plenty of money for both of us and I promise to follow through with my stated intentions with you if YOU are available and of a like mind. I’m not dating in the meantime and you will probably be alone on my menu even by then. We have three years of something behind us, however bizarre and filtered. I know what I like and it’s you.

By the way. Noticing how svelt your lovely legs are looking lately. You certainly won the lottery for genetics in every aspect. Not too apple, not too pear, but just perfect shape and form. Your eyes”? God’s finest work. I like what’s inside just as much, too. Redeemable? Absolutely.

Noticing my ability to call radio shows or to even listen to them on my phone has been cut off by Biden and his behind the scenes mischief making. Oh, he’s a God damned communist, alright. Take away his pubic hair on his head and he even looks exactly like evil Mr. Wilson of “The Simpsons”. I thought it was my new phone which used to get through but discovered I can still access other stations when I try. He’s afraid of my talk radio campaign, apparently. He should be. Can you IMAGINE a Harris / Walz presidency? The end of America, for sure! Just might as well surrender to London, Beijing, and Moscow right now.  Her slogan on her bus reads; “A New Way Forward” It might as well read; “A New World Order”.

If I am successful I will try to get America off of drugs and alcohol and pharmaceuticals and consumerism and greed and clean up our act so as not to scare the rest of everybody trying to destroy us. Sure, we killed the Indians to get here but so has everybody in one way or the other. We still are the best idea, ever, and I hope to keep our system of freedom and liberty alive forever.  We need a hero to make America work. It just happens to be me, this time. Maybe you, too, if you take my advice above.

In a few weeks I might have some new tapes for you. Keep an eye out.

8-29-’24;

My, what lovely high cheek bones you have, my dear. I notice how your right cheek bone seems a little extra prominent lately. Is there someone close to you who may happen to be left handed? Has someone slapped you? Is that why you look like you need a hug suddenly? Oh, yeah, I noticed. Of course I noticed.

Now, we both know how my slapping Linda in 1977 tortured me no end for decades and how that lesson forged me into who I am today. However ashamed of myself I am for that I am actually a little proud of the fact that I took 20 % OFF of that slap at the last second. There was SOME measure of restraint, thank God.

I remember the thoughts going on inside me then. “She’s going to do this over and over, use her good looks to hurt me, and I have to slap her out of my life and me from her life. I just can’t take this much pain ever again.” “Will I be able to live with myself, after?” Whatever she said that triggered that act I can’t even recall but she was on a real tear and acting the Hellcat as only she could. As you know I abandoned her a week or so earlier in a parking lot after she acted surly and disrespectful to me after I took her back. So now I know WHY she was acting that way. I was too young and stupid to know that, then, though.

I could be wrong about your cheek. If I’m not I don’t know what I can do. If it’s true and if my activities here had anything to do with it I am sorry. I really am. As I said, I like your hubby, based entirely on what I interpreted in seeing his photographs. Other than that I hope things get better, soon, for you. Maybe it’s not him at all. I just don’t know. If this opens the door for me someday, well, then I guess there is something there between us, after all. If there is a silver lining to it all.

Then, again, I may be entirely wrong about it all. I just never realized how high and prominent your cheek bones really are. I hope that’s the case. I don’t ever like to see you hurting. I know one thing, though, your luxurious head of hair hides your beautiful ears too much. I would like to see a little ear every now and then. By the way, in three or so years I’ve only seen one inch ever, and only once, of your cleavage. Pretty exciting. Just that nibble. Is there no end to your amazingness? Why DO you fill the bill so with me?

By the way, I learned, just last week, that you also have a son. You see, I’m not as obsessed as you might think or I’d know all about all that stuff a long time ago. I have to keep myself at bay if only to protect myself from hurt, you see. Until I have more reason to be optimistic.

9-3-’24;

Looking forward to seeing you tonight. Freezing your image before sign off and lingering on that image, sometimes for a half hour, is the best part of my day, usually. If all this correspondence here ends up just being fodder for my diary, well, that’s the chance I take.

Your hubby plays golf. Check out my new addition to the Core Driven Golf Swing. A few paragraphs down from the top where I discuss a new and better grip and the importance of slinging the left arm WITH the club past the body during the strike. An epiphany. If he tries it he’ll likely agree, I must be a genius to have solved this mystery. Meanwhile my idea about harnessing the power of tire rotation to constantly power your electric car’s batteries – like a wind turbine – waits for me to get famous before it makes it to the public.

By right, Biden and Harris and Netanyahu should all be stood up in blindfolds and shot for genocidal war crimes and the treasonous rigged 2020 election results that stole our vote. For being New World Order communists. Kamala’s bus slogan reads; “A New Way Forward” A.K.A.; “A New World Order” Get it? She doesn’t brag about Joe’s presidency being great but for being the most “transformative” in history. She’s trying to change us, alright. For the worse. Admit it. Please don’t be any part of this fraud unfolding as we speak. I see a fraud election again with the media in tow. Don’t let *** use you like that. Make the news backing out and be hero. Let us know what you know about that business and get richer for it, monetarily, besides.

It occurs to me that Kamala is a Yoko Ono to America, setting us up for defeat. In all my poverty I am a King happy and above all others just knowing I’m right. Try it sometime.

I know your workplace is pretty sick along with most of America’s consumeristic mind set. If I have to move to Utah I will leave a lot of all that nonsense behind. I’m looking forward to the smell of that wild earth.

NOW, when people pass my new van’s messaging, they act like I am already a famous person. They act timid like they are naked all of a sudden. My latest addition is; THE COVER-UP CONDEMNS YOU. It’s nice not being under the oppression of THC and thinking clearly for a change. By the way, I e-mailed my brother, Mike, how I quit pot and why and what benefits I reaped for it on his birthday. Just getting my handsome, once lost, good looks and youth back is reason enough. My sanity back is another bonus. Less anxiety and panic. More calm and peace. My dreams? They’re doozies. Today I was totally disoriented for a few minutes just waking up from them. There was one part that related to the “silver lining” part of last weeks post here coming true where “we” are concerned. Interesting.

Now, at night, before going to sleep, I say a prayer of gratitude for all my blessings. I take whatever my life style is and make it a King’s throne of a life instead of thinking of it as tragic. I’m an arrow speeding through space to my target and it’s a great target, indeed. Lucky me.

P.S. I will still allow only you to get my first big interview and it will be without *** as I am eschewing the big three until they are reorganized with new ownership. I plan to eschew mainstream media and charge $36. @ year internet subscription to whomever wants to access whatever I have to say to the world.

9-5-’24;

I DO hope your personal crisis has to do with crawling out from under whatever rock you’ve been conditioned to stay under. I DO hope you’re coming round to a better perspective on politics and life. I went through a HUGE transformation from age 23 to now. HUGE. I know you can, too. I wish you the best along those lines, too. Of all people I would hope that you come out on top where you really belong. I think you’re the best in your profession. I think “Number One” of *** is too grim and serious all the time. This world ISN’T fair or right. It’s full of B.S. and don’t I know it. I want the best of everything for you. If going through a personal transformation is what it takes it’s what it takes is all.

My van is complete now. From front to back the series of messages reads;

“THE COVER-UP CONDEMNS YOU…SILENT PUBLIC INSANE……LennonMurderTruth.com…Demand media disclosure – Demonstrate…everybody’s business…GET INFORMED, GET OUTRAGED…COVER-UPS ARE FOR COWARDS…Only you can break this news.” And in tiny script on the back window;” Urgent- See my ‘New Developments’ page” and “Steve Lightfoot.”      Many in triplicate, too.

No mention of Nixon, Reagan or Stephen King. A completely new approach. I think it looks bad ass.

Can you imagine the tack I will take with the M.I.A. public someday? Whewww! Stand back. Hold on. It will be a wild ride, indeed.

9-7-’24;

Also, I’m revamping my golf technique section. Right below The Core Driven Golf Swing headline. My old version was just WAY too complicated and convoluted.

9-9-’24;

Don’t judge me too fast, just yet. Read my additions to that latest paragraph(s) I alerted you to last week. The ones several paragraphs down from the top of my front page. Rather take a look at the common man, instead. The bitter bastards who I had to wrestle with in the mud all these years.

It will be difficult to keep up this back and forth without seeing you every week to get a read on. If I write here less and less it doesn’t mean anything less is going on, just that the communication part is more stunted without being able to see you regularly.

9-13-´24;

I sometimes wonder do you want to be bent over my knee and spanked?

I saw you and your peers giddy with anticipation before the debate and how dejected you all looked right after. Are you STILL on the Harris bandwagon after all I´ve taught you¿

See my new additions on page one below the title; TRUMP HANDED KAMALA HER HEAD IN THE DEBATE. There´s a new song about Taylor Swift included I´m writing as we speak. P.S. Why IS that question mark above upside down? You’re all upside down just like the library computer that made it is is why.

By the way, my dreams have been portending my second wind, physically. One where my 2 iron was being smacked well over 200 yards like when I was in my 20’s. That kind of energy, BACK! I FEEL younger, too, scampering around with more youthfulness. My sudden urge to write songs is in step with all that, I think. I never had the urge before. Now I do.

P.P.S. Denial is an adult, only, disease. Children can readily admit it’s King getting the autograph. Read all about it near the top of my front page. Heady stuff.

P.P.P.S. Donald dodged a second Biden / Harris attempt on his life. Now we know what it’s like to live in Russia. I DO think Biden is a Putin puppet, and Kamala AND Jimmy Kimmel AND Stephen Colbert – who hosted King on his show when nobody but Charlie Rose would -, Hillary AND half of our media. I think Putin is orchestrating it all. I’m just hoping YOU aren’t a Soviet sleeper agent. You DO have European looks. So does Taylor Swift. Eastern European, in fact. She probably IS a deep state agent. No kidding. I only sound conspiratorial and over the top. She tried to help Stephen King with Florida just as I hit their state with my van last 2021. I hear she drinks adrenochrome like King does. Frightened, murdered babies blood. Some say she’s into Satanism beneath her girl next door persona. Has “Big Brother” finally groomed and created their OWN rock star power after fighting the real deal all their lives? She probably is USING Kelsey to ingratiate herself with the sports crowd, too. Moscow and Co. are evil bastards. Jealous, tortured sadists and assholes, all around. Like the Jews, they are from a horror show past and it shows. (Their latest diabolical and cowardly pager explosions expresses the ‘Big brother’ evil they represent, in fact) See my revisions in my song about Swift. In the 1950’s McCarthy was RIGHT! Reagan was a commie guarding the actor’s chicken coop and Nancy, who he married, was on the Commie black list, no less. Now it’s even worse with all the Moscow allegiant infiltrates and saboteurs. Kimmel, Colbert and Brazil, A.O.C. Sanders, Jeffries, Walz, et al. Taylor Swift. MY EXPOSE has forced the communist ‘s hand and they are making their move way too early to succeed out of fear of my story stopping them in their tracks, once and for all. THE REAL WAR was ABOUT exactly this infiltration operation that Russia is all about. The REAL war is cultural, political and economic and everything BUT weapons of war. Nixon would know, too. He was writing his “Rumpelstitskin confessional” there” Well, you see, America I, er, I mean THEY are doing this and that and the other….”

Last night some one detonated a massive explosion just yards from my van in a commercial cull de sack(?) setting off car alarms all around me (8:12 p.m.) as I was watching T.V.. No one else was around anywhere but me in my familiar Salinas sleeping spot. Biden getting pissed? I think maybe so. I’ve been a busy gladiator lately on talk radio. Not scared at all. A happy warrior. One thing I have learned to do in being ‘out there’ in the open is to remove all worry of death. Life’s more fun that way. It really is. There is no other option, besides. I must succeed or I WILL be killed after I’m forgotten. Being truly brave is my reward. Most people never breath that rarified air. I do. Every day. What a luxury. I remember thinking I had only minutes left to live in 1987 awakening, bloody from a police beating, handcuffed in the back of a police van in San Francisco. My only concern was landing in a better place than this satanic hell hole of a planet for my reward.

Bottom line, we KNOW Biden and Co. are evil because Hillary, Bill, Barack and Biden invited Stephen King into The White House KNOWING he killed John Lennon. Ten days after the Clinton’s secret meeting with him a week before the Oklahoma City bomb a “John Doe Two” who was never found emerged in a police sketch as the other man in the van with Timothy McVeah. Just happens to look exactly like Stephen King wouldn’t you know. King WRITES about nuking Las Vegas in ‘The Stand’ written before then, too. It’s his “thing” acts like that. THEY ARE EVIL COMMUNISTS. As King admits “Beware the Jewish, communist plot against the U.S…” a dozen times a year after he killed John in one book. Nixon, Reagan, Bush, Clinton, Obama, Biden, Harris ALL communist world order saboteurs. THAT’S how we KNOW Trump is a good guy. They fear him. P-E-R-I-O-D. Trump’s the good guy we need and barely deserve we’ve become such political pussies, lately. The people are sucking, lately, big time. Silenced sheep.

Don’t you just hate it when I am right? ME, living in a van. Doesn’t it suck when you learn that all your beliefs and all your peers have been SO WRONG all this time? Masochistic foolishness. It took my evidence find to pull back the covers on it all. Or it would have remained a secret hell on us.

Meanwhile, but for a motorist who snapped a photo of the second assassin wannabe’s plate we’d probably not know what we’ll find out after his bread crumb trail is exposed. IF he’s not killed like Oswald. At the time the Secret Service was ACTING; “Were did he go?” hoping he’d escape. All but the one agent NOT in their coven who saved the day. (They can’t compromise EVERYONE) Biden is a creepy monster who gets off calling Trump after trying to kill him. A real sick, evil creep! Pubic hair on his head creep! Slits for eyes. He’s evil. Wake UP!!!!! Hunter’s conduct?, just a pimple on Joe’s evil face.

Sept. 30, ’24;

Something in the mail for you? Probably by tomorrow, I’d guess. Hear you’re **************** . Congratulations, as long as you’re fair and not just a tool. I trust your judgment. Serve America.

10-4-’24

Did you receive my two tapes? If not you’re not free. Is Big Brother maybe watching too closely? Or have their though police rearranged your brain to not appreciate them? I noticed a few things that may or may not relate to the tapes. It was the day after your moderation role and I saw a completely rinsed out and restored soul. Completely natural and vibrant. Was it  the politics the night before, I wondered? Tapes may or may not have arrived by then. Then, Thursday, I saw the Ice Queen of restraint until the last moments when you held up you hand to shield your face gushing how emotional you were about some unrelated incident. I’m left to wonder, is all

Speaking of Thursday, boy, talk about election interference and influence. A 60 second hit piece on the Donald. Commie take over candidate Harris, Untouched.

I don’t think the mass media should be weighing it’s biased thumb on our minds at all. And, yet, it seems like Moscow has won the Real War, after all. We are just like them, now. Right?

So, what’s up, girl?. Give me a  sign. Maybe lick your lips or wink or something. You know I rarely miss a taping. I still think you’re workable material.

Oct. 8, 2024;

I went hardly in at all with news flyers and announcements for my Oct 9 rally Either the public is ready or it isn’t. Just some radio spots and my ever present sign on the back of my van. That’s it. I HAVE to slow down. I got hammered into a chair last Sunday and had to sit still and regroup for a half hour after a heat stroke kind of sensation took me over. I practically never sweat yet sweating I was and I was in the shade and sitting down to begin with. A man, Tom, who has rallied with me before, showed up to rally again and it flipped my psychology right around. He was proof that not EVERYBODY is a waste of my efforts. Maybe that’s what overwhelmed me, I guess. I was focused on a huge stone fireplace for an hour or so after to make sure I was back to good as new again. Just exerting as little energy as possible for a while. It worked. No effects.

I’m at the stage of my expose where man’s unworthiness of the truth and his evil role as accomplice to evil is apparent to me. Why must my huge scoop be so riddled with the ugly side of human nature? I truly AM society’s janitor. Nothing but a huge mess on my hands. If Kamala wins everybody gets it’s guilty rear end paddled but good for punishment is what I am thinking about it all. If Trump wins maybe there’s hope for America in spite of it’s resistance to punishing Stephen King.

Speaking of which, the “biggest storm of our lives..” is about to hit Stephen King’s Florida mansion tomorrow. Dead center hit this time. Worse than Ian was before. They all know he killed Lennon there, too. Seems they’d rather do the disaster dance again rather than do right and expose Stephen King. I think they’d rather that than the other. Pretty sad, humanity.

Keep up the good work. 60 Minutes actually took some of the air out of Kamala and her dopy running mate last night. (Funny how both he and Tim  (?) Hillary’s V.P. pick remind me of the Grinch who stole Christmas so much.) As far as propping up that Steve guy / sellout / traitor with his assurances the last election was legit, not so much. Arizonans seem to know what THEY think about that. See what I mean about dropping scripted words out loud about Arizona hours before the voting starts? Yeah, YOU! Let’s hope you can refrain from any shenanigans again this time with that. The big secret looming out there is the last election WAS stolen! Period! Talk about why they’re mouthy with “threat to democracy” guilt driven drivel.

Hope you like the tapes.

Oct. 10, 2024;

Monterey is proof how pathetic and lost America is right now. King could admit his crime and urinate on the main drag downtown with a sign admitting he killed John Lennon and these douche bags wouldn’t do a thing about it, either. Completely kidnapped and corrupted. It’s as if King assassinated America, itself, the crowd is so upside down. Unworthy of being saved. At least King’s mansion took a hit on Lennon’s birthday. At least the man upstairs is paying attention. His neighbors apparently deserved the hit, too, to pretend I was never there for three months.

Enough about my trials and tribulations. LOVE your longer hair, darling. You really have hit new highs with the longer locks. I see now why the company prevented it’s longer length, before. They want to keep those crisp clothes you wear free of any – God forbid – hair oils that might soil the garment. Tell them your longer hair will now hide anything there and who will be wearing them after November 5, anyway? You really do look  amazingly beautiful and even younger and sexier for it. Keep them locks a growing, girl.

I have to deal with the fact that your face will only be in front of me for a few more weeks and that’s it. Then it’s far and few between for me. I will linger all the more longer at your frozen sign off images, now. I think you HAVE been listening to my tapes, by the way. Maybe only since Wednesday, though. You probably like the Elton John songs and a few others. Those came out with enough mic, unlike a lot of the rest of the tape. I only wish I had also allowed a little more echo adjustment to the sound. It is a little dry and a little TOO unassisted, sound wise. At least it’s an honest sound.

As for Monterey and California. If Kamala wins then they will suffer the medicine they so rightfully deserve. THEN the s— will really hit the fan and they will HAVE to wake up or lose America. THEN they will HAVE to pay attention. Then they will suffer. If Trump wins then America will be spared except for his stupid trust in Israel and all that stands for. It’s the Jewish mind that needs adjusting. They are just too selfish and deceitful to get along with normal folk. They have no right to insinuate themselves amidst their enemies and provoke violence so they can commit genocide and take over the area. They are DOOMED! Period. They have no hope of a future there. If Israel gets nuked it will serve them right. The Muslim Dome of the Rock Israel tolerates only because it serves as a deterrent to the nuke scenario. I don’t think even that will matter, eventually.

Are they doomed for killing Christ or for killing John Lennon? They have their hands in both murders and we are insane and evil to pay for their weapons of genocide. Bigger mistake than the Berlin Wall and established at the same time with Russia supervising all.

Funny how this expose wraps the entire everything else in life amidst it’s tentacles. I really do think his death was “The Event” that will decide if we get to keep this planet or lose it. Whatever I may be missing with normal life it’s actually beneath me as it all is, anyway. Can you imagine what life will be like under truth?

Oct. 12. 2024;

Brutal; night last night. No sleep, just a crook in my neck and no way to find my Ibuprofin(?), either., the whole van’s such a mess. Stuck for the whole night just miserable. It’s as if the stress of the last week has taken it’s toll on me and not just the infidels who are ignoring my evidence in Florida. Very glad King’s mansion has likely been soaked and ruined, however. Interesting fact; Santa Rosa, Ca., my home town, AND Sarasota, Fl. BOTH suffered horrendous episodes on John Lennon’s birthday, too. Santa Rosa burned down, big time and Florida got equally pounded on that anniversary. Good, too. Serves them right for being so weak and stupid. Ha, ha, ha, ha, ha ha. God rules. Hey, people are evil with their apathy. To go unpunished would be wrong, too.

My lot in life is so serious I can think only of whether or not mankind is worthy of life on this earth. Should an asteroid wipe us out no big loss as I see it. Just a lot of insanity and masochism out of the way. Especially compared to the life we could have if we were braver and wiser and not so weak and foolish. Trump and Harris are the best we deserve right now. Pretty sad indictment on us all. Compared to how we COULD live given my evidence find, and how we Do live is pure insanity and stupid, frankly. S-T-U-P-I-D-!

10-14-’24;

Yeah, my latest entry one page one was pretty harsh but probably not harsh enough for a species who revels in sacrificing it’s heroes to their real God; government. A lot like the old days of sacrificing virgins to volcanos and infants to the knife, etc.. If you examine humanity it’s a pretty sick species. War and slaughter of each other since forever. Today we’ve got bombs taking out hundreds at a time, and they’re civilians. What is wrong with us all? The thing about me is I’m willing to forgo fame and being liked to say it like it is. The rest of us like Taylor Swift and Bruce Springsteen aren’t even aware that their opinions about politics have to do mostly with wanting to be rich and famous and liked by the masses. BIMBOS! The truth is secondary to these puny minds. One reason I gravitated to John Lennon was BECAUSE he WAS different and genuine and said the truth as often as he could. He was the opposite of the rest of us all. Now, THAT’S a treasure we should never have killed. But we did. Our fear, laziness and bitterness and jealousy and apathy killed him in SPITE of what he did FOR us all. Pity.

So, what about YOU? What about those eyes of yours that so attract me? I’m hoping there is some reason behind it all that pans out someday. Nobody else has that effect on me. Life is a riddle and I’m wondering what all this is about, myself.

I watched the Monterey Open golf tournament today. Hard to believe I almost beat the winner of it in 1981. I would have except I drove out of bounds on the 18th hole and lost on the 21’st hole of sudden death the day before his win. I notice I’m actually better than the crowd today except for distance. They’re all over the place. It’s hard to be good living in a van like I do and only playing three times a year. If I played as often as I used to I think I’d be right around at least par today as a 70 year old. My new grip invention, a side straddle grip, with the thumbs to the side instead of on top of the grip and pincer style with the right hand will take over someday, I believe. Could I be responsible for that epic a change in the game? Time will tell. Since I made the change my back is pain free and my shots go farther and straighter. I think I’m on to something. No longer can the hands steer things. Now the body has to steer the shot. Less to go wrong, apparently. Also, I notice a kind of uncorking of the hands that was not present with the Vardon grip. What next? The “Lightfoot Grip”?

October 22, ’24;

Voted via mail yesterday. First time since I foolishly voted for Clinton in Herman, Maine. 1992. That was the year Bush Sr. was caught on television saying’ “…You know, nobody likes “Who Shot John?”..” twice. regarding his fall in the polls since Kennebunkport, Maine got my magazine. That Queen Elizabeth bemoaned 1992 as her “Annus Horribilus” makes me wonder what role the royal family may have played in Lennon’s murder. She hated it when I was in Maine busting Stephen King.

Just savoring the tranquility in my life in between the traffic citation I am fighting. Working on a  revolutionary restructuring of my golf swing. Learning deep secrets, etc., there. Now that I’ve gotten used to my thumbs to the side golf grip I CAN’T go back to the old grip we all use. It just feels totally wrong and utterly painful by comparison. I may want to experiment with thicker grips besides the technique change.

Looking forward to Utah. California has a few months to keep me or not. I will be the winner if I move, I think. Wilder and less expensive and quieter. You can hear the ocean’s roar for 90 miles, did you know? Less insane, that’s for sure. I need more adventure in my life, anyway.

Oct. 30,’24;

It’s crunch time election wise. Kamala is flailing, Trump is not taking the bait being thrown out at every turn. We’ll have to just wait and see, I guess. I do crack up watching Kamala, for example, going 180 degrees away from her rhetoric. Her last line of her closing argument in her debate with Trump finds her saying’ “… it is how one builds up, not tears one down, that is the measure of strength…” as she then calls Trump Hitler, only in it for himself, a fascist, a criminal, etc., etc..

“To your point…underSTAND….Turn the page….Let’s be CLEAR…” Kind of reminds me of Nixon’s phrase; “Am I crystal clear?” She likes to ‘drama out’ her rhetoric. An actress? Yes. A dangerous, malevolent actress? I think, yes. A commie plant? (Nixon bragged in The Real War; “They are magnificent actors” these Soviet infiltrates.)  Of course! I love it when she caresses Trump’s phrase; “The enemy ffromm wwithinn” as if she knows it is she he refers to. Maybe if she says it dramatically and slowly enough no one will suspect it is she. I think she fears an investigation into the 2020 election or the assassination attempts may find her in a jumpsuit, maybe. Wouldn’t it be great to see the real commie plot put on trial while we are still America? It’s lonely being the only one with the stones to be right these days. If Kamala is declared the winner I don’t think America will sit still for it. Major upheaval, I think.

You’re looking good, as usual. I noticed how Kamala bailed out of one of your questions last week when she said; “We’ve discussed that…” when you both did not. Nothing will pry her lips open to say how many months would she allow abortion to take place. I never used to have a stake in that issue but, having persuaded the woman in Roe vs, Wade to change her mind with a phone call to her only interview, I suspect I maybe should be on one side or the other.

One thing I know FOR SURE! Mankind sure is evil when it comes to punishing Stephen King for what he did. The world is a bitter masochist when pressed for action on so big an issue. I almost can’t wait for March to get to Utah. I think California, like McCartney, should be publicly paddled for their apathy and cowardice. Only if they rise up and honor my evidence before March will I ever let them off the hook, too. McCartney has already committed so much damage to my youth and the people of the world with HIS silence I probably will never speak to him. Pony up or pay the piper with me.

Overall, these days are disappointing, now, understanding how my fellow man is against what I do. Not just apathetic but AGAINST my being right.

I’ll be savoring whatever days are left to watch you often, weekly.

November 4, 2024;

Big day, tomorrow. Having watched the deep state play the gamut these past few years I believe Harris will lose by at least ten percentage points but BE DECLARED THE WINNER!

Too many clues have emerged for a rigged result NOT to be in the cards. Trump is just too risky for the communists who are in control of our government to let in. Then there’s Don Jr., after, his daughter and so on and the Trump dynasty may rule for twenty years. The military industrial complex will appoint Harris over our votes and hope we don’t revolt too much. Frankly, I know the U.S. public probably DESERVES to lose America, anyway. They have been nothing less than Satanic and pathetic and evil and I should know better than anyone. Like evil, cowardly Paul McCartney, worthless, living with blinders in the land of the deceived and the home of the afraid. Stiffing me and my evidence? They DESERVE to go to hell, frankly. Too stupid and weak to stay free. Glad I DON’T have kids. Like Lennon said; “Nobody told me there’d be days like these..” Like the Indians enduring their trail of tears, we, too, are losing our country. Karma?

Examine the week long wait for a count. Paper ballots used to be in in ONE day. No, we’re being played by evil tyrants who have already tried to assassinate Trump. Girl, you are being raped and robbed and handed an empty plate for gruel. Like all of us are. The Real War is upon us and we’re losing. LOSING! Spoiled and rotten and stupid and weak. All but wiser than thou, me.

Am I wrong? We’ll see.

Pulled a rib muscle last week swinging a golf club (No ball) experimenting with a two plane swing that pits one against the other for more torque. The backswing plane being more inside, the downswing plane being more outside in. This extra ten degrees of pivot power – torque – it offers DOES make a faster, louder swoosh. Bobby Jones used to do this, inside going back and square going down. At any rate I think I pulled my right side with having  to reign in so much speed to a stop after impact. 500 times a day, excruciating pain. It’s as if God wants me to not focus so much on the election.

After this week how will I see you? I’m all about what’s happening NOW and exploring the archives won’t do it for me.

Good luck, we’ll all need it, I think.

P.S. If Trump IS declared the winner it will only because he won by 20 % and they HAD to let him in. No American in his or her right mind is going  to buy Harris’ line about solving the cost of living and being fooled by her platitudes instead of substance campaign. Her gaslighting, her naked hypocrisy and lies. A bottom of the barrel, proven failure of a candidate to begin with. We’re not all stupid. 60 % of us will vote Trump. Trump WILL WIN. Will we all lose, anyway, is the question.

Nov 6, 2024;

It was insightful watching you change with the progression of events election night. Optimistic and confident at the start and mournful, deflated and confused with Trump’s announced win. “How could this be happening?” At one point you implored your co presenter to LOOK at you as if this was a big moment in both your lives. And there he was just going through his paces like nothing was wrong. By aftermath you all recomposed yourselves very well, as if a staffer had told you all a hilarious joke or something during a break. I noticed YOU under stress and disappointment and defeat and then rebounding as if you are a resilient one, indeed. All caught live and studied by me. I used to trust Biden and Clinton and Obama. We’re not too dissimilar. Like I used to be before Lennon’s murder circumstances taught me about the very real war and very real commie plot that has already taken over half of our government. Had I not learned that the Clintons secretly invited Stephen King into The White House in 1995, had I not learned that Obama and Biden gifted Stephen King with a medal of the arts award also in The White House in 2016, all the while KNOWING what he did, I’d have never learned that both sides are one and are playing us for fools. What I know now allows for the possibility that “John Doe Two” of the Oklahoma City bombing could very well have BEEN Stephen King! It’s all that sick and huge and in our faces. Since I KNOW those two very high speed “accidents” I was subjected to in 2010 and 2015 were NOT accidents but orchestrated attempts to kill me with Obama ands Biden at the switch, I know better now than to trust the Democrats a wit. OR the Republicans. Because Trump is neither he is the best for America right now and if we deserved better we’d be better people than a lot of ignoramuses dismissing Steve Lightfoot with his evidence, the expose of all time.

Yeah, I used to be like Miley and you, now, trusting the communists in sheep’s clothing. Did you notice Harris’s platitudes versus substance campaign? That’s what one does if they have no record or platform to run on. Obama style platitudes to look down the masses noses with as you lead them over the cliff. Did you notice how she only suggested Trump would resist a transition of power as if she could not lose? In reality she admitted defeat the day before when she said at a rally; “We all rise and fall together.” She sensed the steamroller bearing down on her fake race and that we Americans might not be as dumb as she thinks, after all.

Know this, YOU dodged a bullet, not just me. We ALL dodged a bullet as if providence rules, still. As if we deserve a second chance, after all. MY experience – extremely rarified – has equipped me with a better view of things. A hero mind set that obeys only truth and nothing else.

You have to admit, when a comedian roasts Trump’s stage about Puerto Ricans – as if he was paid by the opposition to do so, a plant – and a day later Biden is saying half of Americans are garbage, when that kind of play is at work you have to give Trump the nod for having good luck.

I accurately predicted the results. It’s on my site. I expected a rigged result for Harris IF the Trump win was close. That the media polls all this time were mind control tactics and false to butter you all up for a switch. But I proclaimed a 60% / 40 % result win for Trump if it was NOT rigged. According to the delegate count I was spot on, too. A bold claim I made proved true. I said, too, that only IF Trump won BY 20 % would the cheaters abort a rigged result. Right all the way around. Only because the public is evil with a Lennon cover-up did I fear a communist COULD possibly win. That our bad karma might punish us with a saboteur. I also noticed that I backed off and let America decide for themselves after my three month radio campaign frenzy last summer. I was spent. To let Trump pick up the slack and earn his victory. It gave America credit for seeing the reasoning behind my position. No pushy salesman, me. They calculated all that and decided. I never COULD imagine a Harris win. It just seemed too evil to be true and it was.

“What now, my love?” Now that your face may be less accessible to my hungry eyes what will I do for love? It should be interesting if my story breaks and I’m suddenly the big shot I’ve always deserved to be. THEN we may meet in the flesh. I’ve always suspected we might. Now that Trump’s in maybe I can convince him to share the hero stage with huger than life me and send King to punishment land. While he has the dragon on the floor exposed in front of him. UNLIKE his first term when he had a failure of nerve. THAT cost him so much misery, in between, for it, too. Will DeSantis continue to offer King his Florida witness protection racket? Hurricane Milton paid him back for that, already. Will Trump TOLERATE King’s presence in Florida? The last time he did it cost him ‘biggly’. Let’s hope he sees things my way, soon. “Vanquish evil, St. George, – er – St. Donald.” SOMEBODY get that evil a-hole off our backs, please! Wimpy ass McCartney is nowhere to be seen. Can Trump tackle “good’ versus “evil” this go around? Or is the HUGENESS of me and THIS news too much for his competitive ego?

I met him once and spoke with him. It was in the 90’s at a Pebble Beach golf practice tee. He was all by himself and so I insinuated myself on his routine and asked him if he had ever heard about a conspiracy involving evidence against Nixon and Reagan in John Lennon’s death. He politely responded that, no, he had not. I told him he would someday, hopefully soon. He seemed like a good guy even though, at the time, I suspected his role in it I was so paranoid of everything in those days. No, Trump came across like a down to earth, genuine and concerned good human being. Maybe he actually IS. Can we all just get out of his way just in case? Maybe if we were better people he’d be better people, too.

I loved the face fest of last night. You from all the angles. Like the fourth of July fireworks flurry at the end. I especially treasure the inner you of emotions behind the face.

Lately my decades long loneliness binge has caught up with me and I’m not O.K. with it.

Nov. 14, ’24;

In Santa Rosa, Ca. lately to cover all my bases before moving out of state. I am enduring the thought of my sacrifice, thus far, for my crusade and how the ingrate public stacks up next to it. Like, what’s wrong with this stupid world, anyway?

At least I am luxuriating in the afterglow of knowing we are NOT going communist this cycle, after all. Trump is in and that’s good, considering the alternatives.

It’s a little trickier accessing this page since my new add on chapter. I’ll try to adjust..

P.S. a few days after I left a hundred flyers to only the people of Healdsburg, my home town, about my having to leave California if they don’t care, only Healdsburg went from sunny and dry to a rise of twenty feet in the river or more and seriously flooded all of a sudden. I’ve never heard of that there. It reminds me of how Santa Rosa burned down on John Lennon’s birthday, their worst, ever, fire. Supernatural messenger related events?

11-25,’24;

Things never get easier in tasks like mine. VERY turbulent waters lately. Psychologically. 40 years of failure in California and having to leave them in my past for it is no laughing matter. Once I decide it’s done and their reputation deserves a fleecing. I’m not squeamish being a doctors’ son, either. A Sodom and Gomorrah? Maybe. Polite monsters with good intentions but no spine or confidence. Boot-lickers by nature. Pretty evil, keeping silent. I always knew there was something alien, not normal, about Californians. I knew this at age six upon a two week return to Montana while my parents had to tidy up some strings a year after the move to California. I could breath easier and understand people better in Montana. More normal.

I just cut a new tape and may send it for Christmas. Except for insufficient vocal levels on two tracks (Alfie and People) It’s not bad. It’s how I add some luxury, some taste of tomorrow, to my otherwise desperately scattered life. If you don’t write back to acknowledge you received it I’ll wait till any others follow. You really should write me a thank you note, at least, I think. It’s not like I am an alien being you can’t reach out to.

At a nations length between us and only me with tapes, this space and you with face, it’s not romance weather, now. I’m going through the crisis of situation and it requires all my concentration, now. Maybe someday I’ll be in batter shape to live for today.

Happy holidays. Lots of angst for now. Love you,  Steve

Dec. 2, 2024;

As opposed to having an attitude of gratitude setting your moods, I have lately been assessing my sacrifices and what I deserve – where I should be along with this expose – versus what I have achieved. It’s not fair to blame me even if that were the case because fate doesn’t give you perfect messengers, ever. The fault lies with the public. The satanic, sinful, lazy, wicked public. Alfred Hitchcock would have a field day illuminating mankind’s foibles under the spotlight of my situation. The media, them, too, traitorous, but, underneath it all, the dirty nasty public hiding behind it’s many masks, always. Now that they have my website they can’t even blame the media mind control brainwash campaign. Now they are busted, flat-footed and stupid as a jackass in a stable. Ignoring hard evidence.

Oh, well, not much of anything else except what’s wrong with this planet from me, for now, so, have a happy holiday season and ponder the Hitchcock perspective on people. I’m surprised an asteroid hasn’t already corrected God’s big mistake; self destructive, cowardly humanity.

It’s no fun trading perspectives from thankful to fed up but that’s where I am, lately. Pity society is INTO torturing the messenger after all this time. They just can’t see so.

P.S. I may have to postpone any tape sending for now. Maybe before your birthday, after the mad rush of things, would be better. Besides, my mind is racing lately and I can’t be too sure of anything I do right now, so I’d like to wait a little is all. Big events on the horizon this week especially. I just realized, for example, that the tape recording of a CHP officer I accidentally erased over taping a Kamala Harris speech I just had to tape. Fortunately I have the CHP video of the same conversations. CHP took advantage of 50 mph wind gusts near Salinas to follow me to see if I’d swerve a little and I did. I have a high top, light weight van, after all. A week later, near San Diego, another CHP ambush type of ticket I just managed to avoid when a motorcycle officer hid in my blind spot hoping I’d hit him if I turned right. Another white truck had been blocking me and speeding up to set me up.

I’m a bundle of nerves lately. I think my next billboard will read;

Dec. 7, 2024;

A day before Jim Morrison’s birthday and Lennon’s assassination date. Coincidence?

Having studied your micro expressions this last Friday(?) I noticed a look of sadness and insecurity and vulnerability in you, maybe having to do with my reluctance to mail you my new tape. It was actually another micro expression days before which raised a red flag about my sending you anything. “Watch out, Mr., one more mailing and, wham, we got you.”

Oh, well, I can’t afford to be paranoid in my line of work so I WILL send the tape, maybe today, even.

We’ll see, tomorrow, if I have any fans here in Monterey.. ( My rally. ) A no show would indicate a resentfulness to my heroism and facts. THAT’S grounds for relocating to a worthy populace, I think. If I am left in the lurch past my birthday I’ll be in route to the lower west, away from California. For everybody’s good, too. For justice, for fairness and fair play. To teach the depraved a lesson in the mix. Hard to not ponder me, now, while I’m gone, I think. I know how money grubbing and materialistic this area really is. No room for real class. Maybe that’s why they gravitate here, to compensate with a classy location.

One of my favorite waitresses told me, after reading my flyer about maybe leaving, said; “They’re all sheep here. The police push you around and they follow. They’re sheep.”

She’s not aware of the darker truths ALSO involved about mankind, period. Jealousy, fear, boot-licking, masochism, ‘Stockholm Syndrome’, plain old fashioned evil.

“Wow! We stiffed the man with evidence in Lennon’s murder. God help us all.”

That’s the desired effect, at least.

As self centered as it may sound I will eventually erect a billboard before I leave;

DESERVE STEVE LIGHTFOOT

Just that and nothing else. To make people actually think for a change.

Meanwhile, the other one due is;

SILENT U.S.

ENDANGERING

MESSENGER

Like what I see in you, as usual.

Going from being socially depraved, myself, all these decades, getting back to normal and maybe even beyond to a paradise of well being and happiness would be quite an adventure. Who knows?

I DO know that all this forging of my character with all these let downs keeps opening MY eyes to my world, too. I know what no man has see or experienced before. I’m pretty sure, too. Bob Dylan said ; “To see beauty you must first see ugliness.” or words to that effect. I can understand, too.

Dec. 11, ’24;                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Needed time to decompress. Tape is soon on the way. So, as my voice rests from Dec. 8’th’s speeches about how Monterey moved here to compensate for it’s apparent lack of class or they’d care about my evidence, it will be a few more days than I thought. Hopefully arrived before Christmas.

It will be very unflattering sounding and made on a mini recorder, as naked as could be. So, we’ll see if it gets sent at all. The second tape that is.

I beat my 5-9-’24 swerving ticket in traffic court last Monday. The video showed it, indeed, was very windy that day in contrast to the officer’s remarks it was not, and it was dismissed in the interest of justice. I had to fend off attempts by the judge to curtail my questioning to only two minutes which I threatened to appeal if that happened and had to insist I knew my rights at one point. On Dec 8, however, the day before, knowing I get groceries at a pantry near a church, the Monterey P.D. were laying in wait for me to make a less than perfect stop on the block they had reason to suspect I’d take. I turned left into their parked car and parked discreetly right away after seeing them start their car and walked around the corner to see what I just did. It was a stop sign they were parked for. They never saw me and I left.

So, you see, they’d love to assault my life on the anniversary just because they’re sick. My enemies.

Meanwhile I just wrote a post script to my rally which was a no show but for two young  girls who did show up a few pages down from my front page

Dec. 16, ’24;

Well, there won’t be any a ca pella tape. At least I sing somewhat on key but no entertainment value, after all. So the one, perhaps last, mailing to you will find the regular version in the mail today.

Naturally I’m a little glum, lately, recoiling from society’s apathetic showing. Cowardly, resentful showing. Formulating my next rhetorical move on a billboard is rolling through my brain lately. Will I be insulting or just couch the subject in compelling settings. For example; BIGGEST NEWS ON EARTH….THIS IS MORE IMPORTANT….THIS NEWS DECIDES THE FUTURE….BIGGEST NEWS SINCE CHRIST….BIGGER THAN NEWS…

Whatever I do it will be the result of my unique perspective in the middle of all this news. I can see myself going the harsher route, too.; MONTEREY APATHY UN-AMERICAN….SILENT SOCIETY SATAN’S FOOL…KIDS, YOUR PARENTS ARE BLIND FOOLS….SATANIC PUBLIC PRO COVER-UP… DUCKING EVIDENCE, WEAKLINGS?….YOU’RE ALL EVIL UNDER STEPHEN KING….IGNORING ME, CONDEMNING YOURSELVES….RESENTFUL U.S. DUCKING EVIDENCE…BITTER PUBLIC APATHETIC…BITTER U.S. DUCKING EVIDENCE…

That’s my life, lately. Coming up with the right phrase to ignite a reaction to out this news, once and for all. The rest of everybody has their troubles, too, I’m sure.

Looking over my over worked shoulders I see a lot of things I’d like different. Looking at my sacrifices has really set me on my heels, I must say. Time waits for no one and I have to be less content to make a change in results.

My golf in encouraging. Even rusty as could be my shots are being manufactured through correct technique born of ‘window swinging’ to see what thoughts do what to a swing’s look. You know, using a picture window for a mirror to see what you’re doing. I do know what a good swing looks like and I can mold myself. I keep having to remind myself to firm up my grip. Old habits die hard. The body parts are doing their proper job, now. My new thumbs to the side grip allows me to ‘grip it and rip it’, to quote John Daley. Before I had to throttle back. Less back issues, too. I just figured out that weight transference back is through the upper body while weight transference forward is a lower body move to the target. That is, as if one were to sway the upper body away from the target but letting the arms and club and rest of the torso move back catching that sway while the head stays still. The downswing is just a weight shift to the target with the lower body, only, the upper body relatively still until impact occurs and the hands rip into the shot and everything folds over to the target side. As if my forward hip position pulls the arms and club through. I notice an extra positioning of my head to the right at address so I don’t sway, in fact. I like what I am seeing in my practice sessions. Good for my body, too, that work out. I walk each ball ten yards away from the pile to hit so I don’t race and take my time with each shot. I have so much collectible golf clubs I will soon no longer be able to hit with their stiff steel shafts. Maybe a hundred clubs or several sets worth at least. Memories of my past? And that’s not counting putters. Maybe 50 at least. I get amazing satisfaction from merely putting on a good green. Best cheapest entertainment out there. I’ve solidified a technique there, too, I hadn’t before. So much of putting is about ball travel visualization. In golf it’s pictures in the sky that triggers technique.

Anyway, it’s holiday season and my aloneness is all the more present and pertinent. Not an easy season to endure while watching Lennon killer’s pretend how wonderful they all are.

My interest in you is maybe somewhat unrealistic. I just know what I like and you have so much of all that. It is time I focused on life after disclosure while figuring out disclosure at the same time.

Don’t know what else to say. I hope you enjoy the music tape. I’d ask you about yourself more but then local and particulars might give who you are away, so I’ll not, for now.

Dec. 20, ’24;

Well, I’m using the truth to emphasize my Christmas message. It has a ring that can’t BE denied and it went up today in orange on black;

RESENTFUL

U.S. DUCKING

EVIDENCE

It puts the current scene up for all to witness and it makes one squirm at Christmas time. That’s the idea. TO make ’em squirm. TO wipe the phony smirk off their resentful, bitter faces. It just comes to me as I’m entering the library, it seems, what I will post. I’m hopeful this message will do major damage to the world’s jealous cover-up.

My other gambit is to revise my other sign to

MONTEREY

SUCKING S.

KING’S D**K

The top line I can always modify with L. Panetta, and I will. I got a parking ticket AS I was speaking on camera at the 12-17 council meeting. Ten minutes after Leon Panetta exited the building after swearing in his puppet mayor Williamson, both of whom I deride, often. Was it a valid ticket? I doubt it. It was only minutes late and the ticket I only found 40 miles and a day later crammed under my leaf gutter area, not even under my windshield wiper. It was a 2 hr. zone. To make me delinquent? I wonder. It comes on the heels of the only other parking ticket in seven years a few weeks ago. The word is out to find me and cite me on site and I can feel it. Now that they know I’m moving on to more fertile ground in Utah. My campaign will be designed to leave a lasting echo in my absence. Every message from here on out a vital connecting piece to disclosure.

Oh, I’m on to everyone’s scheme to get me killed and live under a hideous lie. Not going to happen on my watch. Pardon my belching out your laundry, stupid world. Truth is potent!

Anyway, about the golf book I’m somewhat divided upon reading another book that seems to steal my teachings right out from under me; Swing Like A Pro from 1999(?). On the one hand I emerge as less than ground breaking. On the other hand my teachings are already validated in another recent book. A lot of what makes a book is how it’s presented. My style is far different, however. Oh, have ideas they can’t touch. Never before uttered ideas.

I hope you are having a good time this season and have a great New Year.

I’ll be getting a new zirconium implant on my extreme lower right molar soon. $3,850. cash if I move this next week. No discomfort but it looms necessary. My recent dentist was on television last month in a mug shot about some sex with patients or something so I’m going to my first and better dentist if I do. He’s a real star in the business and amazing hands and skills. Or I’ll call ahead to Utah to see if I can save a bundle there and wait a little.

Keep on being you, mostly. Wish me luck. I’ll need it.

P.S. The tape should arrive Monday, I was told. I hope you enjoy my Christmas / birthday gift.

Merry Christmas and a Happy New Year

 

That’s all for now.

Love you,

Steve Lightfoot

 

 

Me on golf technique;

This may be considered my; “I’d rather be driving a Titleist.” chapter as I really would rather
be playing the best golf courses in the world than driving around in my website van. For that
matter, I’d rather be playing on the senior tour in the thick of things. At the very least
I’d like to teach technique via a book or other mass medium as I have a lot to say.

THE CORE DRIVEN GOLF SWING
BY STEVE LIGHTFOOT
COPYRIGHT c 2017
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

(Actually, this is not the beginning part of this book. That would be at the beginning of “part two”, the “Overview” chapter. The whole book will be re organized later. Meanwhile I like the mystery factor until then. One third of these chapters will, no doubt, wind up on the cutting room floor, anyway.

INTRODUCTION;

Who IS Steve Lightfoot and why haven’t many of you heard of me in golf circles before? As I mentioned, my impact on golf has as much to do with my detective skills and problem solving skills than just my golfing prowess or lack thereof.

However much the sir name Lightfoot may sound like I must be native American Indian, Lightfoot, according to Gordon Lightfoot who told me, is a clan in Scotland, though it is thought to be an English name. So I am very golf oriented, after all. I do envy the Native American Indian, however, and would have been happier if I were born one in the year 1400, to give you an example of my philosophy and politics.

In fact, I am a pretty damned good golfer who would have made it into his first U.S. Amateur attempt had not a large crowd assembled out of nowhere to watch ME as I was the only man on the course who could get one of the eight out of 107 spots. I was at one under through 31 holes at the Country Club of Virginia, the James River Course, and in third place at the time. This is the very course where Nicklaus met Bobby Jones for the first time and Nicklaus, too, succumbed to the pressure of his spectators. I bogeyed three of the last five holes to miss by one stroke and, in spite of winning the playoff for alternate on the first extra hole, it was a jolt out of the blue that may have played heavily on my future, not to mention the world’s future.

That represents the best of my career as a certain socio-political event occurred in 1980, three years later, that wound up ensnaring my detective talents in mid 1982 snatching my life away from my golf career and into the jaws of political intrigue. The story I discovered has to do with government bold print codes in major magazines that prove we were all lied to about a big event and my need to live with myself put that issue ahead of my golf interests. As it so happens it is the biggest expose in U.S. history, possibly world history, and the world isn’t ready to stomach it, just yet. Way too controversial and scathingly scandalous. A watershed event, to say the least.

Meanwhile, I have decided to take back my life and contribute to my passion; golf technique, before the frustration of world apathy drives me nuts.

I did try out for the pro tour three times and emerged as an also ran who never made it past the first cut, each time. I was a two handicap then and determined to be number one in the world at golf or bust. My left leg, from the knee down, is a size or two smaller than my right lower leg and three quarters of an inch shorter. (Prior to writing this book, and for 64 years, I was under the false impression it was only a half inch discrepancy.) Not an insurmountable object but I knew that superior technique was my best shot at getting there. A shoe lift evens me out, now, and fills up my other shoe and my proportions are pretty even with shoes on, thankfully.

There is no doubt I had the drive, work ethic and intelligence and talent, otherwise, to have made it. I still think, after my politics is behind me and I can play more, that I can be a force to be reckoned with on the senior tour. And I’m already 63 years old! I may have to hit more club but I feel good about that prospect.

My very first round of golf, ever, on a par 70 nine hole muni course was an 83, I believe. I was 14 and was using clubs so old the shafts were coated with fake wood vinyl as steel had just been introduced. I was, frankly, bored it was so easy and quit for a few years. At 17 I returned and found golf less easy to master and shooting in the 90’s. Now I was challenged and determined to beat golf. I was always sort of a boy genius in school and even became the first human to ever trisect an angle with just a compass and straightedge. To briefly explain; I was 17 and my geometry teacher; Dick Nixon,(no kidding) told the class that no one has ever been able to do this, . Not Newton, Galilleo, Einstien, etc..I had to give it a try and solved it a week later with what you might call beginner’s luck. I simply applied the technique for trisecting a line segment (do-able) and noticed a distinct bias; progressively small, medium and large, sections. My first thought was to reverse everything going the other way and at least reverse the bias. This put four, not two, points on the arc, or angle. My next thought was to merely bisect these two groups of points and, viola!. success!. Mr. Nixon, after he found that it worked on all angles, told me I would be famous if I could explain how I did it, mathematically. I’m more a language than a math guy. Several years later I recall hearing Paul Harvey, the radio announcer, applauding the feat as another man got the credit. No big deal as it was pretty easy, anyway.

A year later I scored top 3 percent, nationally, in language and top 13 percent in math on my S.A.T. test. I guesstimated it through math but my language skills were validated later with my code cracking prowess. More than just vocabulary but a very nuanced appreciation for language and psychology. We’re talking top level intelligence codes that I cracked. Ever since these magazines have re hid their code activities elsewhere..

Others who know me from my youth will say I was the best artist in my grade school and high school, even. I did a mean bird of prey, especially. I also used to be falconer in high school. I remember making near professional model airplanes and ships and always had one or two keen interests as a young man to feed my curiosities.

This is what I have to offer golf technique; my detective skills, mostly. I can solve things others simply cannot at the present time. I know I have this one skill. I am a natural born detective. More than that, I am a golf swing connoisseur, if I do say so myself. I know truth in motion when I see it. Such a complex and elusive mystery is what I crave solving. It just so happens to keep me fit and young at the same time.

My golf is still pretty note worthy. In 1997, while hitting balls at the Stanford driving range, Matt Kuchar, then a youngster in a collegiate event there, told me what a great swing he thought I had. Andy Bean got an eyeful of me in my prime while pretending I was a pro at the big Pebble Beach event in 1981 hitting practice balls with the pros. No stage fright this time; I was bashing my driver like a copy machine spitting out replicas, 280 yards dead straight. My Ben Doyle style was so obvious that Andy remarked out loud to the crowd about me; “I guess I just don’t have the right guru”

Prior to all that I managed to break par with a 68 within my first year of golf and shot a 62 or 64 (I was so excited I forget) just six months later. Six straight birdies is all I can recall about it, that and how easy it seemed to get birdies. A one day super nova. Ultimately I was just a good golfer with high hopes averaging a few over par as a youth. I always did have a pretty good and correct swing. My hero was always Jack Nicklaus and I’ve seen him play in two Masters, at least as many U’S. Opens and dozens of other events, all in the flesh, on premises. I was lucky and smart to get all that under my belt. I saw how the greatest, ever, really did it, up close.

My run at golf was brief, maybe less than five years, including my mostly study years, and I have only modest claims of accomplishment. In all, not counting U.S. Open qualifying rounds and college and high school matches less than ten events in my life. I recall shooting 72 at Pinehurst # 4 in competition and climbing from second to last in the 1977 Southern Amateur in Miami, Florida (my first big event) to almost getting into my first U.S. Amateur, first attempt, all within just a few months. When I used to work at Pebble Beach as a busboy in 1979 I shot par twice from the blue tees there and nearly parred Cypress Point when I (admittedly) poached it my first try. I recall hitting 14 greens at Olympic Lake course in San Francisco in 1978(?) at the California Amateur qualifying. (not easy for the pros) but three putted too often that day to matter. Generally, in competition, my rounds were in the mid to high 70’s.

Today what would I shoot? My swing is miles better, I’m a young looking and young feeling 63 year old. I’d guess the low 70’s AFTER a few months of competition. Meanwhile, as I mostly just practice, lately, I’m several strokes off that mark. I know it takes the low high 60’s to make it on the Senior Tour and I am not ruling that out, mind you. Right set of circumstances needed, first.

My golf education came mostly from dozens of books by the greats I have read since I began the game. Palmer, Tommy Armour, Trevino, Boros, Casper, Snead, Bobby Jones, Hogan, Nicklaus, Devlin, Weiskopf, Lock, Lema, Ernest Jones, Nelson, Alex Morrison, Player, Ballesteros Johnny Miller, Tom Watson,Tiger Woods…frankly, so many I can’t recall them all. As for formal education: Ben Doyle of Carmel Valley, California who taught the Homer Kelly “The Golfing Machine” method, (Very scientific) whom I studied under for several years. That was a very complex method that I never fully grasped but managed to perform, nonetheless. Less than a handful of itinerant lessons on the side and that’s it. I taught myself, mostly. I did find Tommy Armour’s “How To Play Your Best Golf All The Time” a great book for the beginner golfer.

Naturally I had my preferences where style was concerned: Nicklaus, Snead, Ballesteros, Weiskopf, Littler, Boros, Couples, and lately, Mike Austin, to name a few. Today’s pros all swing very good compared to my era when there were more individualized techniques. Adam Scott seems to exemplify the modern technique which Tiger Woods inspired. I still think some of the modern moves are less than ideal but it’s a matter of degrees, mostly. Give me Mike Austin’s swing for a road map, any day. Very much like Jack Nicklaus’ style. Lots of range of motion in the hands and shoulders combined with efficiency of motion and a good measure of majesty and grace. The gravity golf method done properly. Just the right measure of tilt and turn and hand action. That I have hand picked these swings to promote should tell you whether or not I have a good eye for technique. Except for a slight straightening of his left leg at impact Sam Snead joins this elite group. All three with nearly ideal technique.

As for my technique. Well, of course I will display it for the purposes of this book from several angles. I don’t trust author’s who hide their own swings and I need to establish credibility, anyway. I think I have a very good swing and am proud to teach it. If it’s good enough for me it passes serious muster. I am an idealist, after all. I have come to my conclusions about technique the long, hard way, through trial and error and extensive field testing, all over decades of study.

As for the lost decades when I was preoccupied with a political expose, the danger made be brave and the confusion made me smart, like mental training. I have skills from that experience that serve you, the reader, well. I have been solving a lot about everything for a long, long time. In my case my life depended on knowing which way was up. It still does.

Who knows what might have become of my golf career? Politics became too important for me.

Jumping ahead of sequence here with soon to be entered chapter;

The Hands;

First, hand grip pressure; Enough to do the job but not so tight that you retard the dynamic, full and powerful release of the club. Like throwing a stick; primed with supple quickness but firm enough to still hold on and maintain control. Just that much pressure and no more. To throw a fast ball in baseball you HAVE to have a somewhat firm grip on the ball from the start. I used to grip too loosely. The old adage “grip it like holding a bird” means a bird that is trying to wriggle out of your grip. Don’t hurt the bird but keep it in your hands kind of pressure. Feel the action in your fingers and not just the hands, themselves. Grip with about one third of your potential grip force and no more is what I’ve learned. Less while putting.  Whatever amount of pressure, whether light or firm or in between, try to keep your grip intact throughout, not allowing any part of it to pry itself loose or open including the right thumb and forefinger and the last three fingers of the left hand and all points between. It should be air tight throughout, both hands welded to the grip like a single unit, pliable but intact. Never tight, but slightly firm in your hands throughout. I used to imagine not smudging my finger and palm prints as I swung. The wrists absorb most of the stresses and motions, the hands connect. Most pros believe that the last three fingers of the left hand and the middle two fingers of the right hand are the pressure points that leverage a grip. Some, Sam Snead included, felt the right fore finger applied at impact was useful. Personally, I like my whole grip to be uniform, just holding onto the club evenly. You do want a swing that would bury the club, head first, into an imaginary muddy bank in front of you for proper release. Dynamic hand action.

A slightly firm”ish” grip applies to all golf shots, chips, lob shots, pitches and even putts. You can be just as delicate with distance and the rest with a firmer grip. The force requirements in putting are less than a golf swing’s and you adjust accordingly. Say 20 percent power vs. 33 percent power for a full swing. Having made the conversion, myself, I notice far fewer wandering lag puts thrown off line due to timing issues. It makes sense that short putts will also benefit with more accuracy. The main thing is to grip in such a way as to unite the whole body and integrate both arms to work together. A somewhat firm grip does integrate the whole body in a way a loose grip cannot. A loose grip wants to play “hot potato” with the club, back and forth between hands like an oar in a loose fitting. A truly gifted individual like a Freddy Couples or a Bobby Jones can master a loose grip, perhaps, but this book is for golfers at large. I happen to know that both Jack Nicklaus and Tom Watson advocate a firm”ish” grip as being important. The last time I actually shook Jack Nicklaus’ hand I was amazed at how granite like it felt. Must be all that exercise.

An aside, I am one of those golfers who never gets any hint of callouses no matter how much I practice. It’s been like that since I was five years into the game. Now that I have a firmer grip I don’t see me suddenly getting callouses, either.

Sergio Garcia used to re grip his club several times before swinging. There was a little “squeeze” to his pressure, I noticed, not just a holding on. And, yet, his wrists are the most supple and dynamic in the business. He “cracks the whip” better than anyone and he does have a little squeeze to his grip pressure.

Jack Nicklaus, first, and Jim Mclean, a major golf instructor, taught me the value of maintaining a constant, unchanging grip pressure once you start the swing. This suggests that the best golfer, ever, used enough grip pressure at address to handle impact forces. I used to think that the grip automatically tightened with increased load nearing impact (and it may, unconsciously). I now appreciate that by focusing on a constant pressure, throughout, the arms are more soft and responsive to body pivot versus any tendency to taker over a swing and act independently. Now the arms and hands must wait for the proper timing and sequence if that fixed grip pressure is to still maintain adequate control. It’s a great way to force the arms and hands to allow the pivot to maintain overall control of the swing. So, deciding how much pressure is enough but not too tight is important..

Long or short left thumb? I prefer not extending the left thumb too far down the grip. It should end just slightly lower than your left forefinger. About an inch lower than your fore finger, only. Observe this relationship at a 90 degree angle.

Strong, weak or neutral grip position? I prefer a slightly weaker than usual tour grip position with the thumb joint at 12 O’clock and the thumb angled towards the right shoulder only slightly. Maybe on eighth of a turn to your right from straight up and down.The stresses of impact realign the left thumb to vertical, straight up and down on top of the shaft. This requires some angling of the left thumb at address to offset this fact. The “V” formed by my right thumb and forefinger I like at 12 O’clock pointing straight up and down at address. Both palms should exactly face each other forming a wall that aims to the target like the face of your driver, for example. This grip allows for perfect release and no need of steering, ever. Any deviation here will affect the whole rest of the swing. I teach a weak to neutral grip with both palms facing each other forming a wall to the target at address, the left hand just a little clockwise of vertical, the right thumb and forefinger exactly straddling the shaft equally, the “V” they form on top of the grip.

There is another yet untried grip I invented. I’ll call it the “Lightfoot Grip” before anyone else tries to lay claim to it. Instead of the above description, put the left thumb to the exact side of the club with both hands turned into themselves producing a strong left hand and a weak right hand position. The palms face somewhat downwards. If you open your hands wide for inspection I find that the left palm points just behind the right knee while the right palm aims just above the left knee after assuming the reverse “K” address I recommend in this book. I find only a ten finger or interlock style works best with this grip. The “V”‘s form on the sides of the grip, the left hand on the right side the right on the left side, each pointing to the opposite shoulders.

The advantage this grip has is it eliminates independent hitting with the hands. All they CAN do is hold on and hinge and unhinge according to body dynamics. Once mastered it is just a long and straight as any other.Are there disadvantages? I say it depends on your preference. Nothing is the be all, end all in golf. The traditional grip is perhaps more secure  while the alternative grip offers more freedom and forces better coordination between club and body.

The reason this alternative grip is useful to you, the reader, is it shows you why all the hands do in a swing is hinge, unhinge and hold on. The body funnels power through them. If you decide you like the conventional grip this alternative grip is a good drill to sync the club and arms with the body. It  forces the body to engage to propel the club. It’s one of the best devices for learning the core driven method of golf.

The most important geometrical angle of the entire swing is the way the club relates to the arms and target. This happens in your grip. How much the hands curl under or rotate over to the top and then back and through makes all the difference in a swing.  How the shaft aligns itself at every juncture, again, lies in the hands and wrists. Essentially, however, the proper feeling for the hands is to have them just hold onto the club while training them to control mostly the club’s shaft alignment and angles.

There is the vital maneuver, the “barrel roll” of the forearms at the top, that routes the downswing just below the back swing path and opens up the club in a clockwise manner. This after first going back with somewhat still wrists the first half of the back swing. It feels like the hands are extremely quiet the first half of the back swing and get a lively burst of flamboyancy near the top during the transition that flings the club exactly opposite it’s return to the target. This deepens your wrist cock going down while simultaneously allowing a slight opening up of the club face. A small inside to square loop SHOULD occur in the transition. It’s a subtle move and not to be overdone. This routes the club around your powerful trunk instead of your neck and prevents the dreaded “over the top” move. It “irons out” the swing in the transition zone providing optimum athleticism for the downswing. It’s not discussed in most instruction but it is vital. I say it makes golf ten percent easier, all by itself. Without this tiny loop it’s hard to just stretch back and hit straight through.

Mostly, because an opening and closing of the hands is easier on the hands, I have chosen it over any curl under methods. Consequently some adjustments should be made to increase accuracy. Because the opening and closing of the club face naturally occurs due to mostly body rotation shots are better managed borrowing more from the target line path – a more straight back and straight through approach.- A more upright versus flat plane. This keeps shots from going to the right if you are late in the release. You don’t have to add to the closing of the club face. Let nature take it’s course. You still swing inside to square but you try to pull the swing back to the top like pulling back a bow string or pulling straight back from a vertically mounted roll of paper towels as your body winds back to accommodate this motion.

To make sure you are doing this try to imagine the club head go all the way around to the top so that you would see the club head kiss the very front of the ball on the tee, if you had that much flexibility, before starting back down. This is a more upright than flat style of swing. In my callow, youthful days I actually was flexible enough to actually see the club head peek out in front of me before I started down. Imagine that same club head now continuing all the way around even more until it could be seen kissing the very front of the ball before you started back down to hit the very back of the ball. It may sound a little extreme but insuring a full back swing and getting on proper plane are both solved with this mental imagery. In making this move use your shoulders and not just your wrists. Keep wrist cock at only 90 degrees at the top and increase the angle after starting down .A completed back swing sets up the correct dynamics for a downswing. It’s important. In fact, it’s one of the easiest things to overlook and one of the first things that leaves the aging golfer. Golf should keep you young so swing full, always..

A crash course on proper hand action is to make a golf swing and to practice throwing a club as far as you can after impact to the target (no ball needed) as it whirls through the air end over end. This is the motion that you want. This practice also ingrains the proper shaft angles through a swing’s many stations. This is one natural motion that converts directly to good hand action in golf. Find a safe place to practice this with no one around but you and use only a ‘throw away’ club from a used thrift store and not your own clubs.  For me just imagining throwing the club to the target after impact is enough to give me automatic, correct hand action.

Fundamentally, besides aligning the shaft, the hands create an angle and just hold that angle until contact at impact. They don’t try to hit the ball. The body torque takes over to do that, instead, funneling power through the hands                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            When performing the wrist action I am describing you still have to track the shaft of the club properly so that it swings as parallel to the target line as possible throughout. My reference points are whenever the shaft is parallel to the ground, that is one third back, at the top, halfway down and halfway through. If these junctures find the shaft aimed parallel to the target line you are on the right track The finish position pivots the whole body an extra 90 degrees and that is the only position where the shaft need not be parallel to the ground and also aimed at the target. If you can master this shaft control the face control should automatically take care of itself and you should never have to consciously think about it. Take care of the shaft and the face will take care of itself. With no fore arm manipulation of the club the face will automatically open 90 degrees from address to the top due to the 90 degree coil of your shoulders. By impact it will, again, square itself and, after impact, rotate 90 degrees closed from impact. This is all proper. It’s when you add or subtract from this motion that you get into trouble.

I offer two kinds of  back swings in this book. The first is the traditional one piece style that has served the game for all these years. This is a lot like trying to swing the club back like a rope from your neck, the shoulders, arms and club all in one piece moving together the first few feet back with a strong sensation of feeling the weight of the club and how it creates a centrifugal pull against the swing’s center as it makes it’s way to the top position. You constantly preserve the tension of this centrifugal pull throughout the whole swing.

The other method involves an immediate cocking of the wrists as the swing moves off of address. I call it the early set swing.  Like making a kink in a straw you merely create an angle right away and then deepen the angle to the top. This does not allow tension to form on the side of the shaft as it harnesses the club head weight off of address like the swinging sensation of the one piece method does. Instead it should have a feeling of rendering the club weightless, like balancing a stick in the air from your palm only balancing the stick, now, opposite the target throughout the swing. Dustin Johnson does this and it was his swing that educated me about this style the most. When I experimented with it I was amazed at how it relieved the stress in the wrists and the sensation of a weightless club becoming suddenly full of the weight of the whole swing at the moment of impact, and not before, like a ton of bricks. I feel it  allows more leverage into the swing by taking stresses off of the wrists. It has a different kind of centrifugal sensation that may take a little getting used to but is has a constant centrifugal feel, too. I think the shoulder rotation is sensed more in this method.

The important thing is that  both methods require a full body coil in both directions to work properly. The hands should not out cock the body but contribute, equally, with it, as one unified force.

I mentioned earlier how efficiently Davis Love III tracks his shaft. His wrist position at the top shows about three degrees, only, of wrist cupping. This is the edge of perfect. Go no farther than this very, very slight angle. I used to have almost ten to fifteen degrees of cupping before I got myself straightened out. I did it and, even if you once fanned the face open and cupped your wrists, so can you.

This is a critical point of golf technique; how this hinge at the wrists exactly function. It is the last lever to be released and it determines what the rest of your body does to an extent. Do the hands rotate only up and down or side to side or a measure of both? Both is the correct answer. By using two hinges you actually quiet unnecessary motion and retain essential motion. Why would you not implement the extra range of motion a side to side motion added to the up and down motion offers? Focus should be on shaft alignment, mostly.

Mike Austin described this use of two hinges in the wrists like a back handed slap with the left hand. That he “could break your scapula…” with just that back handed slap motion it’s so powerful. He used to complain that the other tour players failed to cock their wrists at the top because they left out that one entire hinge system relying, instead, on fore arm rotation, alone.

Mike Austin studied kinesiology, the study of anatomy in action, and knew that the side to side hinging motion had a greater range of motion than the up and down hinge motion. He reasoned that he was merely using his wrists as nature intended. Anyone who has ever seen Austin’s swing on film (Google search him demonstrating in a skeleton suit, for example) cannot deny the superb marrying of his hands to his body action. No one else I’ve ever seen manages to achieve maximum velocity after impact as effortlessly as Austin. It will shock you to listen as his effortless swing is silent until well after impact with the club swoosh. And it’s a mighty swoosh, indeed. Mike never rushed or lunged but kept things full and smooth with both shoulders and hands gathering leverage equally.

You will also find that one of the best ways to climb out of a slump is to swing bigger and fuller; add more club head arc and add more body coil and more arm extension instead of less. One of golf’s biggest secrets.

If you want to adhere to the one piece take away that all my heroes have used I won’t blame you. I have been golfing for many decades and can handle the sophistication I think this early setting of the club represents. One advantage my new method has is less strain on the wrists that no longer have to go from straight to cocked in mid swing and time things for proper arrival at the top and then cock even more into the start of the downswing. Now it’s just one fluid cock from start to the top that seems to just deepen into the downswing and release on it’s own, the club flung ahead of the hands past impact after first being compressed right before impact. It feels similar to the act of tossing a baseball up and hitting it as it falls back to earth, the wrist cock representing the state of suspension of the weight of the club until impact.

I suspect that the reason the “Iron Byron” machine cocks the club fully before anything else moves has to do with the bolts that hold the foundation to the floor. If it had a delayed cocking of the club the bolts would be too stressed and come loose from the stress loads. Maybe I’m on to something, here. I do know that Dustin Johnson starts his wrist cock right away and I wonder if this is the reason; it relieves wrist stress in a way the one piece technique can’t.

Another distance golfer of merit, Jack Hamm, stresses the importance of getting the left arm and club shaft angle as steep as possible midway down to impact. This is a must for proper technique. You must get that angle as steep as you reasonably can in your downswing yet still be able to fully release it past the ball with wrists loaded with range of motion as they multiply all the leverage the body provides. This is another vital fundamental that may not feel natural and you will have to focus on until it takes hold. Swing wide to the top, compress the coil and the club shaft in mid downswing by rotating the body counter-clockwise against it’s clockwise move to the top and fully release to the opposite side of the ball after impact. The club, ideally, should feel like it was shot out of a cannon below your head. Explosive, complete release.

If this aspect of technique does not come easily it is not absolutely mandatory, although highly recommended. You should at least achieve a 90 degree angle in mid downswing however. If you cannot achieve more acute angles you will need to rotate your body core back and through more like Tom Watson, for example, to make up the power loss.

Tom Watson, while on the subject of his swing,  modeled his swing after Nicklaus’s style, I believe. He was as hard a worker at attaining sound technique as they come. He over achieved in some respects, his extraordinary body coil and uncoil affording him the perhaps more accurate more gradual release of the shaft through impact. Most golfers should allow more angle in the downswing with the club shaft for a more effortless power.

A note about  the one dimensional plane that looks like a straight disc back and forward that Dustin Johnson uses versus the swing that follows a curve around the center of one’s gravity is this; Like a train speeding on a curved track has more friction slowing it down than when it is on a straightaway, the one dimensional plane may have less friction and produce more speed. This is in the theory stage as I write these words and only time may tell if this is factor or not. Like the early setting of the wrists versus the tried and true one piece take away, this matter of plane shape may represent yet another fork in the road for golf technique in the future.

In the one dimensional plane the butt end of the club tracks parallel to the ball target line, generally.  As the rest of the body coils the club plane stays fixed like a board, controlled from the wrists. In the three dimensional plane swing the butt end of the club tracks along a gentle arc that parallels the ball target line. I imagine this extended arc to be about 25 to 30 feet long from stance line to stance line, intersecting the ball target line and curving back to the foot target line. That the butt end of the grip tracks such an arc. I believe Jack Nicklaus employs the latter. I feel it is more centered and natural. I feel it also provides more mass to the shot as the center of one’s gravity is always directly behind the force. On the other hand, if the one dimensional plane swing offers less friction – like a train traveling down a straightaway versus a curve – then there may be that advantage to that style. Experiment with both and decide which is more effective. As for myself, I aim the shaft at the target at the top and I swing out to the target after impact. I focus on keeping the shaft parallel to the target line, generally, as much as possible, throughout the swing allowing for the fact that the club travels from the ball line at address to the foot line at the top, then back to the ball line at impact and back, again, to the foot line for the finish. That should be enough for anyone to think about. Your body should find it’s preference, hopefully.

For conventional technique there is a variance in the back swing path and the downswing path of expert golfers: The back swing path is slightly more square than the return path through the ball. I think this is due to two things; the back swing orients itself around the right hip socket while the downswing orients itself around the left hip socket which created a very subtle square to inside loop. Perfectly natural. A kind of “figure eight” pattern your hips make from start to finish. Combined with the “barrel roll” maneuver with the hands at the top that creates a small inside to square loop starting down, everything is getting tracked for maximum leverage.

Another role of the arms and hands is to be well ahead of the ball at contact and not just even with or behind the ball (lob wedge shot excluded). The release of the head past the handle must be just after impact, accelerating and not slowing down. This assures that your body slung the arms and hands through impact with speed and not just the club head. This is a vital function of correct dynamics. Remember; one of the best swing tips of all is to pretend you are hitting the ball with your arms and hands and not a club at all, as if the back of your left hand were the club face. Whole club speed through impact. Mike Austin described it as; “swinging the meat, not the metal…” meat being his body and arms, metal being the club. Done properly it feels like two swings happening one ahead of the other, like an echo or shadow of the other. Body and arm swing first, delayed reaction club swing following just behind. Going down, the club swing is just behind the body swing, like an echo. The extreme cocking of the club halfway down helps to enable this powerful, effortless, easy on the body technique. The idea is to infuse more range of motion with your hands than you thought existed on both sides of the ball with full body participation to power that huge arc. Swing as though the back of your left hand was the club face and and allow the club to follow a millisecond behind. A “Ka – boom” effect. The fact is your body reacts just behind whatever your mind is thinking in this respect. Your swing allows for this nervous system relay factor. It’s one reason karate experts focus past the brick they want to break, for example.

When I suggest a snappy transition from top to impact it is really the body that moves quickly, here, ahead of the hands, yet still feels like the whole everything, body, arms and club, going down to impact in one piece from the top. While the transition may feel snappy and adroit – the hands really move fast there – but they should also move fast through the ball, ideally. This mental programming to obtain as much speed as possible between point “A” (the top) and point “B”(impact) tricks the body into making the proper sequence of movements, subconsciously. If you leave any speed “on the table” there you retard the proper sequence. Ideally it should feel like a full release of the club to the finish right from the top, like letting go of a bow string. BAM! You may notice in the photo sequence of Mike Austin (also in real time) that most of his body and arm speed occurs in the early half of the downswing, for example. I believe this has to do with simultaneously creating a severe club shaft angle with his arms at the same time which allows his body and arms the slack they need to race ahead of the club before impact as the body rotation changes direction.  That the creation of this angle folded into this rotational compression is used for force later is what a swing is made of.

The Arms;

At address the right elbow must be a little below the left elbow. This offsets the fact that the right fore arm is raised higher because of the right hand’s position on the club. By placing the right elbow lower it evens out both fore arms so they align like a pie spatula to the target. At impact the right elbow is even lower until it straightens after impact and this address cue promotes this.

While the arms and hands work together there are a few things the arms must do, regardless;. They must allow the right arm to fold going back, allow the left arm to fold into the finish and allow both arms to also be straight; the left arm from address to follow through and the right arm from just past impact to follow through. A dance, if you will, similar to walking; right foot, left foot, arm straight, arm bent, depending on where in the swing you are. The arms involve a lot of separate levers that work dynamically for optimum leverage; two upper arms and two lower arms, joined at the shoulders and  grip, wielding a single club

The arms must extend outward and gather volume as much as they can without pulling you off balance. They must never contract or pull inward as a pair until after the swing is over.

Some forearm rotation is necessary; clockwise going back and counter clockwise going forward. Be careful not to over do this until the impact zone or you will leak leverage and allow improper wrist motion. During and after impact, the release, is where the forearms rotate the most. Keeping both elbows configured towards their respective hip sockets while allowing them some freedom throughout the swing is vital. There are some guide lines that help, however. For example; after your arms and the club are above hip height going back as the arms begin to rotate open, as you near the top position, strive to keep the elbows traveling straight back away from the target while your knees are preparing to move exactly TO the target in the transition zone. This simultaneous move will iron out most problems with your arms. In making a downswing you will find that this “away from target” disposition with the elbows will reflexively fire then TO the target going down, where they should be; ahead of your hands. Going down you want your right elbow position aimed in front of you, not behind you and well ahead of the hands and club so that dynamics can launch it with the most leverage you can harness. Any other position is out of position. After impact, while the club is released to the target and the right arm is straight the left elbow folds with the elbow pointing towards it’s left hip socket. The elbows represent a circle within a circle; the outside circle being the hands. They lead the hands and club like a spear tip all the way down to impact.

A major force for power has to do with the right arm, not only releasing the wrist angle, but also the elbow angle as the blow is delivered. Both angles through impact, simultaneously,similar to a throwing motion down to the ball and out to the target. Combined with body rotation and weight shift this move is devastating. Make sure you properly use the right arm. It’s not a sin so long as the rest of your body and swing angles are correct. The proper use of the right arm, in fact, can properly activate the whole rest of the swing but should never be the “lone ranger” either. It is a very natural tool the body instinctively wants to use. It’s instinctive use is harnessed and disciplined by the rest of the body motions.

The right arm can actually straighten out a swing gone awry. Simply attach your left hand to the club to merely connect your right arm with the rest of your body, and swing as if your right arm, only, were making the whole swing. It’s a natural move, like throwing a rock underhanded, the club cocking at the top aimed to the target and then swing it down and through with just the right arm conducting the swing. The right elbow must lead the hands into impact, like a javelin thrower or a major league pitcher does. You may be amazed at how your old, correct swing returns in just a few minutes. If the right arm functions properly the rest of the body seems to fall in place all by itself. Without a correct natural use of the right arm the rest of the swing will be fighting nature, so make sure you get that body part working correctly. It is very much at the center of body dynamics and has to work just so.

As mentioned earlier, the arms keep quiet going back, minimizing rotation of the fore arms the first half of the back swing keeping your watch face looking somewhat at the ball. (By the way, don’t wear a watch while golfing. Golf is hard enough without imbalancing influences.) The reason is your body has to fully coil to the top. If you rotate the arms clockwise or cock the wrists too much too early this will retard body coil. So keep the arm rotation quiet until the hands get to past hip height. At that point your “firmish”, unifying grip forces the knit together arms to start to rotate open. During the change of direction, as you slightly “fling” the club away from impact, when all your body and the club is pulled tight, is when this rotation increases. As your hips and legs are rotating counter clockwise to the target the arms rotate even more clockwise – the opposite way – to absorb the stress.  A small inside to square loop occurs. This finds the club falling a little flatter and behind you than it was going up. This is vital. It keeps the club under your back swing plane and starts your down swing from the inside to square. This configures the club to orbit around your shoulders instead of your neck for more leverage. This also allows you to deepen your wrist cock. This deepening of the wrist cock gives your swing enough slack to shift your weight to the target early in the down swing as it should. All forces are working together for powerful, efficient dynamics.

The club head that looked towards the ball going back now comes down with the heel ahead of the toe somewhat fanned open until below the belt line when it starts to again look towards the ball as the club is released head over handle and toe over heel 180 degrees from right hip to left hip. An all out release of all angles and levers.

The above instruction is all but not mentioned in most conventional writings on the subject of the golf swing, yet is IS SO vital! You keep the arms quiet going back to insure full body coil and then shift everything as you go back down allowing the arms and club to rotate clockwise thus setting up the correct dynamics in a golf swing. If you did not quiet the arms going back you’d lack body coil. If you did not then rotate the arm / club assembly slightly open starting down you’d frankly, hurt yourself.  This “barrel roll” maneuver also wings your right elbow in front of you, where it belongs, instead of behind you. That all the other vital principles are achieved all in this one move is just a cornucopia of bonuses. Once mastered, your thoughts should be only of keeping your hands quiet as they merely hold onto the club while the shoulders do all the conscious work of the swing. When keeping quiet hands make sure to finish your back swing. your back swing.

When performing this subtle, vital move make sure to swing the club shaft, as much as possible, parallel to the target line.

Eastern martial arts teaches a “yin” and “yang” force. Every time you walk your legs do it when they relax between strides. One second the leg is working, the next second, relaxing, back and forth, with each leg. The relaxed state is “yin”, the working or active force is “yang” When you are at address you are in a “yin” state. When you make your back swing you convert to “yang” then back to “yin” at the top and then back to “yang” for the downswing and back to “yin” at the finish. Your arms have a “yin” and “yang” function as well. It’s a feeling, mostly, of each elbow moving the swing into the opposite sides of a swing. To get a deep coil I like to imagine my left elbow moving well into my right side territory and, for the downswing, I like to then move the swing by moving my right elbow well into the left side territory chasing the ball to the target. This is what I call boxing with the elbows. Some teach that the upper body powers you back and the lower body powers you forward but I think that the left side, mostly, makes the back swing and the right side, mostly, makes the downswing. At least where the arms are concerned. Regardless, this technique WILL deepen your coil. There is another kind of “yin” “yang” effect when your your right arm folds to allow your left arm to swing to the top and your left arm folds to allow your right arm to swing past it to the finish.

The arms automatically add power and speed to a swing due merely to their length from the shoulders. However fast your shoulders are spinning your hands and club are swinging so much faster merely due to added arc length. It’s important not to allow your left arm to swing independently past your chest before impact. It and the club must be slung through impact by unwinding shoulders powered by lower body weight shift to the target. Like ropes holding on, they are powered by the body pivot. After impact the arms do most of their forearm rotation as the club and arms are slung hard to the target. As if they are rotating from the elbows, counter clockwise to the follow through. This is the all important release of the club to the target past the hands. Like Austin was taught, try to bury the club into an imaginary steep, muddy bank, head first without splashing mud all over yourself, the club head like an arrowhead burying the club head first into the bank. It feels a little like throwing the club out of your hands to the target.

Mike Austin tried to keep a certain “L” shaped configuration intact as long as possible; the “L” shaped by his left arm and left collar bone until deep into the finish of his swing. As a youth he used to hone this technique by swinging a club horizontally into a heavy rug draped over a line. If his left arm swung out ahead of this impact; “Ouch!” He made sure his body swung his arms. When you imagine this image it’s hard not to see what happens instead; the right side is released into the shot, his whole chest now turning into the shot. An example of “yin” and “yang”. Passive left, active right, alternately, back and forth. And yet, with all this, the arms still try to work as one unit. It takes practice until it all feels like one piece.

Tucked right elbow or flying right elbow? Neither, but in between. Jack Nicklaus had proportionately shorter arms than most golfers and endeavored more to keep a steady head than others. Consequently his elbow, while not a flying elbow, was not a constrained one, either. For Jack it worked exactly as it should. The trend today is to align the right upper arm somewhat towards the target at the top rather than to let it creep behind your back too much. I suggest moderation, generally, in these matters but partly agree. Experiment and find what works best. If you keep a tight right elbow you must still extend the left arm to the top and get your shoulder past your chin.

It’s important, at address, that the forearms be aligned like a pie spatula to the target. That is; if you laid a plank on top of both forearms at address the plank would align itself to the target. This places both levers like a knife cutting butter at the bottom of the swing giving them maximum leverage. This alignment only lasts one foot into the take away going back and only during the impact zone going down but have both forearms delivering the blow aligned like a knife going through butter. This is made easier if your hands are ahead of the handle at impact. If you deviate at all it’s better at address and impact to have the right elbow bit lower, not higher, than the left. As you will notice, the right hand position automatically raises the forearm above the left and you must lower the right elbow a little to truly even out the angle. At impact, because the right arm is still slightly cocked, straightening only after impact, the right elbow is well below the left elbow. Both arms are straight, briefly, after impact.

Another thing most instruction teaches is that the arms maintain a fixed radius from the neck as they swing and that they be allowed to swing out and wide. Mike Austin invented a device called the “Flammer” which was an adjustable rod with a mount and socket that strapped to your chest the other end attaching the top of the grip. This device Mike could swing start to finish and look perfect doing it. This also kept the arms and hands in front of the body for maximum leverage. You must resist the urge to contract the arms at the top or any other part of your swing. Sam Snead said that power is on the top shelf, a phrase he used because it was like turning around and reaching for something on the top shelf behind you with your left arm. Keep the arms extended and let them fold only when dynamics forces them to, unconsciously.

The arms must allow the club to cock in the middle of the downswing and form a severe angle. This severe angle can range from about 95 degrees to about 110 degrees depending on the golfer and his particular style. One’s strength and athleticism determine how much. This allows the body some slack to move ahead of the club with as it transitions from a backwards coil to a forward uncoil. This helps absorb the stresses of this rotational compression and, at the same time, sets up the club for a release under the stresses that have now trapped it forcing the release. This is very much at the heart of why a swing has power: this angle setting and releasing of the club under the stress this rotational compression creates. Add the weight shift to the target and you have a powerful set of dynamics working somewhat effortlessly.

The arms connect the club to your whole body and the power of it’s full bodied pivot. How the arms match up with the club may be the most difficult and exacting part of the swing. The rest of the swing is merely a pivot and weight shift in both directions. Keeping the shaft, mostly, in correct alignment, naturally following the direction of the target line, especially whenever the club is parallel to the ground, is the main goal. Allowing for a very slight “barrel roll” as you change directions at the top marries the back swing to the correct down swing. Creating the most angle with the club in the first half of the downswing and releasing it after impact to the target is the other basic function The club head should square itself automatically if you keep the proper shaft alignment.

The Head;

Heavier than other like sized other body parts, the head both stabilizes, balances and anchors a swing, the head and feet acting like vice grips holding the body firm as it shifts weight and coils and uncoils. At address the head should align with the shoulders so that when you swivel back and forth from ball to target the head swivels along the target line and not inside or outside that line. Better chin up a little than chin down, as well. It also helps to make sure your chest sticks out a little and not sunken in.

The head stays steady until near the finish when it comes mostly up and forward a little to ease the strain on your back. The worst move is to let the head travel target ward in the downswing.  If anything, the head stays back allowing the lower body, instead to move left. Whatever else you do do not let the head travel forward in your down swing.

There is a small allowance for travel to the right from take away to the top, but only two inches. Once the down swing begins the heads stays put until well after impact. Bobbing up and down during the swing is to be avoided, as well. Tiger Woods, in his urge to get down to the ball before then pushing up against the ground at impact for centrifugal force, occassionally fell into this habit. This just proves that the real weight shift is somewhat circular in a swing and not just back and forth. The head is best kept steady, however.

Some like to look up sooner to release the weight to the front foot better. Annika Sorenstam and Dustin Johnson both look up early. I notice how Tommy Fleetwood seems to wrench his shoulders through by wrenching his head in a like manner during release. He is a gifted, natural  player, too. Maybe there is some merit to all methods. I don’t knock what also seems to work but I’m used to and prefer the method that keeps the head angled with the chin back at impact so that I see a divot before I look up. This keeps me into the shot as the body uncoils beneath it. It also guards against the head shifting forward.

The Trunk and Back and Shoulders;

Just to look at this part of the body one would assume it delivers a great deal of the power to the swing. If it were all one muscle it would be the biggest of the whole body. It is, of course a group of back, hip, shoulder, neck and chest muscles, really, and they DO provide a LOT of power.  The upper legs and hips are only the second most powerful part of the body, in fact. That’s one reason they control most of the weight shifting. They are one of your two biggest power sources.  The trunk and shoulders may be even more powerful, however. Even the fact that there is a rib cage in the structure provides tremendous power. I used to call the back the “engine” of the golf swing when I ran a small golf shop in San Jose and gave lessons. Mike Austin credited the individual discs and vertebra as crucial to the golf swing. I thought differently than the mainstream, even then. Of course, the trunk coils and uncoils so much in a swing, tapping the large and small muscles of the back and shoulders it’s like the whole trunk is like a giant rubber band. Because the upper body is stretching away from the ball as the lower body resists the other way it forces the abdominal and trunk muscles to stretch. All this stretching is released coming down and through. It uses your lower body pivot and weight shift to the target to uncoil, powerfully, like a door slamming shut releasing the arms and club at maximum speed and control. Think of how an upright wash machine agitator rotates back and forth as it paddles the water and you get a feeling of what the trunk and shoulders do. Add to this a lateral shift away from the target and a larger, more powerful shift back TO the target, then also add the arms and club and you have real, explosive dynamics. This is the core driven style of golf swing. It starts from the ground, up, transmitted through the shoulders which, ultimately, do the most rotating. In order for the shoulders to rotate the lower body must wrench them into action and lead the action. The purpose of all this wrenching is to rotate the shoulders, like a perpetual motion machine, through the ball like a buzz saw. In a sense it’s like throwing the club through the ball with the shoulders, using the ground for leverage, the hands just holding on.

I believe that it is the shoulders that swing the upper body into action, back and forward, that they orchestrate the movements below like a marionette puppeteer controls his puppets from above. I believe that the ground tension up through the body moves the shoulders before the lower body, if just barely. They work in tandem with the subtle shuttle of the hips but control the whole upper body and even lower body. Like a record player has a peg that the record mounts onto and spins, the shoulders work the body to the top and then to the finish functioning in place allowing only slight head movement.

Just to coil one’s shoulders fully in both directions while keeping them centered in one space takes a lot of body strength. If you can also swing the club along the target line and wait appropriately between direction changes while shuttling your weight back and forth you have mastered fully half of the golf swing.

This clock wise back and counter clockwise forward rotation is powered by, are you ready?, the feet. It’s why the left leg is the first thing to move in the downswing, for example. For the back swing, even though the shoulders outpace everything else back to the top, it was made possible with the ground leverage of the feet. If you were standing on ball bearings it would be impossible to leverage the shoulders from the feet to make them turn . The traction your feet have with the ground gird your whole body up through the legs, hips and shoulders until the whole thing rotates and tilts FROM the shoulders. The back and shoulder muscles start the motion but require ground leverage to do anything at all, first. One way I like to think of the swing is teaming up your feet with your shoulders and letting those two elements conduct the whole swing. Of course, the hands and arms hold on and control and steady things and cock and release the club, but they are more like ropes being swung by the larger rotational forces operating below with the whole body.

This girding back and forward has a clockwise and counter clockwise working of the feet and not just back and forth action as conventional instruction suggests. If you’ve ever noticed at a big box golf shop with a net range, after about 25 balls you have to re adjust the mat because it has twisted in a counter clockwise manner due to this very rotational girding of the feet as it makes it’s powerful downswing. If the back swing were as vigorous the mat might twist clockwise. The point is that the weigh shift involves this rotational “working of the shoulders” from the feet, up. To move the shoulders back grab the ground in a clock wise manner, to move the shoulders forward grab the ground in a counter clockwise manner. All this while also shifting your weight, back and forth, from hip socket to hip socket. All of this makes up most of the power of a golf swing. The full body pivot.

Yet, another facet of the swing that fate has left me to point out before others.

Another way of understanding this is to think of shifting your weight at the top to, say, four or five O’clock on a watch face instead of at three O’clock (If you were standing at the center of the watch face and facing twelve o’clock) and for the forward swing to shift the weight to, say, eight or seven O’clock instead of nine o’clock to the finish. This helps add torque to your swing. It’s exactly like the fancy foot work a discus thrower or a shot putter uses as they dance in a circle, first clockwise and then counter clock wise. The only difference is the golfers feet remain in one place, throughout. Yet, another way to think of this is to imagine a revolving door going clockwise back and counter clockwise forward while also being shuttled slightly back and forth in the process. In a real swing the only difference is that the head and feet can’t move.

The first part of the back swing activates the shoulders and back, mostly, which activate the arms and hands and club. After a few feet the stresses build and the hips begin to turn and tilt while offering a resistance as the shoulders try to out coil the rest of the body. Like wringing out a wet wash towel you allow the shoulders to coil tightly against the resisting hips and legs. This can absolutely be overdone but most golfers under coil the body between the hips and shoulders. I prefer, rather than pitting the shoulders versus the hips, to pit the shoulder coil versus the knees, instead. This allows the hips to coil and still maintain the proper tension while putting less strain on your lower back. The resisting left knee is finally forced to kick to the right to complete the shoulder turn at the top but is also the first thing to kick back to the target once the downswing begins. The shoulders and hands are the last thing to uncoil. The downswing is from the feet, then the knees, then the hips, then the shoulders which delivers the arms, hands and club. In fact, slow motion reveals just this sequence, each just a step ahead of the other and occurring mostly during the actual strike of the ball.

To the top you want to move the left shoulder to just behind or even with the ball, depending on which club, whatever else you may do. This is like pulling back the arrow to your chin before releasing the arrow. You’ve got to introduce tension all throughout your back muscles and shoulder muscles like a stresses bow and yet keep things loose and smooth and ready for fluid motion. For the finish you want your right shoulder aimed forward of your head, fully released around your whole left side.

Alex Morrison taught me that it is two basic positions which really power the swing; back to target to the top versus chest to the target at the finish. Your shoulder blades and back muscles are like a catapult launching pad if “paddled” back and forth properly. All this torque is powered from the feet up through the body to the shoulders.

The ideal back swing turn is, I’d say,  90 to 100 degrees in the shoulders with about 45 to 60 degrees in the hips. The ideal finish would find the shoulders over 120 degrees from address (220 degrees from the top!) with the hips facing the target at 90 degrees. The arms don’t absolutely need to finish behind your head so long as you fully released the club past the ball. Most golfers may lack the flexibility to do this but try the best you can.

I’m sure the average tour pro turns his shoulders 90 degrees and his hips 50 degrees to the top. At least manage these parameters.

A word about the right shoulder; Extend it at the top. Just like you extend your arms outwards as you swing, do the same with your shoulders. From the center of your spine extend the shoulders outwards. At the top your right shoulder may even want to creep around towards the target a little behind your neck. So long as you you don’t coil past 105 degrees with your shoulders this is fine. Kind of like lifting a weight. If you want your right shoulder to hit down on the ball it helps to lift it up above the ball, first. By winding up a little at the top with also your right shoulder you are using the principle in drawing back a bow string. You pull it tight, first, then let go, for more power. Conversely, if you allow your right shoulder to stay scrunched and smothered at the top, there is little snap to that.

Much has been written by others about maintaining your spine angle as you swing. It only makes sense to keep any spindle type of machinery from wobbling off it’s axis and losing the speed it is supposed to create. Once your hands reach shoulder height in the follow-through you may then come out of posture and allow your head to swivel and move forward and up as you finish. This term “spine angle’ refers to the forward tilt to the ball angle, mostly. While you must swing the bottom of your spine towards the target several inches to provide proper weight shift, keep the over all angle of tilt towards the ball at address constant until well after impact..

There is a little mini swing with the spine in this regard. First the lower hip girdle and spine swing away from the target an inch or two or three to help shift the weight to the right hip socket, Then the hip girdle and lower spine swing several inches, even up to a foot, to the target going down. Very much like a pendulum on a Grandfather clock as the spine swings subtly below a steady head. A strange observation, if nothing else.

One other thing you must do when coiling and uncoiling your shoulders and hips is introduce SOME “tilt” and not just turn to the action. Some up and down rocking with the shoulders and hip sockets. I will explain why below.

Legs and hips;

Mike Austin did not recommend that the legs do anything except for one thing; “Start out with 60 percent of your weight on your right hip socket (for a driver) and then rock to your left hip socket making a forward press and then shift back to the right hip socket taking everything else back to the top” WITH just that move. Nothing else mentioned! Having studied this I find that that is almost all I need to think about as well. Austin, by rocking onto his left hip in the forward press, rehearsed his downswing. By setting up with his weight on his right hip before this move he had already rehearsed his back swing and all he had to do was then rebound off of his forward press not having to think about either move back or forward with the hips. You do move the hips left but you move the rest of the swing with them delivering the club like a sledge hammer. In fact, once I arrive at the top, although my weight actually redistributes itself to the left hip at impact, it is a move of the left leg that precedes the downswing as the body and club are arriving at the the top. The one thing that moves first in the downswing is, in fact, the left leg as it begins to wrench the lower body target wards in a counter clockwise manner. This wrenching left of the whole left leg accounts for most of the lower body force, in fact. The right leg acts as a foundation or axis allowing this to happen. This ‘wrenching around’ of the left leg begins quietly, sneaking ahead of the rest of the body, remains constant and intensifies at impact and beyond. This move transfers the weight to the left hip and pulls the weight off the right foot. This wrenching of the body with the left leg was a mystery to me until I wrote this book.This wrenching of the lower body, initiated by the left leg, is what pulls the shoulders, arms and club through, in fact. This lower body  move ahead of the upper body down is followed by the shadow effect of the club swing. A “ka..boom” effect, for lack of a better description.  From the transition point at the top the lower body wrench of the left leg ahead of everything else is followed, like dominoes, by everything else above. As unconventional as this may sound, photos of the greats (Sam Snead, especially)reveal that the right leg holds most of the weight one third into the downswing thus allowing the left leg to wrench out to the target, first, to catch the weight transfer this wrenching, in part, creates.

This is the move a baseball pitcher makes, instinctively, when he hurls his lead leg forward before he unwinds his upper body. Golfers need to think about it more. As mentioned elsewhere in this book Ted Williams, the great baseball hitter, used to swing his knees away from the pitch as it came at him to reflexively fire his knees TO the pitch to ensure good leg action..

In reality Mike Austin started his address with equal weight on both feet and then did about two, quick back and forth, miniature shuffles with his hips and made his back swing by rebounding off the second forward press. More of a lower body activation to start his swing. I liken the difference to stepping into a canoe versus solid ground. Stepping into a canoe or a small boat on the water is far more lively and active and you have to gird against the instability. This is how you feel activating the lower body and connecting it to the upper body before going back. Yet another analogy could be sitting in a race car and then turning the motor on. Now you have a power source below you. It’s activated and ready to shuttle your center of mass back and forth.

I should also add that Mike was interrupted when explaining the role of the legs in Mr. Reed’s book, but one of his long drive champ students, Mike Dunnaway, expressed a move of about 12 to 16 inches from the top to impact with the hips as one of his secrets for length. It’s impossible to attain the 16 inches Mike achieved unless you are exceptionally strong and athletic. A foot of forward hip travel with the driver is enough for most golfers. For shorter clubs the distance is even shorter. This comports with my notion of the hips acting like one’s fingers do when spinning a weighted object. The move forward is so powerful because that is where the most centrifugal force is needed. So Mike Austin, no doubt, added this powerful forward shift to his back and forth forward press maneuvers that I described earlier.

As opposed to most instruction that urges you to use your hips to transfer the weight back and forth, I prefer mind focus on the upper legs to do this weight shifting. The biggest muscles of your body excluding the trunk muscles. The upper legs. They should have a “free to move” feeling in them. Elbow room, for lack of a better description. This helps provide a lively lower body dynamic versus a frozen, non dynamic motion. They have to supply a trucking motion to amplify the rotation of the shoulders. They work WITH the shoulders, back and forward.

A powerful wrenching of the whole body towards the target from your left leg accounts for most of the force you create in your lower body, believe it or not. Both legs work together, however. The right leg collects most of the coil of the back swing and then uncoils it going down, the upper body spinning from the compression as the weight is shifted from the right leg to the left. for example.They both work together to wrench things in both directions.

One golfer once told me; “You’ve got to get your ass into the shot.” I agree. There is a lot of muscle and useful connective force to tap there. Push through to the target with your butt, too, as you follow through.

It can be argued that, with no leg activity at all, the mere movement of your shoulders, arms and club away from the ball will automatically shift your weight back to your rear hip. This is true. It does not allow for the fact that the lower body must be alive and active, like standing in a canoe versus static,solid ground in making a take away. In a sense the hips and legs do smoothly wrench the shoulders to the top – even though the shoulders outpace everything to the top – A truly “one piece” feel to the first few inches back, the whole body plugged into the act from the start. Think of the legs as a mighty truck offering a shuttle effect, backwards and then forwards, to the upper body. Of course, at impact, if you are not also landing hard on your left leg you are defeating the laws of nature and physics.

The legs job is to shuttle the hips back and forth and to use their strength to push up hard at impact against the outward pull of the club head. The left leg wrenches the whole body around towards the target and, upon impact, the left hip pushes up hard against the club during impact creating most of the power of the swing when all the formerly created angles and levers are brought to bear and released. Like landing on a power button with the left foot at impact pushing the hips and shoulders up against the momentum of the club weight.

A mentioned a “vertical compression” of the shoulders arms and club being thrown down to the ball against this upward pushing of the hips and legs during impact. As far as I know no one else has even identified this element of the swing. Add to that the clockwise and counter-clockwise body rotational compression in a swing and a weight shift and you have one powerful dynamic.

The legs work very specifically as they provide the subtle shuttle of the hips; To begin with, both the hip girdle and shoulder carriage tilt somewhat downwards towards the ball when they rotate back and forth as opposed to where they may aim at address. Not a 90 degree turn from the spine that aims above the ball. This involves a tilting up and down of the shoulder blades and hip sockets as well as the traditional more horizontal turn. This both prevents over rotation in the hips and allows them to harness body forces efficiently and powerfully. It also keeps the shoulders from spinning out early as well. As the downswing begins the left leg bows out, wrenching, to get ready to catch the weight of the swing at impact when the left hip socket supports the swings forces. The right leg, at first, just stays flexed leaning to the target as this occurs creating a squatting posture.(Snead, Nicklaus and Austin all epitomized this bowed left leg first move down technique.) In reality the weight is shifting DOWN to the ground and also towards the target at the same time and the legs are lowering and moving powerfully left at the same time. As the club arrives near impact the centrifugal force of the club from your shoulders is such that both legs must push up away from the ground to support and increase this force without straightening, after, if you can help it. The tilting up and down of the hips in tandem with hip rotation keeps the move efficient and loaded with maximum leverage guarding against over rotation in the hips. The similar tilting/turning motion of the shoulders towards the balls position keeps things efficient with no wasted motion.

It happens to work brilliantly. Just rock and shuffle your hips back and forth at address, rebounding off the forward press, to start the swing up to the top landing on your right hip socket and, from that solid as a mountain platform, swing EVERYTHING; club, arms, body left WITH your hip shift to the target. It feels like leaning on a car to push it by bearing down on it from your right foot at first, all the way to the finish and less like a separate, independent move of the hips. Rather than stress the hips that shift your weight I prefer to use the thought of the upper legs and hips. I like to think of the upper legs both seeking a little “elbow room”, side to side, back and forth. This active freedom in the hips and upper legs will cause the lower spine to swing like a Grandfather clock pendulum back and forth a little, especially forwards in the down swing. This is the only part of the torso that moves forward until after impact. The big shift to the target is done by the legs and hips.Remember that the transition, after however slight a pause at the top, must be snappy and quick to get ahead of the club with the arms and hands. In making this shift and unwind to the target make sure you achieve the sharp angle with the club shaft you need in mid down swing. This gives your body the slack it needs to race ahead of the club, a point I will make several times in this book. It also creates an  angle sandwiched in between your rotational compression that you can exploit by releasing it, later.

Remember; this book accepts that what one thinks makes a huge difference;, how a move is considered. In this regard look to the action of a baseball pitcher or a football quarterback; The baseball pitcher rocks back to his rear leg and then throws his lead leg forward before planting it as the ball is released – a back and forth weight shift. The quarterback trots backwards about six steps after the ball is hiked, stops, takes about two forward steps and throws. Again, a back and forth weight transference that multiplies the power of the pivot. Like throwing a rock from a 60 mph truck bed versus just static ground.

One original thought I offer about weight shift dynamics is this; Imagine watching a chick try to hatch out of it’s shell. While there is some movement you can see from the outside, there is a lot more going on inside that you can’t see. Now imagine you are surrounded by a cylinder with slots that allow for arm motion. Now coil and wrench and shift weight all you want but keep it from disturbing the outward appearance of the shell you are surrounded by. In other words, be athletic, be dynamic, but stay relatively centered.

There are some sensations that apply to the correct feeling of the proper weight shift also found when riding an elevator. As the downswing begins you should feel as if a still elevator suddenly begins to go down. Your body wants to go down with it, like the image of Sam Snead’s famous squat as if he’s jumping, bow-legged out of an airplane. In the second phase of the downswing you want a lateral shift, a pronounced lateral shift to the target, slightly inside to out as you send the club from the stance line to the ball line. In spite of this inside out shift the club head will arrive square at impact. By impact the sensation is like standing in an elevator when it suddenly stops after going down. Now all your weight is pressed down into the ground as you are now mostly on your front leg. This powerful thrust upwards of your legs against the downward force of the club is what produces most of the power at impact. The finish is just a result of this last upwards thrust. That is one way to understand the weight transfer. It’s slightly circular but mostly lateral keeping the tension always opposite and just ahead of the swinging, weighted object to amplify centrifugal force.

Naturally there is much more to leg action that just shuttling the hips back and forward; they must be flexed at the knees and aligned at address parallel to the target. The hip and shoulder “tilt” up and down acts like the sides of your bath tub as the  waves you might make climb up the side. The side of the tub catches the waves force, loads the force and returns it like a bow string, almost. If the hips and shoulders just turn out of the way they lose some of that leverage. The legs simply add the dimension of a moving truck to your swing. How strong they are makes a huge difference, too. If you throw a rock as far as you can from the ground it will fly “X” amount of feet. If you make the same exact throw from a truck bed traveling down the road at 60 mph the rock will travel a whole lot farther from it’s point of release than the rock thrown from static ground. That is the essence of what the legs and hips do. I noticed how Austin always shuffled his hips a little to start his swing and never left the starting gate without this activation of his hip girdle, first. Subtle but vital activation of the lower body that supplies a trucking or a shuttling of all the apparatus operating above, all anchored by a steady head and shoulders. I never start without this subtle activation of the hips button to also start my swing. This also helps loosen your whole body up, in general.

You may all be surprised to see that when you move the weight of the club and the entire swing from your loaded right hip socket at the top as it shifts target ward your right heel is actually off the ground at impact though it was the club’s weight, mostly, you were thinking about sending target ward. The actual loads distribute perhaps 80 percent of your weight to the back foot at the top and even more on the front foot at impact and beyond with the longer clubs.. The hip girdle definitely moves back and forth; a few inches going back and a foot, almost, to impact from the top. It is the force that replaces the move you make with your fingers when spinning a weight on a string; always opposite and ahead of the direction of the weight you want to move.

Even before Mike Austin’s methods were known to me I advocated a throw right from the top to impact and the finish of the club wasting no time from start down to impact. Allowing for a slight pause but with a snappy transition zone. Austin describes this first move down as where most of the effort is made in a swing and that the rest of the body reacts to this stimulus. I agree. It’s hard to throw a baseball overhand, hard, without first throwing your leading leg ahead of it’s action as it is hurled from the right to left hip socket and released to the target. Though the hands are throwing the BALL, mostly, forward the body manages to stay ahead of it to create and maintain and increase centrifugal force. Similarly your front leg bows target ward as you begin this throwing motion from the top, just like a baseball pitcher. Austin described the swing as a step and throw from the top all the way to the finish. Austin and I both believe that a throwing, versus a pulling or pushing motion is where big dynamics occurs.

Jack Nicklaus, too, is known for saying that so long as one keeps his left side in position ahead of the right until impact you cannot hit to hard or too soon with the right hand.

I translate all of this into the thought of getting from point “A”, the top, to point “B”; impact, as fast as you can after first collecting yourself at the top so that everything starts down in one piece.

While on the subject of centrifugal force, a circular or rotational force is more powerful than a linear force when it comes to golf. Try this; Take a putter and stroke the ball as you normally do. Your arms and hands will likely travel in a linear fashion. Now try swinging the putter by only tilting your shoulders up and down forcing everything to revolve around your neck joint from the collar bones like a teeter totter.. You manage a lot more force with a lot less energy you will find. The same principle applies to the full swing. If you try to add distance by traveling in any linear fashion you will retard power instead. The hip shuttle provides all the linear motion you need and even the spine is swinging like a pendulum from the head, right to left, when this occurs. A small swing hidden in the swing you might otherwise not notice. Even this right to left move originates from a central point that provides a rotational force.

The subtle shuttle of the hips back and forth, I now believe, represents the central circular motion one’s fingers make when twirling a weight on a string. That tiny, constant circular motion directly against the weight at all times to keep the string taut. The reason your forward shift is about a foot and your back swing shift only a few inches has to do with how much force you are trying to generate to swing that weight. Nearing impact you DO pull hard against the club weight to generate centrifugal force, just like fingers move to spin a weight on a string.

Similarly, when the club is above your head at the top the inclination is to first pull down and then to the target once the club is opposite the target. So there is likely a circular, counter clockwise shift, ever changing depending on the club’s position, hidden in the over all weight shift. Only I have pointed this phenominon out, to my knowledge.

When you add the tilt to your shoulders you will find both shoulders going under the chin and not just in front of the chin when you swing. Now your collar bones rotate towards the ball position instead of above it. Ditto for the hip sockets. This fact adds leverage to your swing.

Byron Nelson, the so called father of the modern swing, is a text book example of what tilt looks like. His hips slid as much as turned and his shoulders dipped towards the ball’s location and not just 90 degrees from his spine angle as he swung.

I think I understand why tilting versus just turning is important: The baseball player has the ball at hip level and he can afford to align his shoulder blade rotation like a record atop his spine at a 90 degree angle. The golfer, on the other hand, has a ball at ground level and should rotate his shoulders like they were a dinner plate’s edges aimed towards the ball requiring a turning AND a tilting motion to swing.

One does not have to align the collar bones rotary motion exactly at the ball’s location. It’s mostly important that a measure of tilt be allowed into your coil. Maybe two thirds coil and one third tilt feels about right to me, for example.

I notice a host of benefits to my swing since incorporating hip and shoulder TILT and not just turn. Better aesthetics to my swing. Now my hips are looking like Mike Austin at impact like I could never do before. Now both my left and right sides are like one big bow leaning into the shot at impact. I look more loaded with my hips at the top now that I tilt them a little. My arms and club look better and everything WORKS much better. I have identified what tilt really is. It’s proper aim of your action parts; namely your hip girdle and collar bones and/or shoulder blades. Though both are aligned aiming above the ball at address, you must simply move them so they rotate in the direction of where the ball is and not just 90 degrees from the spine. A whole new motion, entirely, that creates all the leverage you need and also removes unwanted motion that leaks power from a swing. That Austin was swinging vigorously his whole long life tells me, also, that this motion in a swing is only good and essential.

Mike Austin knew tilt worked, I think I know why it worked. Both Jack Nicklaus and Seve Ballesteros (Two of the best swings you’ll find) incorporated a tilt with a turn in their hips and shoulders. Both were explosive with their power.

Shoulders versus Hips; the “CORE” dynamic;

At the very center of your swing a dance takes place between your shoulders and your hips that supplies the bulk of your power. It’s an efficient application of leverage between the two. In it’s basic form it feels like merely cracking open a door and then slamming it shut as your swing revolves around your left hip socket as you shift your weight left through impact. In other words; as you swing your arms and club back you take the shoulders with them while your hips are resisting at first. This creates an angle or differential between your shoulder bones and your hip bones. From the top you maintain this differential as your weight shifts down and to the target. As you start down with your left leg as it begins to wrench back to the target, this differential even increases, or compresses. At the same time your club angle cock increases to absorb the compression. As your weight is transferred from your right hip to your left hip socket you then unwind this core pulling the shoulders around from the legs and hips which lead the move. In mid downswing it’s as if the shoulders and hips stay in their configuration of hips ahead of shoulders, even increasing the differential slightly. Hip bones leveraging shoulder bones around after first creating a differential between the two. By the time you land with all of your weight on the forward hip and leg at impact, as the club falls equally hard on the ball, everything is sprung into a full release.; Cracking a door open and then slamming it shut using hips versus shoulders dynamics.. A compact, compound move from the center of your body. Torque applied. The differential is created between the two, then maintained and finally released, the hip shift launching the trailing shoulders to unwind around the axis or pivot point of the lead hip socket while the club and arms revolve around the shoulders fully releasing to the target. To sum it up in one word, you wrench your whole body from the ground up through the shoulders and, finally, into the club.

This is the heart of technique, this torque relationship between the shoulders and hips, mostly. Of course without the feet grabbing the ground and supplying traction this is impossible. When I introduced this book I referred to a smooth but mighty wrenching of the body proper as being what powers a golf swing. Much of the backward wrenching to the top position is done in consideration for what happens in the delivery zone where most of this torque will be applied in the downswing. Marrying the ratios of backwards wrench with the forward wrench so that impact is where it all explodes is where much of the issues concerning timing are concerned. One reason it is good to be smooth in your take away and start down is to respect the fact that impact is where everything must arrive together. Being smooth everywhere else allows this to happen more often than not.

The best drill I can offer you to understand how this shoulder bones versus hip bones dynamics feels like is to teach you the Moe Norman swing. As I mentioned before his technique is a whittled down, pure essence of just the required elements needed to swing a club.

When I first tried his method it came quickly after my first twenty shots went to the left. Soon it gelled and I was surprised at how little motion was needed to transmit so much force. I had to spread my stance quite a bit and straighten my legs without locking them. Then I had to stand farther from the ball because I also had to raise my hands and arms up so they drew a straight line from my shoulders to the ball. The idea was to swing the club back on a single plane from the ball to the shoulders like record tilted from the shoulders to the ball aimed to the target. I then had to position my club several inches behind the ball which was just inside my left instep for a long club. This placed my swing in the first stage of the back swing before I even got started. My weight was already where I would have it at the top. It put, in my mind’s eye, the need to move left to the target to get to the ball no matter what else I did. Because this address represents the first stage of the back swing my shoulders were a little closed at address with my hips straight ahead. My left hip was slightly ahead of my left shoulder at address as well creating a spinal tilt away from the target. Now that I was employing all of Moe’s address requirements I began to practice. I was happy to find that the hand action I teach in this book – equal amounts side to side and up and down hinge action – works fine with Moe’s swing style. Because my legs were so spread out my hips were, in effect, locked in place unable to move side to side. They could tilt and turn but little else. Because my arms were raised and extended almost straight they, too, were restricted in their use. Even my hand action with such a constricted swing felt limited. And yet, as I swung the club into the ball, mostly only my hips and shoulders were moving at all. Of course the arms and club moved but as if only from the motions being produced from my core. I was enjoying the way the shoulders were able to throw the weight of the club down and out into the ball due to it being farther away from me. I was now having to go after the ball with all my weight at impact delivered into the ball. It actually felt easier on my body being on the offense versus the defense mode as I poured all my mass into the shot. My distance was identical and my accuracy was just as good as the swing I normally use only everything felt simpler, more concentrated and efficient.

As I walked away from that first test session I was aware of just how it is the shoulders being leveraged from the hips that make a swing after every other part of the swing is choked off from any possible false moves. This was Moe’s reasoning; to eliminate any false, unnecessary moves by subtle address changes. Now the swing depended on the hips and shoulders torquing against each other combined with a right to left weight shift from the top using the left hip as an axis to create power from.

Now that the swing was distilled down to it’s essence even a subtle leveraging of the shoulders against the hips – even just an 80 degree shoulder coil and a 20 degree hip turn to the top – managed to pack a lot of wallop. It’s all in how effectively you lever the two against each other and understanding that this is the “master move” of the swing, it’s heart and core. Golf is easier if this part of the body calls the rest of the shots, you’ll find.

From an aesthetic point of view the swing looks less than elegant and awkward with such a wide stance. That, alone, will discourage many from giving it a full commitment. Nonetheless, it actually works better than a number of better looking techniques. Moe epitomizes core power to make a swing. Everything else is reigned in to a secondary role. What is surprising is how little hip or shoulder turn one needs to create real power. Moe’s swing looks like a three quarter swing it’s so compact. Even his finish finds him with his club aimed to the clouds towards the target.

Just follow the above outlined procedure or get a book about Moe Norman to make this drill a pivotal part of your golf swing progress. Don’t practice it too much as the wide stance aggravates the knees and any swing deviation will creep into your real swing. It’s mostly a drill to force you to use your shoulders and hips against each other after most of the rest of the body has been limited in it’s motion. Once you understand the feel of the dance the hips and shoulders make just go back to your regular swing and apply this new feeling to it.

This answers the question I had when I began this book regarding my letter to Jack Nicklaus in 1979 about an epiphany I had that launched my game to a new level by, seemingly, letting my hands and forearms do everything. Now that I have studied the matter I agree with Lee Trevino who says that the trunk (the body) swings the branches (arms and club), not vice versa. Or as I put it, the dog (body) wags the tail (club and arms).

There IS some mysterious relationship the hands and body have that I don’t pretend to understand. Perhaps, on the other side of everything, there is a similar result focusing on the hands. I was in my mid 20’s when that method worked. At that age you can do almost anything. I now believe that the best way to swing focuses the mind, instead, on the shoulders and hips more than the hands and letting the shoulders coil everything back using traction from the feet to the top which shifts your weight to the right hip socket and then shifting aggressively to the target to your left hip socket, now reversing the ground traction from clockwise going back to counterclockwise going down. This transition zone is like a pitcher throwing his lead leg out in front of him as he prepares to launch the ball forward. It is quick and puts your center of gravity ahead of the arms and club now being launched right from the top with your weight shift, an all out point “A” to point “B” delivery as quickly as possible allowing the club to release past the hands to the target after creating a severe arm / club angle on the way down, first. The way the hips and shoulders pivot against each other in a scissor like fashion in tandem with this weight shifting is what this book is partly about.

Now, while on the subject of mind focus on the hands and that decades old epiphany I once had, I have learned that when you focus on hand action it is best to focus mostly on what they do in the forward, not backward swing.  Especially the blow through the ball. I have already mentioned this but it deserves to be repeated.They seem to operate best with an offensive move versus a defensive or other kind of move. They seem to want something to DO. They work best when the focus is of them applied to the ball through impact as they unwind to the target.

My alternate style of pre setting the club angle as soon as the swing begins, because it incorporates a pro active, not just reactive role, puts the hands, too, in the thick of things with the hip and shoulder dynamic. It’s such a new technique – it occurred to me while in the middle of writing this book – and I’ll have to see where it leads, but I think it will show me the true role of hand use in a swing and whether or not it makes up a holy trinity; (hips / shoulders / hands) to compliment my core driven method.

Accompanying all this there is a trucking motion back and forth with the hips. That subtle shuttle, like grabbing a ski lift rope to ascend a hill. Active hips work with the shoulders supplying the centrifugal force one’s fingers make in spinning a weight on a string. To get things to the top they shift mildly right, then left, only now with full force, nearly a foot, to spin the weight as fast as possible. These active hips propel the shoulders, arms and club to unwind around your lead hip socket for leverage, as well as your neck where the upper body is concerned. Meanwhile your shoulders are supplying another rotational force as they unwind the arms and club. A compound leveraging of your whole body, hips and shoulders, accompanied by a weight shift back and forth.

The hands, on the other hand, monitor club shaft and club head positions and keep the swing wide. They do “HIT” but only after the rest of the body has maneuvered them into ideal dynamic positions, first. The arms make sure that the right elbow leads the hands to the ball and that the right side fires past impact. Mostly, though, the body pivot and weight shift does all the heavy lifting allowing the arms and club to explode as they create and release angles.

Remember’ If you simultaneously wind your hands and shoulders, fully, neither can over wind and your swing should balance out perfectly. The dynamics in between, while complicated, are made easier when you focus on your core rather than your extremities.

I sometimes imagine that my elbows function as if they were the hands, letting the hands just ride along. This helps integrate the whole body into one cohesive machine. At least for me. This particular swing thought may be a little too foreign for most of you, I’ll admit.

The Feet;

Ask any architect and he’ll stress the importance of a building’s foundation. I believe one reason Jack Nicklaus excelled was his vastly superior footwork compared to almost all other golfers. Sure, he sometimes lifted his left heel at the top but that was to complete his back swing against so strong a set of muscles. At impact, every time, he was planted squarely on his left foot with his right foot balanced like a butterfly on his instep, his heel slightly off the ground. Every time, like a Swiss watch. He was never found with his left foot rolled to it’s outside edge until his follow through. At the impact zone he had control of everything with his feet. They were stable and athletic and active. Nicklaus never let his lead hip pass his lead knee in the downswing. Mike Austin and Sam Snead came close but also kept the hip behind the lead knee. Snead’s left leg straightened a little more than I prefer but his footwork was artful as well. Austin found his right foot dragged forward slightly by his left side after impact a little but this is fine and shows proper weight shift. I believe Payne Stewart did the same and he had one of the all time best swings ever. He kept his hip behind his lead knee, even to the finish.

As we all know, Tiger Woods had back problems. I point to his tendency of getting too close to the target with his lead hip at impact which rolled his left foot towards the outside edge. This put undue stress on his back, I believe. I also think he restricted his hip turn too much in his quest for body torque in his past and over rotated to his finish with his left arm well behind his back.  Now that he has made a remarkable first post fusion back operation showing at the 2017 Hero event in the Bahamas – at one point leading – I am pleased to see swing changes to guard against that. He has also managed to track his shaft more to the target versus a laid off pattern he once had. I hope he makes a full comeback and stays healthy. He may, indeed, have some more majors left in him, I think.

The feet do more than just accept and transfer weight. Already mentioned but worth repeating, they grind clockwise against the ground going back and counter clockwise going forward. This is how you actually rotate the shoulders. Imagine your feet are the bottom of a tin can turning the top of the tin can. As your feet grind so turn the shoulders. As the body coils they pivot from their insteps. That is, the left foot rolls to it’s instep to the top and the right foot rolls to it’s instep before impact. Both heels may lift, too, but this inward rolling of the feet is important. Nicklaus did this the best, I think. On the way to the top the right foot never lets the weight shift roll it to it’s outside edge. Instead it keeps pressure along the inside of the right foot, not unlike the pressure a sprinter makes against the blocks as he prepares to sprint. Once the downswing has begun you must guard against the left foot rolling to it’s outside edge before impact, It should be stable and flat on the ground while the right foot balances almost weightless at impact balancing on it’s instep. After the follow through it’s normal for the weight to roll to the outside edge of your left foot.

I noticed the footwork of Bobby Jones and was surprised to see his left heel lift off the ground a little in mid back swing. Kind of surprising since his weight shift to the right was somewhat minimal compared to others. Yet, this photo proves his weight is put into his right foot going back. By the time impact arrived Bobby Jones was almost 100 percent on his left foot, however.

At address the weight is about 50 / 50. At the top as much as 90 / 10 to the right foot and as much as 95 / 5 to the left foot at the finish. It’s less drastic with shorter clubs. There is a definite transfer of weight in a swing. Even impact registers at about 90 / 10 on the lead foot.

During the take away, if you have a forward press kind of motion, you may find a paddling up and down of the feet, right to left before you start your swing, helpful. Trading your weight from foot to foot to get them ready for the swing. Activating the feet. The feet actually initiate everything above them and, in fact, begin the weight shift to the right with the shoulders and the shift to the target afterwards.

Athletic, aggressive, yet a little quiet and disciplined as they supply the rest of your body with the leverage it will need throughout the swing. I notice how quiet the modern tour stars feet seem until the right foot merely rotates up onto it’s toe at the finish. There is a little wrench at impact as the left foot absorbs the blow but, otherwise, you’d never be able to tell by looking at the pros how much their feet really are working.

The feet are a vital chain link to the rest of your swing. Make them a strong link. Gravity is pressing your body down into the ground. This gives you the opportunity to use the ground for leverage. This is where the feet come in. They move in a rotational clock wise / counter- clockwise manner to coil and uncoil the body above and in a left and right manner to lever the club against the ball in a single direction.

The Club:

That’s right, the club. No one ever seems to devote any instruction to what the club, alone, must do. Believe it or not, due to a weight shift there are two swing centers and two distinct club head paths in a swing. The back swing circle is about a full foot behind the downswing circle. The low point of your back swing, for example, is several inches behind the ball while the low point of your downswing is several inches in front of the ball. From face front it resembles the shape of a crescent moon, the inside edge more steep than the back side edge from the top to impact. Like two large Hoola Hoops leaned side by side against a wall, one being about a foot ahead of the other. As I said, this is due to the shift to the right going back and the shift to the left going forward. A third Hoola Hoop representing address would be only a few inches ahead of the backswing arc. The shift forward is twice whatever the backswing shift is. Once you begin your forward swing the whole center of gravity has moved forward almost a foot for longer clubs. This results in the whole arc shifting about one foot forward from the back swing arc’s path. All beneath a steady head and upper body. Strobe images of Bobby Jones bear this fact out. From face front he takes the club back to the top and then the camera shows how his downswing arc slips ahead of his back swing arc. So you do not trace the same path back and forward but a weight shift moves your center of gravity and your whole swing arc forward from the top. Making sure to take a divot beginning in front of the ball will aid in achieving this shift to the target with your hands ahead of the ball.

The club also has two different paths back and forward when viewed from behind facing the target. The back swing arc is a little more upright and above the shoulders while the downswing arc is a little flatter and around the hips more. This is also due to weight transfer and center of gravity transfer and other considerations relating to anatomy in the process. This produces a path back that is also slightly more straight back from the ball compared to a slightly more inside / out path coming down into impact.

The general path of the club is at an angle from the ball through your shoulders going back and just a little lower in the body coming down like a tilted plane aligned to the target. This means that, at the top, you allow your wrist to roll a little to flatten out the downswing plane allowing a small inside to square loop as the whole arc shifts left towards the target.

The toe rotates progressively around the hosel going back and then back the other way going through. Not dramatically, but 180 degrees spread out from top to follow through. (Clockwise going back and counter clockwise going down from your perspective.) As this book points out, you limit the rotation going back some to keep your left wrist from cupping at the top cocking, instead, your right wrist forming wrinkles across the back of that hand to the top and until impact.  Most of the forearm and club rotation occurs in the transition and during and after impact.

Another matter involves where speed is applied; Always more after impact than before impact. That is the feeling to strive for; starting out smooth with the take-away and smoothly finishing like a bullet to the finish. The target side of the ball is where you want the speed. Even if physics proves speed is greatest just before impact strive for after impact speed, regardless.

The Swing; A Comprehensive View.;

Now that I have shown you the grip and stance (Elsewhere and out of sequence) and have given you an overview of the swing and it’s many body parts and how they all work, we come to executing the swing, itself, from withdrawing the club from the bag to putting it back in the bag.

I’d like to start, right off, with a new development I am enjoying; the alternate early wrist cock swing versus the one piece take away swing that is commonly taught. I will definitely also teach the conventional method as my new breakthrough style is cutting edge technique as far as I know. Only Dustin Johnson of the pro tour seems to employ this method of an immediate setting of the wrists upon take away and, as such, I doubt most of you will start off with this style. I’d like to get it out of the way, early, so you have a chance to try both methods, first, to see if you prefer one or the other. It’s early in the stages of research and development but I already feel confident that this new technique will render the one piece take away style obsolete as the early wrist set is easier on the body and especially the wrists and seems a lot easier to master, believe it or not.

In reality the early set take away should be called the one piece method while the so called one piece method should be called the three piece method. In the early set style the wrists start to activate at the same time as everything else and stay in sync with the rest of the body throughout the whole swing. In the one piece take away style the body moves first, the hands set second and, third, they arrive at the top, hopefully set properly, and that’s just the back swing. This tried and true method actually stresses the wrists in multiple directions unnecessarily. Going back there is a stress to keep the wrists frozen, the club swinging as if an extension of the left arm. This stress is akin to the stress that makes the shaft flex as it moves the club head weight. Then the wrists unlock and start to hinge gradually to the top. Then they must be timed to properly transition into the down swing, cocked just so. This transition puts reverse stress on the wrists as they change directions. In the early set method the wrists are always cocked until they are un-cocked. Simple. Less back and forth stresses on the wrists. The early set method allows one to hold the upper body coil into the downswing better and, because the wrist angle was set right away, the urge to further wield the club in a head over handle manner is ingrained. This same tension helps them hold onto their club angle better, as well, into the down swing. Another way of looking at it is this; Because the club is rendered weightless from the hands immediately, the shoulders, instead, feel the weight of the arms and club together, as one suspended, connected unit and ,in so doing, preserve the coil better so as not to disturb the tension or lack thereof in the hands with the club until impact. A feeling of the shoulders cradling the arms and club and keeping them tension free until impact. This keeps them coiled longer and better, I think, than the traditional technique that finds the hands always sensing and resisting the tension of the weight in the club head. In my early set technique you let the shoulders do all that, instead. The hands are just a connection until impact.

Both methods have their advantages but I believe the one piece take away grew out of a need to swing hickory wood shafts which flexed and twisted some and had to be swung like a rope to minimize this fact. All along, I believe, the early set style was waiting to be discovered to make golf simpler. I think it’s about time. So allow me to present my first impressions of the early set style of back swing;

It’s basically a matter of rendering the club weightless and free of stress by smoothly popping it into a cocked position as soon as you begin your swing. You try to mimic the postures the club will have just prior to impact as far as it’s geometric positions are concerned; a little inside of straight back and cocking the same way a baton twirls as it is spun from the center of the shaft, spinning a little like a propeller blade, end over end. The same action you get when throwing a stick end over end. The image of a weed whacker, it’s nylon filament line cutting grass as it spins furiously, may help in describing the rotation of the whole club as it whirls through impact.

If you examine a swing you will find that the club rotates head over handle one and half times going back and three and a half times going forward.  And all this time you thought it was one time around your body. Nope. At address the club is vertical. Three quarters to the top it is vertical only the handle has rotated to the bottom (one) to the top add another half rotation. Going down the club rotates once from the top to late downswing, again trading handle for head; (one). From there to mid follow through, again; (two) and from mid follow through to finish (one and one half) rotations more! So, indeed, the feeling is not just a head over handle feeling but, rather, a head over handle over head over handle feeling. Really rotate that club shaft like a propeller through the ball. Pro active hands have a place in golf. Again, like I described in the chapter about hands, what they do going forward, not backwards, is where your mind focus should be. Especially during the strike as they are actually applied.

Who but I would point out that a club rotates head over handle FIVE TIMES in one swing? I can’t recall ever reading about that glaring but almost invisible fact, before. The lesson to take away from this insight is to go after the ball like the whole club was a buzz saw rotating end over end over end over end over end over end, over end over end,  for it actually IS.

In reality the shaft spins like a single propeller blade, not two, around it’s axis, in golf’s case the hands. You may have to imagine that it does so twice to the top and three times back to the finish to grasp the kind of shaft dynamics I’m trying to describe.  Think of how an ice skater tucks his or her body in to spin the fastest and how they slow down as they expand their arms. You want that compressed feeling that produces speed. Making a back swing kind of feels like curling everything to the top the way one rolls a jelly roll into it’s cylindrical shape. The innermost curl is the hands, the middle your shoulders, the outside layer your lower body. The club shaft curling into an angle, then the arms and body. A little like rolling a carpet into a cylinder and then unrolling it flat for the downswing. The beauty of this new technique is that it removes harsh shaft stresses and body stresses from take away until impact when the full weight of your body is transferred into the club head as it clobbers the ball like a buzz saw with unstoppable force, the shaft like a stick flying end over end through space and less like a stick merely swinging back and forth. At impact you get a distinct feeling of twirling the club like a baton, end over end through impact, head over handle as if doing so several times and not just one rotation. It’s a feeling, I’ll admit, but it seems to best describe the proper dynamic.

One way to get a sense of how this new wrist set feels is to simply balance a club from the palm of your hand, the shaft pointing straight up as it balances. The club has weight but no side stress on the shaft. In the one piece take away the rear side of the shaft is stressed as it is swung, pendulum style, slightly bowing the shaft.. Conversely the front side of the shaft is stressed coming down to the ball. In my new style you gingerly, and smoothly just relieve the shaft of any side stresses and cock the angle in the proper direction and posture and continue to cock the club all the way to the top pulling the rest of the body into it’s cocked position as well. All body parts simultaneously cock to the top, wrists included. This is a smooth and unhurried motion that even allows a smoother transition zone requiring less speed to get ahead of the club for the forward blow. The sensation is like a Cobra snake rising up out of it’s basket, hovering above the ground, coiled and supported by it’s coil. Coiled tight as a drum yet completely relaxed and in control. Conversely, the one piece style finds the arms swinging to and fro more and depending on timing to function, almost like two acrobats catching each other as they fly in space, frankly. In the pre set style you coil up like a spring and are able to hold the cocked angles longer at the top without stress and stay cocked longer into the downswing, waiting until the delivery zone to stress the club shaft and unleash your pent up, stored power.

We used to marvel at how Tiger Woods could stop a swing in mid down swing. From 50 mph to zero in a few feet. I imagine that he was still holding his coil halfway into his downswing waiting for the explosive release of all the angles created to that point. My pre set style seems to tap this ability to suspend one’s coil at the top and have control of everything as you transition retaining some of the body tension you made going back into the early downswing. After all, your wrists, by setting an angle right away, put the proper tension in the hands to better hold the backswing back. The swing started out with a cock of the wrists that set up a chain reaction all the way down to the feet cocking the whole body to the top. Because you activated this cock of the wrists from the start this wind up body tension was easy to feel and identify and thus preserve as you made the transition. Less back and forth energy and more direct coil from the ground up. You still do use the hip shift back and forth to power centrifugal force except your swing seems more stable and straight up and down from your stance compared to a sway sensation that accompanies the one piece style back swing.

In a profound sense it feels a little like taking command of the club rather than letting it take command of you. Right away it is subdued and tamed until it is wielded, like a snake hovering in it’s coiled state waiting for the moment to strike.

Another way of grasping how this swing feels different is to compare the action to the action one makes when playing what we (playmates) called “Three flies, up” a baseball game where the batter would toss a ball up in front of him and hit it as it descended to his hitting zone to waiting fielders trying to get their three flies for their turn at bat. The early set style take away feels like the club is tossed into weightlessness, like the ball as it rises before falling. From that point it seems to hide from stresses until the impact zone where upon it is wielded with an unstoppable, highly leveraged force to the target side of the ball. Just like the batter doesn’t feel alignment considerations with his bat, only it’s timed use, the golfer senses where the target is and where the ball is and aligns itself accordingly by feel. By considering the shaft’s relationship to the left arm as it swings you should be able to compliment the two for ideal leverage and direction. There are four things I consider; ball position, target, left arm, shaft. How best do I use these two levers together? Another way of appreciating this is to imagine swinging through a giant wall that is aimed to the target. A direct 90 degree attack that would not bend a nail if it were fixed into the back of the ball, but drive it straight through. This wall is aimed like your driver’s club face. You simply try to bust through it at a 90 degree angle and the shot should go straight. How the left arm and club shaft align themselves as a unit as you swing should help you solve any accuracy problems.  It’s a little like Babe Ruth at bat; You sense the target, you sense the bat and you sense the ball and find the proper recipe for results, almost instinctively.

By the way, speaking of Babe Ruth, his whole talent as a batter seems to be summed up in the phrase “Less is more.” He stood at bat very unassumingly and calm and relaxed, his bat merely held in his hands up near his side, a stride into the swing and unwound everything like a propeller blade through the swing.  Bobby Jones had the same calm demeanor at address, readying himself for the move with the least wasted motion.

Because this centrifugal tug is constant you must move quickly once you start down to stay ahead of this tug, this “weight”. That is why I emphasize this so much. You have to stay ahead of the spinning weight, especially in the transition. By comparison, with the pre set style you have more trunk control and can creep into position with your lower body before releasing your trunk coil. You don’t have to rely on timing quite as much as you can hold your coil in place better with a weightless club.

Now we come to the swing. I stated that my method will use as it’s platform the Gravity Golf System taught by David C. Lee. Essentially it uses weight transfer back and forth and body coil in the swing to propel extended and relaxed arms and hands and club powered by the large body muscles of the back, shoulders, hips and legs as the weight moves from the top, first going down and then forward, landing on the lead hip as an axis, and rotating the body out of the way of the arms and club through impact. As if the arms and club just fall into impact leveraged by the larger body muscles with the weight shift.

In a nutshell: rebounding into your back swing from the forward press weight shift, you simultaneously move the club to the top and coil your body and shift your weight to your right hip socket. As you transition into the forward swing you shift your weight to the left hip socket thus increasing your wrist cock into the downswing as you lead your upper body and club into the ball with your lower body. Both back and forward, the hips provide a moving shuttle, like your fingers make when spinning a weight on a string – always tugging opposite of the weight  being moved. This is why you have to shift slightly away from the target with your whole body about an inch BEFORE the club can follow to make a back swing. Similarly, going forward the body must shift target ward an inch BEFORE the club can follow. Just like your fingers move to spin a weight on a string. That is the role of the hips, mostly. They provide that centrifugal force. Meanwhile the upper body coil and arms and club are held back until impact and release.

Coming into impact, the club shaft now severely angled from the wrists halfway down, as the weight is landing on the left hip socket the weight is deflected slightly away from the target line and opposite the weight of the club at impact. Dennis Lee describes this deflection  as some seventy degrees left of the target line. Just know that your legs will have to exert themselves most at impact to offset the centrifugal force of the club head wherever it may happen to be at any given moment. Your arms and club weigh enough to pull your shoulders first back and then forward as they traverse forward. You must counter fall against this pull and by impact, with the club all the way to your leading foot and the ball, that direction is slightly left of the target line and back towards your stance line. Leaning back against the club weight. By the time your shaft is aimed to the target you pull directly against that, for example. During impact there is a hard landing on your left hip that pushes up against all the centrifugal force that the club head creates. Your swing pivots around that socket and allows the arms and club to swing past the body and to the finish.  As the club goes down to impact you have to push up against that force with especially your left leg to increase and maintain the centrifugal force that is produced. Since you swing down and right of the target to meet the ball, initially, this defection of weight is inside the target line somewhat. The counter fall is the ricochet from inside out to square at impact and then outside in. As I remarked earlier you have the inside to square shift to the ball because it is on the ball line while you are on the stance line. The ball is forward in you stance and your club head swings in an arc. Because of these factors you must swing inside out just to be square at impact with the ball that far forward in your stance. From impact you must then counter fall back to inside the target line because that is opposite where the weight is at that moment. Again, like spinning a weighted object on a string you’re always tugging opposite the position of the weight at all times. In fact, just a shade ahead  of it

Dennis Lee calls this the “counter fall”. This is the power pivot point of the swing where all the angles are brought to bear and they are forced to release.

This unleashes the club and now you have to release everything to the target past the ball position. The club shaft that was once aimed away from the target as it entered the hitting zone is now aiming directly to the target having rotated 180 degrees head over handle. Now you enter the finish almost completely on your left leg and hip, your body uncoiled fully to the target your right foot rotated up on it’s toe.

That’s the gravity technique as I understand it. Pretty simple. Let whole body coil and all the big muscles get involved and use a weight shift to unleash the package around its many pivot points delivering the club squarely to the target through the impact zone. The arms and club are whip slung through impact and remain passive and extended and relaxed throughout.

Dennis Lee did not invent this technique but helped identify elements that make it work. There is no doubt that many greats have used this technique from golfs first days. Jack Nicklaus and Sam Snead used it so let’s examine both of their swings before I go into my instructions.;

As I explained, I have real time film of Snead that reveals timing and tempo considerations so let’s start with his swing.

Sam is relaxed and natural at address with a slightly closed stance. His back swing is definitely one piece with his left arm and club matched until the club is knee high at which point it starts to cock naturally due to momentum that he created at  takeaway. Enough momentum to propel the club and arms all the way to the top position. You can observe that his left knee resists his upper body coil all the way back but his body otherwise accommodates this coil. This upper body coil is prodigious, indeed. As if Snead equates coil with power as if he equates arm extension and club width with power. He lingers at the top position a long time after first making sure he tapped out his coil. As he transitions into his downswing he keeps his arms wide and away from his shoulders and his lead knee, mostly, wings out to the target to get ready to catch all of his body weight at impact. His right leg is mostly just holding firm as his weight moves first down to the ground and then target wards as he enters impact. It almost looks like he is jumping out of an airplane, bow legged his weight is going down to the ground so much at first. Midway down his weight seems evenly distributed on both legs and by impact almost all of his weight is on his left leg. His club shaft angle increases as his arms move into the impact zone. He has held onto his upper body coil as his lower body leads the the way into impact. He has kept his head steady as he shifts his weight to the target. Now all his pivot points; his shoulders, hips, wrists, etc are in perfect leverage positions. His weight shifts all the way to his left hip socket as his whole body braces for release of the club. The release is complete and opposite of where the club was as it entered the impact zone. Now it is fully rotated to the target and even the club head and forearms rotate counterclockwise leaving nothing behind in the effort to deliver maximum speed and power. Sam’s arms and body look almost identical when the shaft is parallel to the ground at both the top and the near finish positions. The main difference is the amount of hip rotation – much fuller to the finish. It’s as if he uses his upper body like a huge coil and his arms like fixed extensions and that he swings this apparatus as if from his lower body. Sam Snead’s trunk is actually vertical at the top, not leaning away from the target as I recommend. So are many tour pro’s. The important thing is it is not angled whatsoever towards the target. It’s so important to keep the upper body back while the lower body moves to the target going down.

Compared to Jack Nicklaus Sam Snead has a relatively straight left leg at impact but otherwise is very similar. They both tap the power of their body coil and all the big muscles to make sure that nature does most of the work. As Moe Norman once said of the weight shift element of the swing; “It’s as easy as falling off a log.” Well, almost.

Now Jack Nicklaus’s swing;

Jack more exemplifies the reverse “K” address position. His head position is slightly to the right with his hands opposite his left hip. Jack keeps his right arm above his left more than Snead going back but uses the one piece takeaway all the way to hip height at which point his club cocks from momentum to the top. Because Jack is so powerful in his hips and legs his knees travel a lot compared to Sam. ( I recall as younger man plotting on paper the amount of knee movement in his swing and it outpaces everything except his arms.) Never are either of his legs caught in an extended or straight position but always with some degree of flex present at all times. Like Sam, Jack taps out his upper body coil and extends his arms and club outwards throughout his swing. Both players know that it is body coil and arm and club width that allow the weight shift to do it’s work. In the transition Jack’s powerful legs charge into action his knees leading the way. Jack’s right leg kicks to the target a little earlier than Sam but his left knee at impact is definitely more flexed as it catches the stresses of impact allowing the lead leg and not just the hip to absorb the blow. Jack’s swing is a little more reverse “C: than Sam’s in the finish, his head still nearer his address position instead of rotating forward and allowing his body to straighten up like Sam.

Mike Austin’s swing:

I think, perhaps the best non touring pro swing ever, Mike Austin must also be compared.

Mike is a little more on his right leg at address and his hips swing back and forth under his steady head more than Sam or Jack. They slide away from the target, without spinning behind himself, in a tilted manner. Similarly his shoulders tilt a little more than the others. Unlike Sam and Jack, Mike cocks his wrists a little earlier in the swing as his weight slides to his right hip socket. Unlike the other two, Mike makes most of his shoulder and upper body coil LATER in his back swing rather than immediately coiling them from the takeaway. Into the transition Mike wings out his lead leg like Snead and, as he enters impact, really shifts his hips to the target creating a massive spinal tilt at impact that finds his hands ahead of the club at impact. He keeps his knees flexed at all times allowing his left hip and leg to absorb his weight through impact as his right foot is pulled up on it’s toe. Mike stops rotating his hips after his club is extended to the target. He does not spin out, whatsoever. Back and forward his hip and shoulder tilt catches the momentum of the swing like a sail or a catcher’s mitt. Observing Mike’s tempo you will find that he does not rush the sequence of his fluid swing style. He starts the club back smoothly and keeps the motion smooth waiting until his extended arms and club finish their move to the top before he smoothly starts down. Even though his shoulder coil is executed a little later in the back swing than Sam and Jack his shoulders tap out and have to wait momentarily for the arms and club catch up. You see, it was the body coil that propelled the arms and club and they lag behind slightly. He relies on gravity to dictate his tempo. This has a way of harnessing all his power and delivering it in an effortless manner. His club head arrives at impact with all his weight behind it. Sam Snead shares this trait of waiting for gravity and momentum to finish the back swing before starting down. Jack, too, has a smoothness that helps synchronize his whole action for maximum leverage and effortlessness.

Even though Mike waits for the back swing to come to almost a stop, once starting down he moves fastest from the top position to half way down and describes this part of the swing as where the most energy is required, where the dye is cast and speed is created, that the release is a response to this first move down. I describe this move as getting from point “A” (the top) to point “B” (Impact) with utter dispatch and speed, leaving nothing on the table. I suggest that this thought tricks the body into the best body / arm / club sequence to create speed for impact. All three golfers seem to cover a lot of ground in this small space in the swing. Even Bobby Jones described this first move down as the most important move in the swing which involves a weight shift to the target.

None of these three swings emphasizes the arms behind the head finish position of many modern swings. They all have the elbows somewhat above or in front of the head. Especially in Mike Austin’s case, the club has been fully released to the target and needs no further manipulation after. Much of the finish position represents the brakes that the body has to apply to any swing to bring it to a halt, anyway. If you can spare your back unnecessary strain and keep the elbows from traveling too far behind your head at the finish, I say all the better. As for myself, I swing just how my body wants to the finish and immediately release my body from the stress of the finish position once I arrive there. No posing necessary is my opinion.

That Mike makes most of his shoulder coil late into his back swing is good in two aspects; the shoulders are applying speed even before the transition zone giving him a head start with speed and one of the best downswing thoughts you can employ is to make one last crank back at the top of the shoulders before you start down. This move encourages that. That he times his shoulder coil later in his back swing helps make sure that his shoulders are the last thing to move backwards before he starts down. This may aid the proper sequence of events and I encourage this move of emphasizing shoulder coil especially at the top rather than too early.

In viewing Mike’s top of the back swing position it would seem that he was doing Jack Nicklaus before Jack Nicklaus. The only difference is Mike travels laterally slightly more with his upper body. His head moves maybe three inches back and forth, like many tour pros. Jack, remember, was taught to vigorously keep his head still.

Jack’s arms are proportionately shorter than Sam and Mike and, as a result, they have to extend a little more at the top to be in proper position. No flying elbow, here.

I’ve explained the differences, but what about similarities? They all three swing wide with their arms to the top and fully, even lifting their left heel off the ground momentarily. They all arrive at the top with a fully coiled trunk and their weight over the right hip socket and they all then shift the weight to their left hip socket as the arms and club fall to the delivery zone. They all allow the club to cock most fully halfway down to the ball. They all lead the downswing with their left knee and foot and lower body while holding onto their club cock and body coil until the last minute. They all land hard on their left hip at impact leveraging everything from that socket. They all fully release the club to the other side of the ball after impact allowing the arms to release the club as the forearms rotate with the club, itself. They all find it unnecessary to unwind the arms behind the head at the finish and allow them to stay above or in front of their head. While Nicklaus may linger with his head back a bit the other two allow some straightening up of the body at the finish. They all swing on a somewhat upright plane. They all extend their right shoulder to the top allowing it to travel around into camera view. Similarly, they all extend the left shoulder all the way under the chin at the top. A fully extended set of shoulders and arms throughout the swing.

Nicklaus and Austin’s hand and club action back and forward are almost identical – the early wrist set of Austin and the late set of Nicklaus excepted. The club goes to the top traveling up the side seam of the body whereas Snead has a more direct path back. All three make a move from the top to impact that is slightly inside out until impact were the club is traveling square. They describe this as a feeling of swinging down and out to the target. The laws of physics automatically returns the action back to the inside after impact and up over ones’s left shoulder but it is a feeling of inside to square in the forward swing. As I explained earlier, this has to do with the fact that you are swinging from the stance line to the ball line from the top and must swing out to meet the ball. The forward positioning of the ball combined with the fact that the club travels in an arc requires an inside out path to impact just to arrive square at impact. All three minimize wrist and hand and fore arm manipulation to the top arriving with the driver’s face aligned with their left arm at about a 45 degree angle, their left wrist straight, neither cupped nor bowed. If any of them err on the side of a cupped or bowed left wrist at the top they err on the side of being bowed a little. This keeps the club below the plane and makes it easier to send the club outwards to meet the ball which is several feet in front of you. Were they cupped it would be like having a screw loose on a hinge rising out of position thus requiring the talent of a Fred Couples or Bobby Jones to take advantage of whatever extra freedom it offers.

They all use the gravity swing that moves the big scaffolding of the body parts wide around a steady head; the shoulders, back, arms and club, hips and lower body and in both directions. This is facilitated by shifting weight off of the left foot to free the left side up so it can coil around the right side. As the passive arms and club reach the stall point at the top the weight is transferred back to the left hip letting the right side unwind around the left side, thus tightening the whole coil. Now the fall to the left hip socket unleashes all that power and coil as the left side pushes up against centrifugal force at impact unwinding the whole everything under a steady head.

Think of the inherent power of an action that wraps the whole left side around the whole right side with a shift off the left side with the shoulders coiled at least 90 degrees and then transitioning to the opposite force; shifting the weight to the target and off the right foot and onto the left foot now allowing the whole right side to release around the whole left side, all this powered with a massive weight shift to the target that lands the weight hard on the left hip socket at impact as the body and club pivot around that socket. The arms must stay relaxed and extended, going along for the ride, but they are then whip slung through impact with massive power, all that your body can produce. Because it was the body core and the big muscles that did most of the work it feels almost effortless. The role of the hands and arms is to properly align the club shaft, mostly, throughout the swing, to stay extended and tension free and to allow the body pivot to propel them to the target.

Completely counter intuitive to most of man’s instincts and sensibilities. Childlike in it’s imagination, it is the best technique ever used by anyone, ever. At least so far. I doubt this will ever change as long as humans are constructed as they are. My three favorite swings; Nicklaus, Snead and Austin and hundreds more have used it all along.

This technique uses the shoulder coil and the hips with a weight shift to propel relaxed and extended arms and club. It’s very integrated and one piece and less prone to breakdown.

This technique likes width and volume and coil and hates constriction and timidity. It’s a very free and soaring kind of feeling as the ball rockets skyward like an arrow released from a powerful bow, your weight supported by your left leg at the finish with your whole body stretched out. Mostly, you’ll notice it feels effortless for all it’s power and accuracy. This technique taps gravity and the large muscles of the body. It uses the joints and pivot points for maximum effect.

Think of all the bones and muscles your body has and make sure to mostly use the largest ones to propel the club. The hands and arms multiply all the forces they create. In fact, in studying Austin’s swing, you will notice how his left arm allows the right arm and club to release past it before it allows swing momentum, not arm manipulation, to continue it’s motion to the finish. Going back to his childhood drill of swinging into a heavy rug on a line, his left arm does not swing out ahead of his body during impact but lets a released right side pull it forward after impact.

Creating Centrifugal Motion;

During the take away you create centrifugal force, right away, whether using the early cock or one piece method. This is done mostly through the shoulders; Imagine that your shoulders are like a giant wheel atop a post, like a carnival ride with carriages that hang from cables fixed atop the wheels perimeter. When the ride is off the cables hang straight down. When the machine is activated and the wheel on top starts to rotate around the pillar the carriages below begin to swing out a little due to centrifugal force. The cables are swinging out at about a 45 degree angle when the machine speeds up.

This is the essence of creating centrifugal force, initially; rotate the shoulders like a wheel atop a pillar as you simultaneously shift your weight to your right hip socket, the club swinging like a weighted rope away from the ball. This move will get centrifugal force acting on your arms and club as the body coiling swings everything to the top. Make sure you get your left shoulder all the way under your chin at the top. You should not snatch the club away from address or unduly increase grip pressure but, rather, ease into motion with a proper amount of force. The Gravity Swing technique refers to a release of the club early into the back swing, a wrist cock if you will, that releases the club and arms from any arm tension required to initiate the back swing motion. Mr. Lee suggests that the amount of “heave” away from the ball with the shoulders and back muscles and this release point be right on the money, neither too weak not too powerful. Just enough force to propel the arms and club all the way to the top at which point they reach a stall point and start to fall back to the ball. Once centrifugal force is activated you maintain this force and increase it during impact, also with body rotation now going the opposite way forward, the hips tugging against an opposite force of the club weight like fingers spinning a weighted string. As the club is allowed to cock fully midway into the downswing and by the time you land on your left hip at impact, centrifugal force reaches it’s maximum force. At this point your hands are busy just holding on and allowing the swing to release past the ball.

It should be said, also, that to create centrifugal force the feet grind in a clock wise and counter clockwise fashion as well as back and forward. That is they act like the bottom of a tomato can: To spin the can’s top you must spin the bottom in the same direction. Similarly, to rotate counter clockwise going forward you must gird in a similar fashion with your feet. All this while also shifting weight right to left, back and forth. The fact that a golf mat spins in a counter clockwise manner for a right handed golfer suggests, indeed, that this rotational girding of the feet takes place, especially in the forward swing.

In a simplistic view it could be said that the feet rotate the shoulders and swing the arms and club while the hip shuttle adds the needed punch when it comes to creating centrifugal force. In this sense the hips are a little like the force you use to start a lawnmower by pulling on the cord. While you want to have enough tilt to avoid spinning out and losing your leverage, you also want to “pull the cord” with your hips through the ball. That is the force that acts like fingers spinning a weighted object.

In observing Sergio Garcia’s enviable impact zone last year in slow motion I noticed that his hips and feet and shoulders did most of their rotational work through the impact zone. This dynamic replaces what would otherwise be an independent action of the arms swinging out ahead of the body. Once the arms pass the body rotational body force is retarded. Garcia uses body rotation to swing his arms and club forward, not vice versa. It bears repeating that when Mike Austin swung a club into a heavy rug on a line and kept his left arm from swinging out ahead of his body it forced his entire right side to rotate and crash into the shot like a wave breaking on the rocks. The minute you try to tense up the arms and use them independently the proper body rotation is prevented.The dog wags the tail, not vice versa.

This is the best point to end my swing technique section, right there with the slow motion footage that proves that the body does most of it’s rotational work during the actual strike of the ball. That the body either swings the arms or the arms swing themselves but can’t do both at the same time. That the best technique has the arms and club swung by the body mechanics, not the other way around.

This answers, for me, the question I always had ever since my 1979 letter to Jack Nicklaus about my success with the thought of just thinking about my hands and nothing else to make the swing work. I don’t discount the possibility that certain hand thoughts can trigger correct body actions but I have to say that, for now, it seems that Jack Nicklaus was correct, all along, and I was a student raising my hand out of turn, perhaps, at the time.

I recall then that Jack devoted his monthly Golf Digest lesson’s section to just the hands for about a year, straight, after my letter. I looked for other hints of my role in his swing philosophy or any references to my letter at all and found only one true reference; It was from his lifelong teacher, Jack Grout, who remarked about his sudden swing changes, then; “Too handsey..”. Jack then went back to his roots and began extending the club more on both sides of the ball and won the U.S. Open at Baltusrol, as I recall, and the crowds were yelling “Jack is back!” He was slumping before my letter but I regret any distraction I may have contributed to then and hope this book makes up for some of that. That Jack took all of this in stride is emblematic of how he handled adversity on the course his whole life. A true champion, through and through.

Jack, going to my Carmel, California post office and seeing your letter with the Golden Bear seal and your name addressed to me is a thrill I will always cherish. Thanks for writing me back.

This may also be the time to bring up Alex Morrison’s influence on me and Jack Grout, for that matter, who promoted Morrison’s teachings to a young Jack Nicklaus.

As I mentioned, my first foray into big time competition was the Southern Amateur in Miami, Florida in 1977. I came in second to last due to my inability to avoid all the lateral water hazards on that course.(many holes with creeks on both sides) Just months later with only a few more events under my belt, there I was in third place in the U.S. Amateur qualifying event after 31 holes at one under par. It was a tight, wooded, dogleg kind of course and I was playing solid golf. I credit my reading Alex Morrison’s book; “A New Way To Better Golf” written in the 30’s or 40’s, with vaulting my golf to a new level.

It really occurred when I saw two photos, side by side, of him without a club at all. One photo showed him with his shoulders turned away from the target. The other photo showed him with his shoulders turned to the target, his arms at his side. When I saw this I thought how stupid it was to think that that move had anything to do with the golf swing. Once I tried it I realized that that move had EVERYTHING to do with the golf swing. Pretty soon my whole swing was orchestrated from those two position, like bookends, virtually making my swing. The footwork, the hips, the arms and club, everything flowed into proper sequence when I achieved those two positions which required the shoulders to rotate, fully back and forward. By taking care of the shoulder positions at the top and the finish the rest of the swing took care of itself, in a sense.

Jack Nicklaus used to hear from Jack Grout “Turn more” in his lessons. “Extend more” Things Morrison stressed. Alex Morrison pointed out how the large back and shoulder muscles get pulled back like a sail full of wind on the back swing and are then unleashed into impact in the downswing. Big muscles making golf more effortless. He was ahead of his time in doing so and quite successful with his book. I recall how he managed to get scores of professional Broadway dancers all swinging like a pro without taking out each other ankles on the same stage in just days. He told them all the right moves and they all swung like Sam Snead within a few hours. That book made a difference in my life. Only Jack Nicklaus’s books influenced me more. By the way, “Golf My Way” by Jack is the best selling instructional book of all time, I recall reading once.

I now believe that the shoulder focus helps anyone get results faster than other body parts and it so happens that the shoulders, the space between them, at the base of one’s neck, also happens to be the center of the whole swing once you add a golf club to your hands. Go ahead, hold onto a golf club and raise it above your head. It’s about the same length away from your neck than your neck is to your feet. Right in the middle of your whole machine.

From your feet which give you traction to move any part of your body at all, the shoulders are the last thing they connect to not counting your arms and club. In this respect you turn your shoulders to a coil from your feet and everything else in between gets it’s proper amount of coil almost automatically. The hips only half as much as the shoulders staying proportionate to their distance from the ground.

That the focus on shoulders helps one finish his back swing before starting down is crucial to correct technique. Too often, if one is thinking of other body parts, he may race down before his body has finished it’s coil and throw the whole motion out of whack. There are lots of reasons why mind focus on the shoulders takes care of the rest of the swing. This is the only stable part of your body besides your feet. Everything else is moving all over the place. The shoulders, however, are centered for most of the swing only coming out of their posture to stand upright at the finish. It can fairly be said that any centrifugal force emanates from this region, the shoulders and neck, and that the hip shuttle and weight shift merely adds punch at the right moment. The very fact that the body rotates first clockwise back to the top and then reverses direction in the opposite direction compresses the swing and creates most of the power in a golf swing. Focusing the on the shoulders gives one the best chance at a fully integrated technique that balances out the whole body in all the right amounts. Learning how to marry this body coil with the shoulders with the club and the arms is the secret to golf, in my opinion.

I recall once looking down at the ground at my bare feet and hands below me on the carpet of a hotel I was in in the 70’s while playing a tournament. My hands face down together between my feet.  I thought then, maybe these extremities held the keys to golf technique. Now, decades later, I suppose, if that’s true, that the feet swing the body and club and the hands just hold on and align things, mostly. They also create, store and release an angle with the club to maximize dynamics. Maybe it sounds simplistic, but that’s how I see it. By focusing on the shoulders you focus on the center of the swing and I believe that brings the best results. You turn the body from the shoulders, back and forth, they get traction from the feet to do that. The shoulders swing the arms and club. Ultimately the feet are involved, perhaps more than the hands.

THE CORE DRIVEN GOLF SWING; RECAP.

For enduring the painstaking detail I regret it takes to lay out this knowledge, congratulations if you  have made it this far. Now it’s time to simplify things and just recap the swing in a broad and general way so that it makes sense as one fluid motion that you can conjure up at will, someday. Someday all you should have to think about is the exact shot you are trying to produce and just pull the trigger. That is the essence of playing golf; losing yourself to the shot, only. I suspect most tour pros focus on the shot more than anything else. They have already paid their dues and know how to swing a club.

As it so happens, this stage of the book finds me coming off of a month long layoff from hitting balls since a left thumb injury (not golf related) forced me to. Normally after a layoff like that I’m a little, if not quite, rusty for at least a few days until I get my swing back. Not so this time. It was like I never lost a day at all. In fact I hit the ball even tighter than usual. And with only a 3 metal and no warm up. So, it would seem that writing this book and reformulating even my own swing where it was awry has paid of in spades. Now golf really IS like riding a bicycle. It is now natural and accessible and at my beck and call.

I promised you, the reader, the ability to create out of thin air a powerful and correct swing by simply applying your swing technique knowledge to your various body parts and covering just a few basic tenets to succeed.

I suppose the first tenet, once a correct stance and grip are employed, is a steady head. Not frozen still but reasonably steady. The head and shoulders area must stay centered, not unlike your feet, as the body performs it’s functions. They both swivel and rotate but stay centered until the finish whereupon the upper body is allowed pivot forward a little and to stand up straight, somewhat. If anything, a little sway back and forth of a few inches, only, is preferable to a reverse sway of forward and then back. If you ever see the T.V. show where a Cheetah is fitted with a camera atop it’s head you will be stunned to find that the head of a Cheetah, even while running over uneven ground, is as still and steady as a new car on a smooth paved road. Uncanny! This proves you can move very athletically around a steady head.

The second basic to get under your belt is the full turn, back and forth, of your shoulders and to let that motion orchestrate most of the rest of your swing. Your connection to the ground for leverage with your feet makes this motion possible. They gird the ground both clockwise and counter clockwise as well as back and forth away and to the target. This combination of rotating in two directions, one against the other, creates a rotational compression. It’s one reason why the club shaft cocks in the downswing, to absorb some of this compression and deliver it at the last second during impact. While making the back swing resist against the shoulder coil with your knees a little to get a tight windup of your muscles and keep the lower body ahead of the upper body until after impact. While gathering up maximum leverage with your shoulder and body coil match it with the gathering up of your wrist cock to arrive at the top with the proper balance; both fully tapped and ready to unload.

Another tenet is to incorporate into this pivot a weight shift back and forth mostly from hip socket to hip socket and from foot to other foot to amplify the power of the pivot and coil. At impact most of your weight should be on your front foot. Arriving with your weight on the lead hip socket and foot is like landing on the power button and where most of the power occurs. This is a result of upwards thrust of the legs versus downward thrust of the club, now heavy with centrifugal force, coupled with the unwinding of your body and the un-cocking of the club. This shift from hip to hip replaces the motion one’s fingers make when spinning a weight on a string, constantly keeping tension opposite where the weight is at any given moment. It is especially important to shift your weight TO the target as you start down. A virtual must. The most reliable method I know of to do this is to wing the left leg out before anything else moves in the downswing. This prepares a landing pad for impact and gets you into position so you CAN move left with the lower body. This is best timed when the club is changing direction at the top. Except for this one move the body otherwise all travels in the direction of the club. When it is going back the body goes with it and going down, the same. The hips may only move a few inches going back but must move forward almost a foot from the top to impact for longer clubs The gentle opening of the whole body to the target up[on impact and beyond functions like a bow slinging everything else target wards. The body is not static at impact but always rotating. The tried and true technique of taking a divot in front of the ball is one way to see if you are properly transferring weight to the front foot and ensuring that your hands are ahead of the club at impact. A shallow, dollar bill sized divot should begin just in front of the ball for a mid iron. If not, you need to work on your weight transfer and hand action.

Regarding this pivot and weight shift of the body it is useful to incorporate a little “tilt” and not just turn to the motion. To move your hip and shoulder girdles not just 90 degrees from your spine as they pivot but also a little angled towards where the ball is on the ground. More vertically. Just a little, mind you. This directs the orbiting joints to the ball position imparting a little more leverage while also restricting too much turn which can leak power out of your swing. That Mike Austin did this disproves the notion that you can’t rotate too much. You can. His power swing proves what is and isn’t important in that regard. None better. The ideal.

Another basic is to keep the arms and club extended and not to let them contract until the finish. To keep them soft and responsive to the body pivot and not tense up and try to take control of the swing. They are swung by the pivot much like the club is also swung. Both as a complex scissor-like apparatus. They go along for the ride, mostly, supplying vital length from the shoulders to magnify the speed of the pivot. They also function dynamically, positioning the elbows for maximum leverage as they swing the club. They align the shaft of the club through all it’s stations more than anything else. There is a yin and yang factor with the arms, like your legs when they walk. You want both handle speed and not just head speed at impact. It’s useful to imagine hitting the ball without a club and just your hands, as if the back of your left wrist were the club head, to get the feeling of this zippy move past the ball.

Another tenet is to keep the club shaft aligned as much as possible along the target line throughout the swing. To do so as the club is swung from the ball line at address to the foot line at the top and back to the ball line at impact and then to the foot line at the finish. To swing the club shaft along the target line on a tilted plane. There are two ways to do this; One involves tracking the ball target line like a laser beam with the butt of your grip, the other; tracking an extended arc that parallels the ball target line with the butt of your grip. The former may, possibly, allow more speed the latter, possibly, more leverage. Try both methods and find which agrees with you the most.

A very important tenet is to gather leverage with both the shoulders and your wrists, simultaneously. By doing so your swing balances itself out, neither one beyond the ideal. This encourages a full use of the body and arms and club. A one piece, fully integrated feeling.

Another tenet is where the speed is applied; mostly on the target side of the ball as opposed to the back side of the ball. To get from the top to impact with utter dispatch and speed. Not to lunge, but to wait for the body to collect itself at the top and to go down to the ball in one piece, body and club, like a bullet, right from the top with most of the speed occurring at impact and beyond. This thought tricks the body into the proper sequence forcing the lower body ahead of the upper body and the arms and hands ahead of the club before impact.

Another tenet is to keep the hands and wrists quiet until halfway back to the top at which point the hands and club open up 90 degrees. This creates body coil that would otherwise be lost if you over cocked or rotated your left forearm too early.

A vital tenet is to create a small inside to square loop at the top as you change directions to iron out the back and downswing. This requires a slight roll of the hands that slightly flattens the club plane from it;s rise to the top. The right palm is faced more skywards as the club falls slightly down and behind the path it made up.

Another vital tenet is to create a severe angle with the club shaft and arms in mid downswing. To do this amidst all the other flurry of coiling and uncoiling and shifting of weight. This move allows your body the slack it needs to get ahead of the club and on the lead leg for impact. To get the feel for this practice it first with a pitching wedge and half swings. Allow the club to increase it’s cock immediately as you make the downswing, releasing it late with pop and leverage. It’s also a great way to chip and pitch, generally. Gradually ramp it up to your driver swing and it’s not all that difficult since it is a natural athletic move, anyway. As described earlier, achieving this severe angle in the downswing traps the club between the clockwise and counter clockwise rotation, or rotational compression of your core and then forces it’s release.

Another tenet is to swing the club head over handle, (in fact, five times in one swing) but especially from right hip to left hip when the shaft goes from aiming away the target midway down to where it points directly to the target midway to finish. This motion is violent and dramatic and leaves no room for steering the shot. It’s a feeling of complete release. Not only does the head rotate head over handle but the club head rotates toe over heel as well. This is where all the angles of your coil and uncoil as well as where all your wrist angles are released. The release should feel like burying your club into a muddy bank in front of the ball at hip height, head first, allowing the club to fire like a bullet to the target. Not unlike the feeling of letting go of and throwing and releasing the club to the target By this point all your weight is on your front leg and the swing is merely on it’s way to the finish. If your hands need a prompt imagine the tee in your grip riding down the tilted bicycle rim pointing to the ball until just before impact and then turning over pointing to where the ball was right after impact. A dramatic rotation of the whole club intersecting with the ball, the hands swinging briskly ahead of the club head.

Once your swing has performed it’s task un task it and stand upright and watch the shot as if you were a spectator. The sooner you relieve the stress of the swing from your back the better. One reason I suggest this is because you are more likely to swing to a fuller finish if you know that your body will bail out, anyway, with less concern for the stresses. Swing all out and then bail out, in a sense. You might even want to put the club on the ground and lean on it’s grip like your playing partners are probably doing. A proper swing should have enough speed, even at the finish, to pop the arms out of position as they recoil in front of the body and relax. I say let the whole body relax once your swing is finished.

Not too much to it, people. Not a cinch, either. I suggest that by just following these basic rules, layering them one atop the other as you practice, will find you in one piece swing mode in no time. Your core will be doing the heavy lifting swinging the arms and club dynamically as the swing happens automatically like it should. There is some sequencing, in the downswing, mostly, you have to get right but these steps take you there.

Now, let’s walk through a swing from start to finish. Let’s begin with a driver;

You sense the exact shot trajectory and distance you want, a fade or draw or straight shot and you sense the impact sound and speed you will need to produce the shot you see. You sense the club and body angles involved and you sense where your body parts all are before you swing. Since the driver swing differs from a normal swing it is O.K. to have 60 percent of your weight on your back foot. Most other shots will want the weight 50 / 50 or even more weight forward for shorter clubs. As you step into your address you check off some twenty key points that all have to be in an exact configuration; ball location and the location of all your body parts. This takes several seconds. I use it to program my swing, much like others use a waggle. It’s not unlike a jet pilot checking all his gauges before starting down the runway.  I do waggle a little, myself, also. By the time all the check list items are in proper place and alignment you are now ready to start the swing. Begin with a slight rocking of your weight to the front hip socket and then a rebound off the front socket now to the rear hip socket. Take the whole swing with this shift backwards; club, arms and the whole body as you coil resisting a little with your target wards inclined knees. If you are using the traditional one piece back swing this is like swinging a weighted object on a rope to the top maintaining the sensation of centrifugal force. If you are using the early wrist cock method you merely start cocking the club right away relieving it of any side stresses on the shaft rendering it almost weightless. In this instance you still sense the overall centrifugal forces of the rest of the swing. This is produced from the back and shoulder region of the upper body which heaves the club and arms enough from the start to smoothly send the club all the way to the top position. The connection to the ground with the feet allows this coiling of the whole body. The arms gird to the torso so they move together with the trunk. The arms and hands make sure to track the club shaft in a target wards alignment  as much as possible making sure not to roll the left wrist open into a cupped position but, rather, a square position that finds the wrist flat with the club face aligned with your left arm at the top.  You should be allowing equal amounts of up and down and side to side motion with your wrists. The arms have remained passive and extended and stay so, throughout. Most of your weight is on your rear hip socket. Your left shoulder is under your chin, your back to the target. Your  lead knee is now brought back a little as the coil is finished. It will be the first thing to fire back with your left thigh to the target as you start down, your whole body, with the club, seemingly, in one piece.

Now you arrive at the top and both your body coil and your arm swing with the club find you coiled like a spring, your shoulders turned away from the target. Now you are ready to recoil against that turn the other way compressing the rotation you have achieved as you simultaneously allow the club shaft to cock even further as you begin the downswing. This cocking of the club gives your body the slack it needs to jump ahead of the club before impact. At the same time it creates a powerful angle with the club that can be exploited as it un cocks. As your downswing unwinding occurs your weigh is shifting, first down, and then hard to the target. Once the downswing begins it goes all out to impact and beyond in a flash, one motion,  maximum velocity saved for after impact. Like striking a match. Your lower body goes target ward while your upper body remains centered. This attempt to get to impact in a flash triggers the lower body to lead, automatically. Meanwhile your hands and shoulders hold onto their coil until lower body stresses force them to unload their angles. As this happens your right elbow drops down against your side going under your left arm angled ahead of the hands and both elbows lead the hands into impact. The middle of your body is rotating counter clockwise with a measure of tilt as well, staying ahead of the action pulling the entire upper body and club through. Meanwhile your hands are keeping the angle you formed with the shaft until actual impact, as well. Every angle in your swing is now at maximum compression and the acute angle you made with the club shaft going down now has to uncork. At this point of the swing you simply ALLOW a full release to occur. All the hit your swing needs is already supplied. Your whole body is rotating counter clockwise through impact from the feet up through the hips, up through the shoulders, arms, hands and club and in that sequence, each just ahead of the other. Your weight is landing hard on your left leg and hip and pure physics and the laws of nature demand a powerful accurate release of the hands which mirror the action I described of pointing an imaginary tee in your grip handle riding down the inside of a slightly tilted bicycle rim aligned to the target and aiming it at the ball until impact and then aiming that same tee the opposite way after impact to where the ball was, a 180 degree turnover of the whole club, head over handle and toe over heel, all of this at the bottom of the swing. The hands, it should be pointed out,  are also being swung and also have speed and beat the club to the ball, slightly ahead of it, resulting in the bottom of your downswing being several inches in front of the ball. As the club goes to parallel past impact it should be pointed directly at the target as your fore arms and shoulders uncork all their angles. At this point your right shoulder seems to goes vertically below your left shoulder. At this point of the swing physics merely brings all this dynamic motion to a stop at the finish. Immediately upon completion of your swing allow your body to come out of posture and relieve itself of all stress. You may want to simply stand like a spectator and just watch the great shot you just hit. Think of Babe Ruth NOT posing after hitting one out of the park, just swing and then run to first, or just stand for you golfers.. This will add years, if not decades, to your back, I believe, and it might allow a little more freedom to the finish since there is a bail out of all stress option waiting for you at the end.. ….(To be continued….)

The mental aspect of forcing the game to be easy is a whole other department but I have laid out what my experience has taught me works the best. Some of what I write is original and found only here; the clockwise and counter-clockwise girding of the feet, for example. I offer the golfer new information that I believe will stand the test of time though it is new, now. The main thing is to find a way to enjoy golf at a high level of skill. Then it really is a great game, almost like flying, and that is where the real allure lies for me. I hope you find your efficiency improve as you read this book and apply it’s tenets.

 

Putting and chipping and pitching.

Because putting is so personal I will use the term “I” in describing this section as opposed to “you”. It’s a far less athletic move and more of a case of what works for some does not necessarilly mean for all. I do believe in my method, however.

A putt is a miniature golf swing. A chip or pitch is a miniature golf swing. They all swing on a slight arc as opposed to a straight line. They all require a steady head and upper body and correct address and technique. They should all have a similar tempo. A two foot lob shot should take as long as a full swing, for example. There is a pause between directions you have to wait for. If the shaft is to be likened to a rope just swinging then you want to disturb the rope as little as possible, especially on putts. Depending on the circumstances certain chips and wedge shots and even putts may require different punctuation in the swing. Only a putt keeps lower body action to a minimum, except for long putts. For putts over 40 feet you actually SHOULD engage a little hip pivot action during impact to help your arms and shoulders swing the club. In fact, to swing a putter like a regular golf club, I find it necessary to let the core, the area around your belly, without actually moving, wrench counter-clockwise during impact and use that part of the body to deliver power funneling that power through the hands which are mostly just holding on. Otherwise you’re introducing effort into the shot you don’t need if you can do things more easily. A counter clockwise girding to add leverage to the stroke. Mostly, though, you try to keep lower body movement out of your putting stroke and allow the shoulders to move, instead. I like to imagine a point at the base of my neck that I pivot the stroke around. I imagine that my shoulders are like the crust of a slice of pie and that the pointed end of the pie is the the club head. I further imagine that my neck is like a pivot point around which my pie piece swivels, club, arms and shoulders as one integrated piece, swinging together arriving like a wall at impact and beyond. A point representing the center of the crust. First, the shoulders must be aligned with the target line. I allow for a slight inside to square to inside arc for the club head but make sure it is parallel to the line I want to start the ball on. I even allow for a little oscillation of my imaginary pie spatula configuration as the shoulders open and close a little. As similar to a regular swing as possible is my rule of thumb. The face of the putter also opens and closes a little as it makes it’s journey. For a putt I swing the whole club from grip to head like a rope back opposite the target, one piece with my arms and shoulders. Exactly straight back from the impact I want. No loops allowed in a putting stroke. No inside out or outside in paths allowed either. Just a straight arc exactly opposite the direction of your starting line, the putter arriving at right angles to the ball exactly. If it is a very long stroke I allow for the club head to swing up away from the ground so as not to lose the natural arc of the motion. I want to avoid any steering or straight lines to my stroke. For longer putts I like a little wrist break at the start and to keep that subtle angle intact through the strike and beyond. No roll over as with the full swing. Other than that one thing a putt is like any other swing. Because putting is a less demanding technique I sometimes leave the set angle out of my stroke and putt like the shaft is a rope I am swinging a weight at the end of. Just like a pendulum. Experiment to see which works best for you. The latter degenerates less into inside out or other kinds of loops, I’ve noticed.

In the full swing, because the hands mostly just preserve the angle until impact rather than try to hit the ball, is it possible to putt with this same dynamic? Sure it is. I touched on this above. There is no wrist cocking, per se, but you can duplicate the feeling of letting the body hit the ball using belly area torque at impact and applying that force through the hands. That’s what I do. I think a putt should be just like a miniature golf swing. Keep golf simple.

One tip that will help you all is this; make sure to swing your elbows and hands and club head all together on the same line. Even though there may be an arc involved versus a straight line all these parts should swing in the exact same direction. This will straighten out your stroke and give you confidence.

The address and correctness of technique is almost all you have to trust once you pull the trigger for that all important putt you need to make. Can you stand still and make a correct stroke from start to finish and trust it? To keep the pace and tempo correct? Do you know the configuration OF a good stroke? It’s shaped a lot like the full swing pattern. Mostly, can you visualize the putt you need to make, it’s exact journey? You really have to apply visualization technique to be a great putter. You need to so vividly see the putt you are about to make that all you seemingly have to do is touch the ball for a successful strike, after. You have to sense the energy impact will require and the speed of the strike, the weight of the ball, the friction of the grass, the dryness, the wetness, the wind, the lack of wind, the grain, the type of grass, the exact slope, the barometric pressure, the altitude, the temperature, etc. etc. etc.. Putting is an art in this respect. You have to master the elements of gravity, friction, weight and even irregularities in the green, itself. You even have to allow for the fact that your heart is beating and your lungs are moving. No wonder it can make such a difference in one’s game. A tour player can go from 120th to first if he can shave a few strokes off his putting game. Just that, alone. It’s just you, the weight of your putter, the weight of the ball and the friction factors and lay of the green you have to calculate, exactly, as often as possible. More, you must mentally and spiritually conquer putting. It is a mind game, just like the long game, maybe more so in fact. I’m sure some pro’s imagine a tiny spot inside the hole they are aiming for rather than just the whole hole, itself, and other mental tricks to make them a better putter. Regarding my visualization routine, if I don’t actually see the ball start to oscillate and creep forward a millisecond before it is hit I am not focusing enough on visualization. The ball  should look as if it is a living, breathing entity with it’s own mind and not just an inert piece of plastic. Another visual I use is to imagine a bar code receipt that spits out just in front of the ball as it is struck as if there is a specific code for that exact putt designating direction, force, angle; all the ingredients needed for that specific putt. In other words; at the exact moment of contact a specific formula is applied to the ball with all the needed ingredients included. I find it helps to imagine what iron do I need for this length putt? A 3 iron, 4 iron? As if the hole were a distant green I was trying to reach with an iron. This helps determine the force I will use.

A slight firmness should be present in your putting grip. Compared to a third your force in a full swing the putting grip requires only 20 percent power at address.

My own putting stance is a lot like my full swing stance. I place the ball forward of center and my eyes directly over but slightly behind the ball with my hands grazing my left thigh while my head is centered over my right hip or just a little inside of it, like a regular address.                                                                                                                                                                                      One good tip is to assume your stance, look down at the ball getting a feel for where you are aimed and then look up to where you think you are aimed. Often as not it is not where you thought you were aimed and you should adjust accordingly. Taking your own sweet time is better than rushing your putt. Imagine the shot executed as you intend in your mind’s eye a few times, observing the likely outcome until the outcome says “plop!” Some find that using just the line on the putter to focus on helps. I like to see the whole shape of the head, besides.  Then make your steady stroke, always aiming for a spot within the hole and not just the hole, itself. See the journey, first, and just make square, accurate, solid, accelerating  contact to complete the picture. Keep your head and whole body steady and follow through.

Smooth must part of your stroke however you make it. Smooth starting back and smooth starting forward. I liken the image to a man carefully exiting his crowded garage in reverse with his, large, expensive car straight back, exactly, so as not to bump anything. Once he is clear of the debris then he can gradually add speed to the back stroke. This insures that you have not allowed any twisting or manipulating of anything the first few inches.  On the other hand the stroke is one, un-interrupted, flowing motion and, like the heave away from address of the gravity golf technique, there is a certain amount of over all energy that must be present with the back stroke to carry it back enough to match the force needed going forward. Trust your stroke and make sure you make a correct stroke after first visualizing the putt and putting your mind in the balls position and perspective, first and foremost.

There are two ways to achieve over spin. The first is to let the loft of the putter propel the ball away from it’s resting spot, air born the first few inches, until gravity brings it back to earth and in contact with the abrasive texture of the low cut grass. This contact with the grass immediately imparts lots of over spin to the ball to get it rolling and taking advantage of gyroscopic stability. This is the technique I use for choppy or uneven green surfaces, warding off any unsuspected early mi skick from the green in it’s journey.  The fact that putters have about three degrees of loft has to do with this function, in fact; letting the grass contact upon landing spin the ball forward.

The other method I use for pure and true greens if I want extra roll.   If you hood the face a little so that the handle is ahead of the head you de loft the face and find impact on the ball just above it’s equator instead of below it’s equator. This automatically imparts over spin, right away. Use it only if the greens are smooth and true or whatever surface you “glue” the ball to may kick it off line..

One technique I should stress is to mirror impact with address. That is, arrive at impact with the hands, elbows, shoulders and club as they were at address, not ahead of or behind the club head but as they were at address. This wards off misalignments and bad timing issues.

Timing and tempo is the other must. Wait for the transfer of direction, just like a full swing. Always smooth and always accelerating through the stroke.

On long, lag putts I aim for the exact hole location. I allow for the ball to stop as close to point “B” from my address point “A” as possible. I die the ball at the hole on long puts. On shorter putts I try to roll the ball with enough speed to go only 18 inches past the hole if I miss. Otherwise subtle irregularities can topple the ball off line and defeat a good stroke. I plan on making 100 percent of my 18 inch putts, back, besides.

There are two schools of thought here; The one suggests leaving the ball below the hole so your next putt is easier, the other that you have no chance at all of going in unless you fall in on the pro side from above. I am neutral on the matter. It’s what you feel comfortable with.

On some long putts I play mind games to get the distance right. I imagine I am playing an iron to a green rather than a putter to a hole as if the hole were a green, instead. Is it a 3 iron force, a 4 iron or what? As I described earlier, a putt is just like stroking a one iron to a green in many respects. The same basic swing, only much smaller. I even consider my putting stroke a dress rehearsal for my next swing; the driver, usually.

How good are the pros? They probably make 50 percent of their ten foot putts, I’m sure, if not 60 percent. At least when they practice. I find that if I hit a dozen balls I can make 8 percent of my 90 footers because the earlier putts show me the exact line, slope and speed and all the nuances along the way until I dial the last few putts in. Just watching the other putts helps me visualize, besides.

This brings me to the subject of what grip to use. The conventional grip is just fine; the reverse overlap which places the entire right hand on the club with the first finger of the left hand draped over the right hand, the left hand on top. I sometimes use a ten finger of double regular overlap grip or whatever feels best. Whatever grip you use I recommend that both palms face each other and that the wall this union creates is aimed like a wall to the target, just like your putter face. The same as your full swing grip. I even like to use the right hand pincher style with the thumb and forefinger of the right hand draped over both sides of the grip. Sometimes I allow my right thumb to just lay down the center of the top of the grip like my left thumb, though. You may experiment to see what works for you. You must find a grip that allows you to putt for hours without causing grip discomfort. I putt many hours every week and I know some grips just don’t measure up in this regard and I discard them.

(At the time of this writing I use the conventional reverse overlap grip only I also extend my right forefinger down the backside of the shaft so that both hands have the forefingers acting like book ends.)

Finally, settle on a favorite putter and stick with it. You can only hone in to your putting potential if you stick with one putter. I know. I have dozens and dozens of putters. I’ve owned hundreds in my life. Once I started to putt with just one putter I noticed a big over all improvement in my putting. Just that one thing made a big difference. Get a putter you can marry, in a sense. It has to go with you down the road. It is part of your body as far as you’re concerned. Experiment at first with all kinds and then decide on a good one made with quality. One that looks good to your eye and gives you a good feel and good results. Face balanced putters rotate toe over heel less than heel mounted putters which require more toe over heel technique. One is no better than the other although I am leaning towards the face balanced style because it stresses the hands less. It’s about what YOU like the best. Experiment with grip sizes and shapes, first, also. I have one putter very much like the tiny Bristol blade putter Jack Nicklaus blazed his record with. It is a very well balanced and effective putter, indeed. It has an asymmetric shape that lets you know exactly where it is aimed just by glancing at it, besides. No accident Jack did well with it. Today science has suggested other designs are better. You must ultimately decide which is best for you. Some designs I find, when they are moved, are just too large and distracting. Some designs are obfuscated at the edges due to the color or lack of contrast. You will find the right size and shape and feel, eventually.

(I can’t resist letting you know that some of my putter designs have been picked up by the biggest names out there and copied. Certainly key features. I used to show my drawings around a lot, in fact. I started the “wings” at the outside toe and heel as well as the illusion of water running down a drain of the putter channel section and things like that.Those involved know I’m telling the truth, here. One rendering was even named with my persona in mind. Less than flattering, I’ll keep that name a mystery. I’ve lived a very rough life, after all, and don’t blame them for my condition, then. Frankly, I’m honored that we agree on taste and I don’t mind the intellectual borrowing. – I’m busy everywhere, ever the architect, I know. If I were making putters they would all be smash forged, above anything else, for maximum feel.)

CHIPPING AND PITCHING;

Pitches and chips require the weight transfer from hip to hip. Not so much for very small chips but even a ten foot chip requires weight shift dynamics. Just make it a miniature golf swing and trust it. Always make sure you accelerate through impact no matter what kind of shot you make. There are a lot of shots, maybe unlimited in scope and variety, when it comes to the short shots. Rather than detail every kind of shot I’ll give you some and let you enjoy the journey of learning the rest on your own. It all boils down to physics, weights and forces and green friction and slope conditions, mostly. The tempo’s are mostly similar, like a regular swing, but not always, depending.  Even a small swing takes the same time as a large swing and you may find that you have to wait to change directions, at first, with the small shots. Avoid the sudden stab or the rebound away from impact after impact that resembles a stab. Try to finish longer on the target side of the stroke than the back stroke. Except for lob or high trajectory shots always lead the hands ahead of the club at impact hitting down as little. The small, low trajectory shots are hit with firm wrists while the lob shot is almost all wrist action, the club head flying AHEAD of the hands at the moment of impact. It’s the only shot in golf that applies to. For the lob shot you open your stance, open the blade and begin the swing with the wrists cocking sharply. On the down swing the wrists fully un-cock past the hands with a vigorous flourish and follow through. Because the blade is impacting the ball at such a severe angle it has very little mass behind such a glancing blow and the swing must be almost twice the power you think it needs until you master this shot. One move that really helps with the lob shot is a target ward leaning of the legs throughout the back and downswing. It takes practice but it is the least used shot in pro golf compared to it’s merits that I can think of. It’s a lot like a sand explosion shot in this regard. In the sand explosion you pretend that the ball is just another grain of sand that explodes out together with the rest of the sand. You have to swing extra hard to offset the fact that a layer of sand one inch thick is cushioning impact. With the lob shot it is the glancing blow that has to be accounted for, instead.

The sand shot is like the lob shot except that you enter the sand at least one to two to three to four inches behind the ball , depending, taking out a good patch of sand in the process. Bigger than a regular divot. Most sand explosions don’t need the head swung ahead of the grip before impact and you still need to hit down on any shot, lob or not.

On lob and most sand shots you open up your stance several degrees and also open up the blade and swing outside in. Guard against over doing this, however. As you open up your swing angle you impart a more glancing and less dependable impact. Keep it to a minimum.

Some shots around the green are better made with, say, your 3 and 4 iron instead of a shorter club like the 8 or 9 irons, for example. The advantage is there is no spin to factor in. Just like tossing the ball at a low trajectory with your hand letting the shot roll itself out. This is a firm wristed technique with minimum hand action.

In general, if you want the ball to stop more you retard the roll over of the toe past the heel after impact. If you want the ball to roll more you allow more toe over heel action after impact. For example; on a lob shot that you want to land and just stop allow the club head to fly past the hands before impact but also, at the same time, prevent excessive toe over heel action in your follow through. If you want the ball to hit and run, generally, regardless of what type of shot, then allow the natural toe over heel motion into the follow through, even exaggerating it a little. An inside out impact offers more roll than a outside in impact which does the opposite.

The wedge game is full of contradictions and variables. Hitting down usually makes the ball go up, even when the club is swung ahead of the hands, for example. Approach this part of golf like a scientist. How much force and weight is required to get the ball however far you need it to go? It’s so much like tossing the ball to the hole with just your hands it should be regarded as such, I think, spin shots not included. It’s just different clubs with different lofts and weights, lengths and different circumstances you need to adjust for. Just approach the short shots like a regular shot with it’s own peculiar needs. Again, assume the position and perspective of the ball, first, just like putting.

 

The above is before the editing out of some 20 % of content

 

Below is draft one, soon to be replaced with draft two, above..;Just saving the notes for now.

 

Shoulder coil and shoulder recoil – wrists creating and releasing an angle. – These two forces, all by themselves, when performed simultaneously, make a golf swing happen. It just so happens that these two forces are the two most powerful moves in golf and each occupy the two major centers of centrifugal force in the swing. Even the weight shift is a consequence, not an instigator, of of these two competing forces. Maximum shoulder coil and recoil along with adequate wrist / shaft angle and release are the goals. Because the two forces compete against each other at the same, exact time they each cancel out any over usage on either side. The wrist angle and release put a check on too much shoulder turn and the shoulder turn puts a check on too much wrist cock. Like a pair of book ends, so to speak, they compliment each other and truly orchestrate the whole swing all by themselves.

This wrist / club angle and release component of the swing is not a muscular effort but rather a sensing of where and when these two motions happen for maximum power. The arms are but extensions and just hold on while the body core does most of the rest of the work. The arms stay in front of the body as the body rotation slings them with speed through impact. At that point the right arm, especially, prepares to un-cock all it’s angles in a throwing motion right down to the ball; the elbow bend and wrist bend extend into a straight line down through just past the ball. In fact, provided your core turns fully back and you are extended at the top, your arms and hands do throw the club to the ball as fast as possible in a seemingly straight line from the top. A most instinctive and natural move, the urge to hit, made possible with proper coil, first. In fact, the body won’t allow a throwing motion unless it re positions itself, first, instinctively. This means that before you can “throw down” with the right arm your lower body will automatically           pivot out of the way and your club angle will automatically increase as a result of instinctive moves only a throwing action triggers. It’s one way to guarantee club head speed at impact; to build speed right from the top with as much dispatch as possible. You need to also make certain to lead the hands into the ball with the right elbow and make your low point a few inches in front of the ball, not at the ball. Not to be confused with an arm only action, this is part of a larger whole body pivot move and falling left towards the target after the top position is reached and the weight shifts left as the lower body pivots and clears the way for the club and arms.

The placement of your feet, more than anything, determines the path your swing will make at impact. Except for sensing where the target is with your swinging arms and club there is no need to steer the swing so long as you maintain proper body posture throughout. A steady head is critical until after impact, for example. Wrist angle and release, powered by body coil and recoil, create the power, not effort.

dynamics are correct. The real engines of the golf swing are shoulder rotation, both ways, and of the wrists storing and releasing an angle with the club shaft. Those two forces will help you, t

To make the golf swing a natural motion that puts all the moving parts in order one has to think an unnatural thought. It just so happens that this thought has to do with manipulating the part of the swing where the center of centrifugal force lies; the shoulders. Any other part of the swing won’t work as well and will only complicate things. Centrifugal force has a gyroscopic quality t

Since that entry I have re-discovered the art of throwing the weight of the club down to the ball, direct line, from the top, as fast as possible, with the right arm and hand, unloading all it’s angles, ensuring vertical compression and satisfying the urge to hit something, a vital part of any swing. (I think hitting a golf ball hard is preferable to constant wars, don’t you? Certainly more sane). This, too, was part of my 1979 epiphany. The hands DO hit. Just as vital, I understand, now, how swinging the arms and hands ahead of the club at the start of the downswing creates the lag and dynamic body sequences that, literally, “make” a swing.

A proper golf swing is a seemingly effortless culmination of forces created from the whole body core that emanates to the tension free arms and hands whose primary job is to hold on and to direct the position of the club shaft, as well as create and release an angle with the club shaft and mostly to keep things as target oriented as possible throughout the stroke. If done properly, the hands are mostly busy with just holding onto the enormous centrifugal force your body pivot creates in the hitting zone, the club head being the final multiplier.

I ascribe to the Bobby Jones school of complete relaxation at address and throughout the stroke and that the ball be positioned forward in the stance, the feet parallel to the target line. The proper feeling is that of releasing an arrow from a bow, the ball sailing high and far without effort. Jones also emphasized that the golf shaft is more about creating club speed than leverage.

This is a departure from what is usually taught in golf technique. Usually one is told to shift your weight to the target starting down. Not there isn’t a shift left, but this misses much of the equation, I think. For example: If your weight at the end of the shaft is above you at the top position than an opposite pull against that would be down and as the weight of the club moved to halfway down then, indeed, a shift to the target would be an opposite pull to maintain centrifugal force against that position. As you reach impact and the weight of the club is all the way down then your whole body and your legs and arms and hands would have to resist against that force to maintain and increase centrifugal force. By then your earlier actions have re distributed most of your weight to your left foot but you are still pushing directly upwards at impact, like jumping straight up in the air. After impact, with the club now pointing to the target, your body pulls it away from the target and eventually the brakes bring it all to a stop. It’s simply the same principles involved in swinging a weight on a string – a constant tugging against the weighted object at all times – that tiny circular motion the fingers have to make. That subtle wrench of the core of your body away from the target that starts the swing activates gyroscopic forces and, once amplified, like gaining speed when learning to ride a bicycle, it becomes a matter of keeping those forces activated.

I believe the elusive, smaller rotating force that creates the larger rotating force begins in the rotating of the shoulders atop one’s spine that coil and swing the back, the arms and club away from address to the top and that the whole body core pivots directly against that motion in the opposite direction starting down bolstered by powerfully positioned elbows, hips and knees that drive to the target compressing the swing so that all the angles and forces you have stored are released as the club and ball are launched past your body.

In trying to recall another example, Lee Trevino described the hip action as a “hula” action similar to working a hula hoop. It makes sense as one has to swivel the hips constantly against the weight of the hula hoop to keep it glued to the body lest it fall. A circular, ever changing motion. Lee believes in the dog wagging the tail philosophy of technique where the body rotation swings the hands and arms, not vice versa. Jack Nicklaus, my number one golf hero, does, also.

I believe it is a mistake to move the swing faster than gravity allows. For example; Hold a golf ball over your head and drop it. Your downswing should be the same speed for effortless power. How you manage to punctuate this fixed time zone makes a difference.Too slow of a move from the top to the ball will also retard powerful dynamics. It is hand speed that throws the handle well ahead of the club, the elbow leading the way, into the downswing that creates powerful leverage. Like a lightning bolt, once you start down, get to the ball quickly. Think of it as not leaving any speed on the table you could have used. It is truly amazing how this natural throwing of the club straight down to and through the ball to a low point four inches ahead of the ball triggers the most efficient responses from your body. Contrary to a lot of what has been said about this throw hidden in a swing, I say take advantage of nature and use it to succeed. It is often equally amazing how dead a swing can be without it. Just attaching your left hand to the club should bring your whole body into the act to assist the right arm at the right time.

Golf instruction is challenged by what we may feel and what is. The horse “pushes” the harness, the harness pulls the cart, for example. Even though one is pulling against an outwardly swinging club-head during impact it can feel as though one is throwing his entire body weight down through the shaft into the ball. Golf instructors hope to sort it all out.

SWING APPRECIATION AND ME;

When I study sequence photo’s of a young Jack Nicklaus it’s as if I am glimpsing at all the properties of geometry and leverage and motion all in perfect harmony. When I watch film of a young Bobby Jones it’s as if God is impersonating a human being and teasing us all. Many feel the same way about the swings of Snead, Hogan and others. I grew up just after Arnold Palmer made his mark and Jack Nicklaus was the most fascinating person in golf. It seemed he did everything that much better than the rest. All positions, every facet. His arching finish and majestic, flowing, swinging style, full and powerful and smooth, hooked me on golf as much as anything. When I was out playing the amateur circuit I noticed the swing of Bobby Clampett and was impressed with a whole new concept of technique. To the point that I moved to Carmel , California to study under his teacher, Ben Doyle, for several years. At the time, 1977, Bobby was the best amateur player on earth winning over half of everything he entered. His swing was a thing of wonder. Technically perfect, it seemed. He was hitting drivers on the range and flying the ball over 270 yards in a pattern as small as a typical green, his caddy catching each ball after one bounce in a towel, barely having to move at all. His swing had a futuristic, otherworldy quality that called to me. Every bone and movement in it’s proper place. The slow backswing, slight pause at the top and the perpetual unwind blew my mind.

GRIP AND STANCE:

Perhaps the most important part of a swing, the grip and stance, must be correct to play golf properly. Otherwise any number of bad habits will automatically fill the void. Get this correct and golf becomes somewhat easy instead of impossible. Never change these correct postures, through thick or thin, except for specialty shots.

The Grip:

Most instruction teaches us to have the left hand so that the thumb points to one’s right ear or shoulder showing a few knuckles and with the right hand thumb and forefinger following suit. I like to refine this to having the left thumb on top of the shaft at the 12:00 O’clock position with the thumb angled only slightly towards the right ear, showing maybe one knuckle, with my right hand occupying the 9:00 O’clock position with my thumb and the 3:00 O’clock position with my forefinger. The left hand pressure point has the thumb on top and the right hand has the club straddled by the right thumb and first finger, their pressure points at 90 degrees from the left thumb equally on the sides of the grip. 12:00 , 9:00 and 3:00 O’clock pressure points. These pressure points stabilize the face. The right forefinger does leverage itself at impact against the shaft. Sam Snead called this the “payoff finger” of the swing. The other pressure points on the grip concern the last three fingers of the left hand and the middle two fingers of the right hand. These pressure points are more about wielding and leveraging the club. This position is a little weak by most standards. When I was growing up it was called the square to square grip. Johnny Miller used it and he called it the palm to palm grip since both palms face each other like a wall facing the target. As I said before, Ernie Els also uses this grip and his is among the most envied swings on tour for it’s effortlessness and power. I use it because allowing the club to pass the hands during impact, releasing the club past the ball, is part of my technique. It is the most powerful part of the swing – this transfer from one side of the ball to the other – while the head is passing the hands. I make sure this happens AT impact and only the square grip allows the face to properly arrive on line just letting gravity do its thing.

Another vital matter is grip pressure. Better a little firm than too loose. A loose grip does not unite and integrate the body and both arms as well as a firm”ish” grip. Not tight, but air tight throughout the stroke, both hands pressing against each other as well as the club. They should feel like one unit welded to the club yet pliable at the wrists. As mentioned earlier, my own pressure is about a three or four on a scale of one to ten.

True gravity, or centrifugal force, happens when one, using foot contact with the ground for leverage, turns back the body and moves his shoulders circularly with the arms and club attached like connecting rods around the neck to the top. Just as this push of the club back is about to reach its end, as the body comes to a steady position at the top, an all out throwing action of the right side and arm straight down and through the ball occurs with all out speed. This throw down motion of the arms automatically pivots the body into proper position and out of the way. This compresses the swing to unleash all the body’s levers and then the club releases, completely, past the hands to the target side of the ball. Only the square grip allows all of this to happen in a true centrifugal swing. This grip allows full body integration to thrive.

This exact grip, used my many top pros, came to me after I experimented in 2015 by imagining that only my right hand was attached to the club and in control and that my body was brought into the picture by attaching the left hand; that the right hand naturalness of golf be served. I found that my left hand position then needed to be brought in line with a weaker position than it had been. Now both palms faced each other forming a wall aimed to the target.

As for the way the hands hold the club, I place the left hand so that the club, when viewed from the side after opening the grip, lays diagonally just above the first small pad that connects the fingers and the slimmer end of the grip crossing about the middle of the left forefinger. For the right hand I hold the club more in the fingers near to where they connect to the hand. A slight diagonal angle included. Grip pressure I liken to throwing a stick a good distance. Loose enough to have snap, tight enough to hold on without smudging one’s hand prints too much in the process. Once the centrifugal force tightens, of course, the hands tighten,instinctively.

Regarding baseball, Vardon and interlock variations with the small finger of the right hand, I prefer the interlock. The baseball grip, while good for leverage, is just too spread out on the grip for maximum speed and rotation and can slow a swing down. The Vardon is great, I just like the interdependency I get when both hands are intertwined and committed as one unit forcing both sides to co-ordinate. My wrists are flexible. Less flexible wrists might prefer the Vardon grip.

There is another grip out there just waiting to be exploited that sets the left thumb on the side of the shaft instead of the top. This requires a re configuring of the hands, however. It requires a strong left hand position balanced by a weak right hand position. Your left “V” points to your right shoulder while your right “V” points to your left shoulder. In spite of all this the palms roughly face each other like a wall to the target. Even if you choose the conventional grip this new style is a great drill for timing your club action with your arm action as you are forced to just hold on versus hitting independently with the hands.  Once mastered it is just as good as the conventional grip. It is also easier on the hands. It does require a ten finger or interlock style and may even accommodate the Varden style of overlap. The wrists are turned into each other but otherwise function like the conventional grip. It is more like the grip used in baseball, in fact.

For putting I actually now use this ten finger strong left / weak right hand style only less biased inward, the palms exactly facing each other like a wall to the target. Both thumbs hang symmetrically on opposite sides of the grip and not the top. It’s a great putting grip, I think. It feels extremely intimate like holding your newborn child’s arm for the first time. A very sensitive feel is produced. I still use 20 percent grip pressure on most putts instead of the very loose grip I once used.

The Stance:

There is a “sweet spot” factor to the stance that I will get out of the way first. This sweet spot set up allows even poorly timed swings to produce good results. It does not feel natural at first but it must be employed to play great golf. The sweet spot stance is exactly this;

Stand with your feet, hips, and shoulders all aligned parallel to your target. Place your ball just opposite your left foot instep. For shorter irons you may place it back, a few inches, only. Now, align your grip and left arm with the ball position, decidedly left of center. Now, and this is crucial, place your head opposite your right hip socket or just inside of it.. This posture feels like your hands and ball are forward while your head is leaning back. This is how it SHOULD feel at first. When putting your head into position make sure that your weight is evenly distributed on both feet. This may require that you shift your hips a little forward to balance your stance foot pressure. Then make sure your head, when it swivels from ball to target, back and forth, that it swivels along the target line aligned with your shoulders..

Now you simply turn in place allowing your weight to shift to your right hip socket and, once at the top, shift your weight to the target keeping a steady head. Because your head is back you can shift left with all your might and the shot will come off as planned. The ball it trapped by perfect posture at address because your body parts are pinned down in their proper configuration, first.

One way to get this feel of the perfect stance is to start out with stiffened legs and arms and crisp angles through out your body including a straight back and you will really feel this correct geometry. Because it is correct even a stiff legged and stiff armed setup works. Not so if your head and hands and weight are off even a little. After you can feel this distinct relationship of your body parts at address and understand the proper set up you may go back to your somewhat flexed legs and arm swing.

Jack Nicklaus absolutely nails this geometry if you need a visual guide. It should be noted that a relatively steady head throughout is also required.

The stance is an unnatural position that you have to constantly fight for as it is natural to want to let the ball position creep back to the middle of your stance and for you to allow your arms to lay directly in front of you and for you to want to open your shoulders to address a forward positioned ball and for you to want to let your head fall towards the center of your stance. You will also want to raise your right elbow up above your left. All of this feels natural but it is pure poison to a correct golf swing.. Even the worlds very best golfers constantly find themselves chagrined to have to conform to the correct stance. It’s exactly what most tour pro’s are thinking about as they settle over the ball. It is the very most important part of the golf swing excluding, perhaps, impact itself. It may feel like an impossible position to swing from, with your head back, your arms and club and ball forward, shoulders square, but it has to be this way and you rarely, ever, naturally fall into it. It’s the biggest secret to good technique; a proper stance.

Now, on with the rest of the stance.

To begin with, after approaching the ball from behind, walk up and address the ball with both feet together and take your club shaft and hold it right up to your face so that it aims at 90 degrees from the two points your ball and feet make. Look up and see where the shaft is aiming. Ideally, right at the target. If not, start over until it does. Then move only your right foot back about a foot, or two feet for long clubs, parallel to the target line. This places the ball forward in your stance opposite just forward of the left ear if your head is properly positioned and opposite your left instep. Keeping the right foot at about right angles to the target then open the left foot to the target a little so your body can pivot past it to the finish unencumbered. The shaft of the club should be vertical or find the hands leading just a little. With a driver the hands can be ever so slightly behind the ball since you may be hitting on the upswing to reduce backspin for maximum roll. In this case the driver position, only, may be a little ahead while, because of a progressively laid back club face with the shorter irons, those clubs may be nudged back an inch at the most, except for specialized shots. Because their face is laid back the wrists roll a bit more before ball and club make contact, so this is adjusted for. Regarding an allowance for a slightly open foot stance. It only appears that way as the left toe draws back from the target line a half inch as it wings out. The heels of both feet should be aligned to the target.

This correct set up finds the hands blocking your view to your left foot instep and places them opposite the left inner thigh, the right arm and leg angling forward to a more vertical left arm and leg giving a reverse “K” look. That’s fine. Because the right hand is lower on the club than the left and the right shoulder is lower there is a slight tilt away from the target with the spine, itself. This is proper. In the swing the body remains basically within the space it was at address, staying flexed but not swaying as it rotates. There is a slight shift to the target with your lower body and hips that send the whole body to the target side of the ball but otherwise you swing mostly in place. Stand more upright than stooped and not too far from the ball and keep your body angles crisp, the flex of your waist and knees moderate and all hips, feet and shoulders aimed along the target line. Because the ball is forward you will have to guard against opening your shoulders to face the ball. All major body parts; shoulders, hips, knees and feet must face straight ahead in spite of the fact that the head is back and the grip and club are forward. Weight is evenly distributed on both feet ready for action. The arms hang mostly down and slightly out, depending on the length of the club. The right elbow, when viewed from down the target line, should not be above the left elbow but, in fact, just a little lower than the left elbow or even with it.. Stick your chest and rear end out a little for good posture. One last thing is to angle your knees slightly towards the target, a little like two bows with a slight tension, to prevent the lower body from collapsing or folding like a wet noodle in the back swing, and to ready them for the forward drive from the top of the back swing when they must drive target wards to start the down swing. Maintaining some tension in the legs against your shoulder coil back insures a powerful wind up that involves all your stomach and trunk muscles.

Now, and just as important as all the above, be completely at ease and relaxed. Not tense like a linebacker about to knock helmets but like an Olympic swimmer on the block as he readies for his long and hard dive into the pool. His attention is on being as calm and as relaxed as possible so his big muscles will fire as fast as possible and he can react to the starter pistol instantly. It IS a lot like golf. Still one moment, exploding into action the next. Relaxation is key to effortless, powerful golf. Picture the laconic action of Freddy Couples and realize that power can be effortless. Also, rehearse your full swing in your mind before you swing. Once you start you shouldn’t have to think about your swing, so imagine your full swing; the back swing, the transition and full release to the finish until your shot and your swing are firmly in your mind’s eye.

To trigger the swing I do paddle with the feet a little and heft the club weight. In actual golf conditions I agree with some who recommend a shift of the knees, first to the target and then away from the target and the back swing continues off of that motion. It wakes up the lower body and smooths things out. I suppose if I were to invent a new method it would be to pivot very subtly counter-clockwise towards the target and then reverse the direction to away from the target as if my body were a peg, the kind a record slips onto, and have the back swing rebound off of that motion So much of this part of the game has to do with personality and each player, if he needs one, will find his best trigger to start the swing. One that does help me is to jiggle my whole body to let it know where it’s various body parts are located at address for reference. Brandt Snedeker, in fact, does this. Lately I’ve been performing a slow motion full arm / wrist windup with the right elbow stuck to my right hip just to wake up the arm and club assembly and remind them of what they must do.

While over the ball focus on whatever swing thoughts you may need at the time but also be focused on the trajectory of the exact shot you want to hit. Everything settles into achieving this image. One reason practice is easier than play is you have a fresh, crisp image of what your shot will be like. You just watched it the last ball you just hit. This image is fresh in your mind. It should be just as fresh from a cold start. When I play my best it’s the only thing I think of; the shot. I’d say the average tour pro gives this maybe 70 percent of his attention and only 30 percent to swing thoughts, if any. Every action is made easier if it has a clear purpose.

The same applies to putting. The ball has a job to do. What is it? How WILL it break to the hole. How will it look getting there? What properties must you apply at impact to effect this exact result?

Speaking of putting, I regard the putting stroke as a miniature three iron stroke or driver stroke, just like a regular swing, only much smaller and less involved. A slight arc and opening and closing of the face as it makes its journey. If there is one modification it is to keep the right wrist bent and the left wrist straight during shorter strokes, a lot like the full swing dynamics that keeps lag intact and the club cocked. Instead of releasing the head past the hands like a full swing the hands stay locked in place while the shoulders take over the follow through. I position the ball just like an iron shot. Simplicity. Your very next shot is usually a drive so why not rehearse that with your putting stroke? It’s more about what the ball has to do than the putter head. You don’t fixate on the club head with your other shots. Except for bent arms at address it’s the same motion.

Regarding my own putting grip I use a ten finger style that finds both thumbs symmetrically down the side of the grip, not on top – the left thumb at 9 O’clock the right thumb at 3 o’clock and the palms facing each other like a wall aimed to the target.

THE SWING:

In the preceding chapters I compared the swing to rotating one’s shoulders around the neck in a circular motion swinging the arms and club to the top. At some county fairs you may have noticed a ride that has a circular contraption at the top of a pillar that rotates like a record player high in the sky with cables suspending carts that passengers strap themselves into and, as the pillar rotates, the circular contraption swings these carts slightly out and away from the pillar and their former, vertical position. Not too dramatic, but thrilling enough for most passengers.

This is the motion I’m talking about. Your shoulders represent that circular contraption and your left shoulder point rotates back just like a record player as if dragging a heavy, wet mop for a golf club. I mostly use this image of a wet mop to convey the necessity of swinging the club centrifugally, throughout, instead if lifting it artificially. This, besides allowing more lower body coil earlier in the back swing, is also a more natural style that works as well as any other. John Daly, Jack Nicklaus to a lesser degree, and other smooth swingers of the golf club find that their takeaway has the club hugging the ground swinging around toward their foot line and away from the ball’s target line. The feeling is that of the ride at the fair, a circular device at the top suspending people in carts from cables that are swung outward from a centrally rotating pillar. The rotating pillar instigates the centrifugal effect.

Another reason I use the heavy mop analogy: If you did have to swing a heavy mop to the top of your swing you would have an easier time of it dragging the mop around to nearer your stance line than the ball’s target line before you lifted it. Easier on the back. So, instinctively, once centrifugal motion is set into action, the body subconsciously seeks out maximum efficiency the way a snowflake forms in the elements. Now that centrifugal force is active you can even regard your shoulder, elbow and wrist joints like omni directional ball swivels letting centrifugal force cock the club as it sees fit and letting the face fan open a little just because inertia wants to. I recall that in my teacher’s methods he referred to this churning and turning of the body core as feeling heavy and slow instead of fast and dainty. Building a lot of bang for the buck into ones coil is how I describe it. The recoil should be able to trap all that leverage the back swing has made.

If you can start the swing with a centrifugal swing away from address instead of a steer and lift action you have made it past the first and all important hurdle. If sensing centrifugal force isn’t easy then coil and extend in place with the club shaft aimed at the target at the top.

All of this ability to coil and uncoil must come from the feet and then up through the body to the shoulders. It would be hard to swing while standing on marbles or ball bearings, wouldn’t it? To get the leverage needed to move anything above the feet the feet must engage, first. Jack Nicklaus says that a downswing occurs from the ground up. This is what I think he means. Photos of great players show that the unwinding is most advanced the lower one goes in the body. This is compatible with my notion that the right elbow and whole side and knee thrust hard against the back swing starting down. It just so happens that at the other end of all this the feet and everything in between gird for leverage to do so. This is just the subject that bedeviled me in 1979 when I had the practice session of my life up to that point doing the whole everything with just my hands, it seemed. The hands have desires and needs and perhaps the body can respond to their anticipation in mysterious ways but, combined with wrist cock, the actual forces in a swing are body rotational forces created from ground contact for leverage with the feet, up through the body, winding and unwinding the shoulders, even involving a vertical body compression of shoulders against legs during the strike that throws weight down on the ball via the arms, hands and club forcing a full release to the finish position. That’s the dynamic. The dual thought of creating a healthy wrist cock and shoulder coil at the same time synchronizes everything, almost magically. The tour pros have about an 85 to 105 degree wrist cock with a 90 to 120 degree shoulder turn. Most average level golfers would do well to have a 90/90 degree balance of the two. Of the two, exaggerate the shoulder coil more than the wrist cock.

In studying body action it is the shoulders, not the hips, that rotate most. From address going back, at least 90 degrees and from the top to the finish some 180 to 200, plus, degrees. A whole lot of rotating going on. I am comfortable that it is here that the real center of the swing lies and where centrifugal force emanates from. If you measure the distance from feet to shoulders it’s four and 1/2 to five feet. From club head to shoulders, almost the same. In this sense the shoulders really ARE in the middle of everything. In studying the above rotation measurements I hope it is clear that it is the downswing and forward unwinding of the trunk that is the more important motion. Most golfers don’t unwind enough. The pros do. Like Tiger Wood’s image of cracking open and slamming a door shut, the shutting of the door is what the cracking open of the door was all about in the first place.

When I compared the downswing to a strong surge with the right elbow and knee and side driving against the direction of the back swing those things occurred, yes, but did so naturally in response to the mind thinking about getting the shoulders to meet just two requirements. When I first saw this described in a book decades ago and in a book written in the 30’s or 40’s from an author named Alex Morrison I said to myself; “C’mon, are you kidding?! That looks ridiculous and stupid. It can’t be that simple.” Once I actually tried this move it was like getting into a 60’s VW Bug and finding out it had a performance Porsche engine in the back. WOW!!! Did it ever work. The only other thing I had to do was hold onto the club and hit the ball. All of the body parts; the hips, knees arms, legs, feet and hands all responded in perfect co-ordination and I felt my back being used for the first time. Uncanny!

The photo’s in his book that had as much effect as anything else I ever learned about the golf swing were two photos; In the first photo Alex Morrison was standing upright, facing the camera, not even in a golf posture, his arms hanging at his sides and he had his shoulders turned back 90 degrees from address. They pointed at the camera, directly. The other photo was of him standing erect only with his shoulders now turned 90 degrees from address the other way, his body aimed to the target. Again the shoulder line aimed at the camera only now it was his right shoulder that was closer to the lens instead of the left as in the first move. That simple move, all by itself I learned, forces the body, hands and club to orchestrate in perfect sequence and harmony and with maximum power and minimal effort. Perhaps all golfers meet the requirements of these two positions, to be sure, but the mind’s focus as making this move the “Boss” of the swing and not box car number 12 or so, makes all the difference. What swing thought one uses determines more than you might think. This thought is “On base” as opposed to being “Off base” because it focuses the mind on the center of the centrifugal action. Right on the button, in fact.

If there is one magic move in a golf swing it is this “back to target / chest to target” body pivot that literally acts like a puppeteer with marionette strings from above compelling the whole body and arms and club assembly to work absolutely perfectly, right down to the club shaft and club head motions. The only hard part is to think of this move when you swing and trust it.

In a tour swing those shoulder angles are more severe but just this simple thought works fine. It goes a long way to making sure the forward unwinding is as full as the back swing was and much, much more, besides. At once you’ll notice that the forward unwinding has to be full because the mind has the image of the finish shoulder position and not impact or some other point in between as some conventional teaching suggests. A Rory Macilroy or Seve Ballesteros style of super athletic swing will be better off thinking of positions like 110 degrees back and, from top to finish, maybe some 250 degrees of return rotation. Just don’t hurt yourselves, guys.

Now, this may well be the second best swing thought a human being can have in his head to make a correct golf swing, to take a sport known for being an unnatural move and make it, magically, natural. If there is a better thought I’d like to suggest that it is this. If you want to smooth out the balance, steady the head and better synchronize the whole body, replace that brilliant thought that Alex Morrison gave us with this;

Imagine that there is a small peg just like a record slips onto. Not a “45” style peg but the smaller, LP type of peg. Imagine the size of this round peg being no larger than a sleeve of golf balls, say, or even as small as a crayon ( I prefer crayon ) Imagine that this imaginary peg is located exactly between your shoulders inside your body cavity and that it’s shaft aims between your feet where it needs to get leverage from the ground with. Now, just like a record player starts when you turn it on, smoothly at first, turn that peg clockwise to the top of your back swing and then reverse direction, pitting your body exactly against the back swing motion and let the peg now spin fully and completely the other way, counterclockwise, to the finish as fully as you comfortably can. By narrowing down the point of rotation you also allow more club speed to occur. You may notice that when swinging a weight on a string the faster you spin it the smaller that circular motion your fingers makes gets.

Once at address you should be thinking this exact thought. With your shoulders, “turn / full return.” Simultaneously you’re thinking about creating and releasing as much wrist angle as you can where it will help, most. The only other thought you must have is to hold onto the club and hit the ball. That’s it, folks. That is the nub of it, no pun intended. There is some training of the arms and club shaft to keep shots going straight but we will get into that and more, later, including how the body supports this feat. In essence, the proper swing is a fully extended swing with a throwing motion of the arms to the ball from the top to impact; a body pivot swing with a quickly delivered “throw/hit” hidden in the mix.

If you should get lost refer to the last sentence preceding this one. It’s everything in a nutshell.

Whether you think of the two shoulder positions Alex Morrison demonstrated, my concept of spinning the shoulders like a record player turntable backwards and forwards or “paddling” the shoulders in place, it is important that you think of the shoulder pivot over other thoughts as other body parts thoughts work less efficiently in getting the whole body properly involved. “Go to the top”, as they say, for results. When it comes to golf technique and mental concepts “Mind over shoulders matters.” Remember, between your shoulder blades lies the center of your centrifugal motion. Focus on mostly that. It’s amazing how this elusive thought “trick” works.

That I would be so influenced by such an off beat book “A New Way To Better Golf” from the 30’s or 40’s gets even more curious; Alex Morrison was, among other things, a choreographer for Broadway productions. He recounted one job that had him teaching some several dozen dancers to swing a golf club on stage all standing just feet from each other. He had them all swinging like pros and nobody got clubbed in the head or ankles in the process. This was one of the basics he taught them. His golf book was also quite popular. But that’s not what makes this Alex Morrison connection interesting;

The hands are that final pivot point of the swing between the center of the shoulders and the club head. They are the last thing to fire. To get them to work at peak efficiency think of yourself as a baseball pitcher throwing a baseball over home plate. You want to get as much “snap” out of them as you can. The baseball pitcher uses his whole body and kicks his leg up in the air and then plants it towards the front of his stance and pivots to the plate and throws the ball as hard as he can, the hands releasing last for that snap. It takes a little practice to conjure up this feeling of springiness but I do know that Jack Nicklaus has used this comparison for the swing in general. I think it goes a long way to describing what role the hands have. They work together and do a lot of swiveling and such. So they should. The mind’s focus on letting the body pivot the shoulders, clockwise and counter-clockwise, will iron all of these matters out. Also keep in mind the importance of leveraging the right forefinger (Sam Snead’s “payoff finger”) against the shaft for added leverage at impact. This helps insure a well preserved angle until impact.

Then there is the matter of the head. It is heavy compared to other body parts for it’s size and contributes to balance and resistance against body gyration. Think of it as an anchor stabilizing your upper body. Mostly it operates your whole body depending on what is is thinking. The right thoughts make a huge difference.

If your brain is activating the body by thinking of turning the shoulders around a fixed point located in the center of the swing’s centrifugal force, both back and then around the other way to the finish, then your whole core girds itself to turn grabbing traction from the ground with the feet and transmits this tension all the way up through the whole body. As the tension tightens to the point that the shoulders, club and arms start to move, the muscles that connect the arms to the shoulders tighten to make sure everything moves back in one piece the first one to two feet back. The shoulder rotation that started this move has, by now, activated centrifugal force and all of the bones in your body react, instinctively, to the task. They orchestrate for maximum efficiency automatically, I’ll say it again, like a snowflake conforming to the laws of nature. The club cocks and un cocks where it is most dynamic in the swing. I find that the angle is created all the way to the top, increasing in the early downswing and released at a point a few inches in front of the ball position. This sequence happens automatically as a result of the instinctive throwing action of the hands down to impact. The secret lies in minimizing the time it takes to reach impact and to also imagine as straight a line of delivery as possible. This unleashes all the right body moves and weight transference, all of which are ingrained in our primitive make up. The motion is like a child adjusting his body in a child’s swing to keep the centrifugal force active. To keep centrifugal tension taut the elbows and hands fire ahead of the club on the way to impact creating a severe club shaft angle after which point the club angle is fully released. The whole body supports this effort girding counter clockwise on the downswing to stay ahead of the racing hands. So obediently has the lower body pivoted out of the hands way that at impact, from your eyes perspective, only your lower right leg is behind the ball. Everything else has pivoted ahead of the ball, leading the hands to impact.

If you observe Sam Snead’s wonderful swing you might observe that his hips swivel away from the target even before his back swing starts and then the shoulders and rest of the body follow that tug back. This would suggest that, with Snead, at least, even the back swing starts from the ground, up. I agree. In fact, I suggest that the weight is shifting just as Snead’s hips are swiveling, circularly. In most tour swings the shoulders and club and arms move first. In fact the tension that may move the shoulders first comes from ground tension with the feet felt all the way up through the rest of the body in between. My teacher taught me that the shoulders lead and power you back and that the hips lead and power you forward.

So, there is a co-mingling of two different kinds or rotary forces. The cylindrical shape of the body like a skyscraper turning a giant turntable (shoulders), first clockwise then counter clockwise, and another rotary force of the club head making its way around on a tilted, more vertical path. There is no other way you can make a half pound weight like a club head at address turn into maybe 200 pounds of weight at impact. A simple back to forward shift of the weight can’t do this. The weight is rotationally spun around your body and even your feet are trying to jockey it, circularly, around your body, both backwards and forwards. Whatever left to right shifting occurs from the resulting arm /club structure swinging to one side or the other of the body and the need to pull opposite that weight at critical times. Is there a right to left move? Yes. Because you are swinging to a target that is left you shift the center of your swing at the top several inches to tug against the club in that direction. The shoulders and head don’t shift. Mostly the lower body does, racing ahead of the club to sustain and increase centrifugal force. The impulse to throw the club straight down to the ball from the top triggers proper pivoting of the lower body out of the way of the strike. Both an upward thrust at impact and a lateral right to left thrust occur at the same time even though conscious thought of doing so should not be necessary. It’s a natural response to swinging a weighted object in any one direction.

This takes us back to the body motions one makes while swinging in a child’s swing and how they occur in the transition zone, mostly. In actuality there is a constant tension that is held in the whole body throughout the swinging back and forth. Swinging forward the tension is across the front of one’s body and the backside going backwards. In the transition there is a neutral sensation.

This introduces my concept of right and left elbows duke-ing it out with each other in a swing. To simulate this body tension of a child swinging I like to replace that with the thought of swinging the left elbow straight away from address a foot going back and swinging the right elbow back deep into left side territory in the downswing ahead of the hands to past impact. The left elbow makes the back swing and the right elbow makes the downswing. The whole left side, back and shoulders and arm travel past the chin to the top following the cue of the left elbow moving away from the target. On the downswing you want to replace that tension with the right elbow leading the way to the target side of your body, to the left. A different tension. The right elbow precedes the hands all the way to impact, in fact. While performing this mental drill you may notice how completely your whole right side pivots to power the swing with effortless force as it clears out of the way to the finish. During this keep your upper body steady. This left elbow going right for a back swing and the right elbow going left for a downswing seems to force a fully extended back swing and downswing fully pivoting the whole body core for effortless power. Not all drills work for everybody. If this drill is too alien for you then just focus on shoulder coil back and then down. Between these two power moves there lies the moment at the top when there a moment of suspense and all is somewhat steady as the club is about to change direction. It is here that mind focus is key. Allowing for a slight pause you ready for as speedy a blow as you can muster with the club from the top to impact. You get from point “A” to point “B” instantly, if possible, AND on as direct a path as possible, to the point it feels like a straight line from above your right shoulder through the ball to a low point just four inches in front of the ball. Your hands and club still swing in a circle, it just feels like a straight line delivery. This instinctive throwing action of mostly the shoulders, right arm, elbow and wrist unloading all their angles is what triggers proper body pivot which supports this move. All weight transfer and pivoting is a result of the throwing motion. Sensing the centrifugal force and staying ahead of the club should result in automatic mechanics. It must be stressed that a fully extended top position is a prerequisite of the arm throw or casting may result. Get the left back side turned behind the ball with extended arms and a full wrist cock, first.

Ironically, one of the best downswing triggers I’ve found is a last crank back of the shoulders before starting down. It almost makes the downswing automatic. Kenny Perry of the senior tour, now, best exemplifies this move. He makes a back swing and then gives his shoulders one last extra turn back before the body explodes to impact. That is the feeling. How convenient that this takes no thought except for that last crank back. That it is the shoulders that trigger such a downswing move is no surprise to me.

Another transition move I suggest is to sneak the right elbow ahead under the left arm while starting down, along with the whole right side, to the target and drive hard ahead of the club head to create what is called “lag” or shaft angle from the hands. This move is so powerful I am surprised more tour players don’t take more advantage of it. It takes talent to make this move as expertly as Sergio Garcia does. In fact, while watching slow motion film of his swing during this 2017 U.S. Open you can see how his rotation of the hips, knees, elbows, etc, intensify during the impact zone to keep this lag sustained as long as possible. Even just knowing this fact should help you a lot.

One way to enhance this lag effect is to swing so that your lowest point is ahead of the ball by some three to four inches instead of at the ball. This is an extension of the golf maxim “take the divot after the ball” I learned this from Bobby Clampett’s book “The Impact Zone” while writing this book.

In fact, try these two thought at the same time for an automatic downswing; Think about the last minute extra turn back with the shoulders at the same time you think about the speedy throw down to the ball with your right arm and hand. Bam!!!

As the downswing progresses your wrists want to wield their power with the release of the shaft angle it created. Your right elbow, fully loaded, also wants to unload. At the same time your shoulders are wanting to unleash all of their power with body pivot. In keeping with the laws of physics the body races ahead of the weight of the swinging club in a circular, constantly changing direction, accordingly. When the weight is directly away from the target at the half way down point the legs, hips, elbows, etc. are all pulling TO the target, left, hard. This puts your center of gravity ahead of the club and keeps the centrifugal tension intact and even increases it. This pulls the weight off of your right foot and on to your left foot and, as you are near impact, itself. More accurately the weight is redistributed throughout body joints to maintain centrifugal force. At impact your legs want to push, hard, straight up against the weight at the bottom and the heel of your right foot now comes off the ground. This vertical compression of arms throwing down to legs pushing up while the whole body pivots counter clockwise is what makes effortless power and accuracy. The right forefinger is leveraging against the shaft at impact as the hands reach a crescendo. Just sensing the point 4 inches ahead of the ball your club will bottom out at is enough directional reference to make an accurate shot. (do visualize the shot, however) This is the business end of the swing; the impact zone, and some interesting dynamics take place here. In particular, the vertical compression between the legs and shoulders, both pushing upwards and downwards against each other, dumping the weight of your whole body down the club shaft and into the ball as it’s struck. A bearing down on the ball with your shoulders kind of feeling at impact that puzzles the mind. This is the throw down with the hands and arms that is hidden in the heart of the full core pivot. The feet are pushing up, how can these swinging arms also be throwing weight down the shaft at the same time? They are transmitting this force and stress just like a golf shaft does under load. The load, in fact, is so great the right forearm starts to release along with the hands, right after. The shaft releases and, now, finally, even the toe of the club head releases past the heel and impact occurs. This is the ideal. This final “L” shaped lever, the toe over heel rotation, puts the cherry on top of a perfect swing. If executed perfectly you will swear you whiffed your drive and completely missed the ball as you stare incredulously as your ball sails far and straight. Impact wasn’t even felt and it seems like both the ball and club head were fired from the tee together. Even for the world’s best golfers this occurs maybe once in a thousand shots, so don’t beat yourself up too much if it doesn’t come easily at first. As the swing progresses to the finish the club head passes the hands at impact a few inches past the ball and shoots the shaft and arms straight to the target. Because you had the image of a full rotational return with your shoulders your back muscles, the big latissimus dorsi muscles, that Alex Morrison discussed at length in his book, engage and sling your whole core around to a full, complete uncoil. You haven’t stopped swinging. You even got your back into it, so to speak. That you look like Tiger Woods or Jack Nicklaus or any great golfer you’d name is a bonus.

All of this was made possible with two forces working in concert; As full a shoulder rotation in both directions as possible to power the body with as full a cock and uncock of the wrists as possible, both at the same time. That’s what professional golfers do that amateur golfers don’t do, in so many words. It definitely helps to be toned and in top physical shape. I use the golf swing to keep me in shape, in fact. I hit a lot of balls and recommend you do, too. Practice should be a magnet that makes you work at the game. Find a spot that forces you to hit the target or lose balls, for example. Get your own shag bag and balls if you want to really improve. Concrete and mats aren’t a good idea and discourage the divot after the ball you need for proper dynamics. Make it a slice of cake in your day. Practice.

The drill most of you will have to make is to free up your back so that it is pliable enough to move as if re positioning a sail on a boat some 110 degrees to catch some wind. When doing these drills pay no attention to how you will look doing so. You may overturn your hips and feet to get your back moving freely like a great big lever moving past your chin and behind the ball. The point is, move that back around behind the ball to the top and then fully the other way to your finish. Your finish should happen automatically if you achieved impact from the top with maximum speed to a point just in front of the ball.

That’s what this book is mostly about. Only if you first do this big pivot move, which makes power effortless to begin with, can you properly employ the throwing action of the right arm and hand in the downswing.

APPLICATION OF PRINCIPLES;

Now, the drill section of the book to help you actually perform the correct body pivot, club angle collection and release, right arm throw down and creation and sustaining of centrifugal force.

The high shelf drill;

Stand with your back against a wall with a shelf offering a spot just above your right shoulder. Using both hands, your feet fixed, take a trophy shaped object (Why not?) and turn around and place the vase or whatever you can find on the shelf above you to your right. This is the back swing drill. Repeat, only now turn around and place the trophy above your left shoulder. This is the downswing drill. This is the feeling you must achieve when swinging a golf club. Snead used to say “Power is on the top shelf” in this respect. I can’t emphasize enough the importance of achieving this fee roaming shoulders feeling. It can be made without stress if you free yourself up a little.

Another Sam Snead note; He used to say that a back swing resembles the move you make to look behind you. He meant ALL the way behind you, not just to your right, away from the target. As if you wanted to look behind you 180 degrees from the address position, not just 90.

The arm / hand throw down drill.;

Like Sam Snead, who was a baseball pitcher before he played golf, brush up on your baseball pitch you had as a kid. You’ve probably lost a lot of the snap you once had and some strength, too. Or try throwing anything from your top position straight down to the ball with just your right hand. Work on speed and force and make sure your shoulder is turned well back, first. In fact, put your left arm across your chest and make a back swing, first, to coordinate the feeling of a full swing. Make sure to lead your hand with the elbow as you practice your throw. Push down past the throw with your right shoulder. (Amazing! Golf Digest is now featuring a similar drill after I first wrote about it . In their drill a tennis ball is used and they urge you to bounce it into the ground in a manner that rebounds back to you so you can catch it.) While on the subject of tennis balls, I suppose throwing a tennis ball into a floor and wall corner to rebound back to you would be good drill for warming up your childhood pitching arm. Wind up, then throw.

The arms swing drill;

Find anything to hold in your hands that will make a noise such as a water bottle without the cap, aimed down and make it whistle loudest through impact. This ingrains the

 

JEALOUS PUBLIC, REPENT!

Death Wish Society vs. me;

(Before I begin with this chapter I want to direct Monterey county residents to scroll down
to January 14, 2017 in this same chapter to get informed about one Lucas Flores and Point
Pinos Grill at Pacific Grove Golf Links. The golf is good, the cafe, not so much. It seems
that the specialty of the house is bigotry and you’ll get the dirt there, as described
further into this chapter, below.)

So, you’re sitting there in Santa Cruz / Monterey county, California and you’re listening to KSCO
talk radio last January 2, 2017 and the host greets “Bob of Carmel…” The conversation had
been about the global rise of oceans and on I go as “Bob” as “Steve” might be censored.:
“You know, I have finally, after some 30 years of asking the question, come to the conclusion
that mankind, generally, has a death wish. Mankind welcomes the meteorite that will wipe us all
out. It welcomes the oceans that will swallow us up someday and anything else that accommo-
dates our urge to self destruct. That we, as a species, can’t resist the desire to spiral right down the
drain.”
(Host) “What do you mean?”
“Can you name a hero who ever tried to save us all that we didn’t kill?”
(Host); “What was that?”
“Can you name a hero who ever tried to save us all that we didn’t kill?”
(Host): “That’s kind of harsh, don’t you think?” (Or something to that effect)
“It reminds me of a dream I once had over 30 years ago. There was this tree whose trunk must
have been an acre in diameter and it had a lot of shops and restaurants upstairs. While ex-
ploring I came across the scene of cooks putting poison in the rice for the patrons waiting
upstairs. I ran up and warned them all not to eat the rice, that it is poisoned, and they all
RESENTED that I had ruined their ritualistic, suicidal ‘last supper’ that they had come there
for. I think that that’s what we’re all really like in real life. too.”
(Host);(I forget his response.)
“How else can you explain why it is we have made a millionaire and author out of the man who
really killed John Lennon; Stephen King while we run from the evidence that we all know
PROVES IT? Lots of people know it but are too busy obstructing the messenger because, secret-
ly, they all can’t resist the mass impulse to continue to spiral down the drain into com-
plete and utter failure. It’s an urge as hard to resist as climaxing when you know it…”
(At this point I think the host cut me off)
“… can get someone pregnant but you just can’t help but succumb to the urge.”
Well, that WAS the call I made last week to sober the world up the day after New Years and
I can tell it fell like a heavy weight on all who heard the words, after.
Let me explain;
For decades I wondered was the human race just extremely cowardly or too jealous of me to
out the ugly truth about Time and Newsweek’s bold print government codes all about John Len-
non’s political assassination, the killer’s alleged name and letter linking himself to president-
elect Reagan, King’s photo three months before the crime that matches the killer who we
were told was Chapman and all the rest. Now I am convinced that mankind has a collective
death wish and wants to continue sleepwalking through life a prisoner of all that is evil in their
lives so long as they get to do as little as possible about it all. “Let’s all let go of the steer-
ing wheel of life and end the species, please. We’re doomed so why try?”
I used to wonder why my peers (Are there any?) would not allow me to hold a job or date any-
one and weird things like that. This strange phenomenon reared it’s head consistently and
I always wondered why. I now believe, right or wrong, that the reason is the world is resigned
to it’s ultimate end and demise, be it asteroidal or otherwise; overpopulation, climate pollu-
tion, nuclear Armageddon or otherwise.
I am the hero that dares to stand in everyone’s way and prolong the misery the rest of man-
kind is living under. They want me out of their way and let the rapture begin. They want to
be put out of their misery sooner, not later.
No wonder it is that every hero is killed by our government and we endorse it all with our apathy
and silence and boot-licking allegiance.
“No, by God, no hero is going to stop us from doing what we have all agreed upon; Doing as
little as possible at all times no matter what evil comes our way. Let Satan ride roughshod
over us for we deserve it. Hasten the end, death is what we secretly worship. We’re all
going to hell, anyway.”
People of this planet, when you had the chance to show your true colors you shouted;
“Free Barabas…Crucify Jesus”
It’s who you are. You are not a hero or a saint or a higher thinker or lover of life in the
sense you may think. You’re actually quite evil and wicked whether you know it or not. I
have to say the same thing about my own family who turned a yellow stripe, right off, when
I became information active in 1982. You may be 50 percent good but that’s about all, I think.
It’s what you DON’T do or WON’T do that makes up most of your evil deeds, in fact. Call it
a failure of nerve or plain spinelessness or cowardliness or weakness, you are all of the
above and you, as a culture, killed John Lennon with you reliable, proven tendency to roll
over and just take it whenever the government trespasses on your heroes. You relate more to
a Barabas for you understand him more than you would even want to understand a Jesus.
Just a month ago a woman who suddenly saw me next to my van yelled out; “Why don’t you just,
…DIE!?” My crime? emblazoning our truth on my van all over creation. The prospect of a hero
like myself telling all of you how you probably should live makes you probably retch. You’d
rather live a stupid life than take better advice from anyone, especially one such as I who
already managed to expose you all for being the turn coat cowards you obviously are regard-
ing my history making evidence find where John Lennon’s murder is concerned.
Last month a certain talk show host who has a way of voicing the naked truth about your col-
lective disfunction said two things that stuck out; On one occasion he tried to suggest that
John Lennon’s murder was passe and too old to care about and that there were other more pres-
sing issues to concern ourselves with. When I called right back and he tried the same logic
I blurted out; “America can’t handle the truth, is what…”Oh, c’mon, society has had it’s
head up it’s ass for decades and we can handle the truth?! C’mon!”
The following week when I boached the Lennon scandal, again, he hung up and said that we
should focus on other things like alien invasion and life beyond our planet.
Pure, mother-fucking, God damned, cowardly poppycock! And yet, it describes your collective at-
titude about Lennon’s murder evidence to a tee.
You would all rather cut off your right arm than raise a sign to expose your evil government
who are now caught, red-handed, molesting all of you with an Orwellian evil that boggles the
mind. All of you are absolutely letting King molest you and your children with pure evil
rather than do what’s right!
Oh, sure, many of you actually do pull for me behind whatever mask you live behind but it’s
no use until you stick your neck out and demonstrate against our media censorship. Maybe a
majority of you, in fact. Not good enough, you weaklings. You’ll have to find your spine all by
yourselves, like I did 34 years ago when I dared look into the matter. Little could I know
that the magazine government codes when Lennon was killed would be so obvious and easy
to find.
I remember society’s universal first utterances to my activism; “Get a job!”‘Get a life!”
“Who cares?!”
That’s what all of you would yell at me as I stood with my signs advertising evidence
in John Lennon’s, then, fresh murder.
That all stopped as abruptly as it started after about three years, about the time the pub-
lic realized I wasn’t going to quit just because they were cowards.
Now it all falls into place; the opposition society has placed in front of my great, optimistic
powerful evidence find. They feel I am only stalling the innevitible and they’d rather just
fast forward to the end of all suffering as this wretched species, once and for all.
You say it’s not you but the evil government. Bull shit! You let the government employ you and
YOU do their bidding. If not employed directly, then indirectly, with your apathy.
“Step aside for Stephen King. He murdered our hero; John Lennon. Obstruct, don’t employ, don’t
allow to date or succeed, Steve Lightfoot, who has the dirt on him and all of us.”
Ain’t that it in a nutshell, human race?
Strange that the urge to self destruct is so like the urge to reproduce, to climax, an urge.
I will list the absurdities I have witnessed that PROVE this may be the case, indeed; The
way U.C. Berkeley laughed at the news that my father had just been killed in a plane crash,
like; “Goody, goody, they killed your dad. Ha! Ha!. That’ll teach you to be a hero!”
Nothing else but exactly like that.
The day I was standing in front of a bookstore where Stephen King was signing books holding
a huge sign that read;

STEPHEN KING
IS A MURDERER;
IT’S TRUE
OR HE’D SUE.

and how several juveniles were throwing eggs at me and my parked van from a window above.
The way the workplace turned me away just because of what I drove and who I was, all the
jealous, guilty loathing of what I stood for to the point they couldn’t bear working along side
of me. Before they discovered what I drove I was liked. After, quickly resented.
The way the police oppressed me, especially in the San Francisco bay area, before I got a web-
site to advertise the abuses; gun pointings, kidnapping, brutal beatings, etc..
The way the crowds did nothing to protect me whenever the police would violate my rights.
The way S.F.P.D. took my signs the day before the Golden Gate Bridgewalk without cause.
A thousand trespasses, though, I can’t name them all, and how Soviet like America seemed.
About the way even dating became a threat to mankind to the point they’d rally to abort any
potential relationship I might engage. Not like the world would treat anyone but one such as
I with the news of the century that had the power to pull down the world’s pants, big time.
The way Berkeley snickered when they saw my nose broken and arm in a sling which was about
the same time when their local rag was defaming me with a cover story that mocked me.
The way the whole media gathered around the bowl of hero’s blood to suck from, like bats,
whenever they would mock me and belittle me and generally try to derail me at every turn.
People just like you who took media jobs.
The way my own family sided with the evil government rather than hold a sign and stand by me.
The way all of you co-conspired to sit on the story rather than grow a spine to begin with.
You see, all of you secretly worship death and fear. This species, this life, you secretly
hate and you are hoping an asteroid or something will, to quote one of your entertainment com-
panies logo;

ENDEMOL

“End them all”
I stand in the way of the tidal spiral that is sucking you down the drain as a species.
You ACT as though an asteroid or something is going to kill mankind anyway and so why should
any of you care at ALL about improving life on earth while you are able to since it will all
be for nothing.
Or so you all apparently DO think, like the news or not.
Every 90 seconds someone on the planet is murdering someone, probably, war just never seems
to get a vacation, man’s inhumanity has always been legend and still you don’t want to admit
that all of you are protecting the real life murderer of John Lennon as if he were your friend.
King, who revels in destruction, whose favorite scene in The Stand is setting off all those
oil refineries watching the planet burn, King, whose movies are all about what is wrong with
us all; fear, hatred and murder.
Me, the hero, the messenger with the evidence mankind has prayed for for eons?,
Obstructed.
So, why me? What am I if not like all of you? I maybe USED to be like all of you but, thankfully,
a long time ago. I’ve avoided the degradation of my being the cover-up took out of all of you.
It’s worth all the sacrifices; personal, social, financial, etc. just to not be stained by the Mark
David Chapman lie. The one your C.I.A. owned and controlled mass media is still peddling.
It’s not like any of you missed the fact that Chapman wasn’t even tried. You all knew THAT.
It is lonely at the top but at least I’m free and brave, more so than anyone you know.
In fact you almost have to be talented, yourself, to even be intrigued with a John Lennon
in the first place. Oh, I was and still am, I could list the credentials and bore myself but
suffice it to say I always knew I had something world class to offer the world and expected it
would be as a professional golfer. Lennon’s murder interrupted that and so I stumbled onto
something even bigger than that. The story of the millennium had just fallen into my fertile hands.
I wasn’t busy being jealous of John like most of you were. I admired what he stood for and
how he managed to occupy the highest level of credibility with the world of anyone at the time.
I was captivated by what a godsend he was for us all and how powerful his voice could be.
I knew that he was, indeed, the voice apparent of all mankind about to unleash his leader-
ship and help us get away from the big brotherly hell alternative to a world without the
traditional bullshit where life could be magical and humane, again.
Not many would even recognize all that he was. I remember the moment a woman told me that it
was John Lennon on the radio singing “Starting Over” in late 1980, out of nowhere.
My first thought was; “Oh, no, John. If you make a comeback they’ll (the government) kill you”
Several weeks later that’s exactly what happened.
It took someone admittedly “special”, to begin with, to even appreciate John Lennon. To this
day I could easily see myself advertising the slogan; “MORE EVOLVED THAN THOU”
on my side window alongside the rest of my van messages. Only I could do it with conviction.
The rest of you knuckle draggers also drag your feet and pull against my heroism like
a tug of war. Must I have to admit it FOR you?
So, if you think John Lennon had an invaluable contribution to make to mankind post 1980 then,
congratulations, you aren’t a jealous, insecure peon who never knew what John Lennon was all
about. You weren’t threatened by HIS greatness. You must have been great, yourself, somehow.
Meanwhile, I’m waiting for you death wish demons to snap out of your comfort zone and take
action and avenge your friend and the world’s friend; John Lennon.
You can’t wait for scum like government agent Yoko Ono to do your job. She’s been busy doing
a job on all of you. She may be Nixon’s “Ace in the hole” but you don’t have to be Nixon’s
victims. Unless you stay afraid like the government wants you to.
I was just beginning this entry when a spell check view revealed that my site had been de-
faced with about 30 different images of male on male sex acts. The second time in a year
that my site had been similarly hacked.
Jeeze, if everyone was homosexual the species would be dead in 100 years or so. Again, a
crowd that wants to end human life on earth, in a sense.
That hack has been erased and my enemies are left looking stupid.
While on the subject, let’s bring up the religious crowd who “prophesizes” all about how the
human race will come to a cataclysmic end. I think they go by the names; “End days” “Arma-
geddon”,”Rapture””Revelations” and so much mental midget, superstitious ridiculousness.
They want to put the human race’s fate in the hands of mortal men who guess what might hap-
pen someday. Some groups are using the church of “Prophesy” to ordain possession of land,
as if that makes everything O.K.. World war’s III or IV might go off if they don’t get their
way, besides.
What would John Lennon do?
John Lennon was killed on Jim Morrison’s birthday; Dec. 08, and Jim once announced, on stage;
“I don’t know about all of you, but before this shit house all goes up in flames I’m going to
have myself a good time…”
He also wrote;”The human race was dying out, no one left to scream and shout. People walk-
ing on the moon, smog will get you pretty soon. Ship of fools, ship of fools…”
That dream I had about the tree and the cooks poisoning the rice occurred shortly BEFORE my
discovery of government codes, not after, as I recall.
Freud may or may not know a lot about the human mind but I have learned that if you aren’t
all DIS-couraged by the group that you support with your taxes and if you you have not lost
your courage in the process, then how can all of you pretend NOT to be worshiping death and
misery behind all your pretentious backs?

January 06, 2017;

In step with the above chapter you’ll notice that Trump’s victory pulled the curtain back
on the fact that, between open borders and everything else breaking America’s back, the
United States Of America has been under a globalist take over these past five decades, at
least, and all you “Brave and free” Americans are just now having to admit it all. Meanwhile,
you all just rolled over and let the wool be pulled over your trusting eyes like a nation
in the throes of self destructive behavior. The death wish syndrome I mentioned above.
Thank God that good people are exiting the european union (SOUNDS like Soviet Union?) “Brex-
iting” and America has voted for a non politician who might help save us.
There is hope for mankind, after all.
When Stephen King is under arrest and Mark (Decoy) Chapman and ultimately, Yoko Ono and
whomever else can be pinned for that crime against humanity, killing our planets biggest hero,
John Lennon, when the people of the world are man enough to take the truth and deal with it
THEN I’ll be more opimistic.
Until then, good luck, death wish society. It is not I who undertook danger who wants to die.
Far from it, I may be the least suicidal person on this sorry planet right now. I will say that
I’d not miss life if it were to stay as sorry as you have all made it. It is an honor to
risk my life, in the meantime, that life itself might be better someday. It’s not as if I
even have free choice in the matter it is so powerfully obvious how important it all is.
Sitting on this story is more fun than sex, probably. It’s the most important item on earth.
Oh, and by the way, what’s with your urge to roadblock the hero? Me? Are you not all sick?

January, 08, 2017; This charade about Russia putting Trump into office is, in my opinion, an
attempt to dethrone Trump, maybe before the inauguration or even after, by American traitors
who probably believe that the Russians were either NOT involved or actually trying to tilt
the race towards Clinton as Americans should vote against whatever Putin would want, anyway.
A reverse psychology trick that backfired.
Talk about a bombshell story going unreported; the REAL people in the DNC who DID the leaking
are either now dead or missing. That and the fact that we meddle in more elections than anyone
and one dead and one now missing DNC staffers who did the actual leaking should tip all of
you off that you’re being propagandized by your intelligence and media apparatus.
For over a decade my site shows that I believe Moscow has been running D.C. for a while now. That
both Russia and America have sold you and I down the river in the name of globalism. Weeks ago
I wrote that our own dirty C.I.A. and F.B.I. may try to assassinate Trump because they fear
he will accidentally expose this unholy union they have and they fear the globalist efforts
they have made could all be dashed if found out.
At the very least domestic traitors are trying to hobble Trump’s presidency. If the Russians
are up to anything it’s the hope that we’ll fall for this unsubstantiated claim by our govern-
ment and media which they are a part of, anyway.
Trump will do just fine if we can protect him. The only whiff I’ve had of concern is that the
name Dick Cheyney may be even considered for anything in Trump’s team. I hope I misheard.
Other than that Trump’s doing pretty good.
I would only ask Trump to understand, kind of like how the hippies got L.B.J. to grow his hair
long, after office, that materialism is not a sustainable model to expand upon but, rather,
a return to mother earth approach to achieving happiness and success on this planet
is what the world needs now.
Hey, man; “Imagine no possessions…” I don’t need them to be happy and I was raised a doctor’s
son. It’s all probably NOT worth all the bullshit inbetween. I used to worship money, once,
but found out what it does to humans. Blinds them and steals the magicalness of life and all
mostly for the benefit of a small group of greedy people and parasites of government.
Time for a little wisdom from John Lennon;

“No short haired, yellow bellied son of Tricky Dicky’s gonna Mother Hubbard soft soap me
with just a pocket full of hope, money for dope, money for rope…”

In other words, the government’s idea of success is keeping the public entranced with a carrot
on a stick to get them motivated but only to give them enough money to self medicate and just
hang on to the end of your rent rope till they give you some more, etc….The corporate busi-
ness model requires that your power as a people be limited so they can control you.
The government will soft shoe and soft soap all of you if you let them. They can’t get rich
unless they can keep the taxpayer poor. Economics 101. Hey, two paycheck America, are you
paying attention? Women working used to be the exception, now a requirement. Doesn’t sound
like liberation to me. Did they take that 33 percent overnight tax increase and give you
anything back? No. They took the money and ran and kept raising your rent and taxes.
Could it be that the masses need a hero to get them straightened out? So far, I’d say, “Yes.”
Now that’s some wisdom we can all learn from. There must be a reason the government keeps
killing the hero. They know how vital they are to your causes. Essential. Irreplaceable.

So, at least 500 of you are going to mass in front of your t.v. stations until King is exposed
and arrested for John Lennon’s murder?
If not, then God damn your apathy,. You’re all just damning yourselves every day you don’t.

January 12, 2017;

What is Leon Panetta up to?! He’s a local Monterey, county politician (Congressman or
something) and former C.I.A. chief.
The look on his face is so grim and foreboding that he may be angling to have me assassinated.
I recall watching him on a 60 minutes show, once laughing and cackling, uncontrollably while
discussing his slaughtering of the enemy combatants. Like he got off on being a sadist.
His expressions lately, and he’s not one to hide his thoughts, not a poker faced guy, are
very ominous, indeed. What’s going on?
Regarding the latest Trump news conference following the Fake story about hookers in Moscow
and golden showers, the way he nailed CNN as “You are Fake news” was brilliant.
To that end let me declare the real fake news.
The real fake news is Mark David Chapman. Nothing more fake than that story line. The man
who ALLEGEDLY shot John Lennon but never even stood trial or public scrutiny, after.
Shame on the public, again. Grow a pair.
The establishment trying to still stop Trump must be beaten back with public outcry.
Time to cry;
“Enough is enough. Leave Trump alone! Get out of the public’s way. You work for us, not vice
versa.”

January 14, 2017;

One Lucas Flores of Point Pinos Grill in Pacific Grove is acting like a jealous Mexican
bigot, in my opinion, and at the expense of my right to drink coffee there and watch T.V..
Oh, he will tell you otherwise; that I was using the T.V. table (Not dining table) to rest
my right calf (Not shoe) on.
The real reason, in my opinion, is that he hates me for supporting Donald Trump based on two
occasions where he overheard me talking to the waiter, there. I was even discussing my ex-
perience at a steakhouse I was fired from over my Trump bumper sticker, there, at the time.
And so I wondered why this same man who practically cupped his ears to listen to me then
was suddenly telling me what I could and could not watch on T.V. on a day where I was the
only person in the restaurant. And then, again, when he told me I couldn’t rest my feet on
the short table there. At this encounter I asked him “Is there anything else I’m doing wrong?”
He replied; “No, but I’m sure I’ll find something.” And again when he told me not to watch a non
sport or news channel when I was the only person there.
It had been raining a lot that week and I really WAS practically the only non employee there.
I knew he didn’t like me and even told him so, then. The whole bigoted energy he exuded
got me so distracted that I temporarily lost my wrist watch.
The very next day he came up to me and showed me a picture he had taken of my leg, not
foot, resting on the T.V. table and asked me to leave and not come back.
I warned him and his employer’s secretary that I will billboard their establishment to get
a boycott started if they didn’t reverse themselves, immediately.
While engaged in this heated conversation with Lucas Flores, when I was listing my influence
and stature and achievements and how I helped even get Trump elected he shot right back; “I
don’t like Trump…”
So, there is the overview, laid out as it happened and I ask all local customers to play golf
there but eat and drink elsewhere, please.
There is no doubt in my mind that Lucas Flores is a jealous Mexican bigot who hates me for
what I stand for and that, to quote him, he would “..find something..” no matter what I did.
His employer is AQUATERRA and I will be contacting them Monday. It may not go well and,
in that case, I’ll be out there with my large billboard with something like;

ANTI-TRUMP
BIGOT MGR?
BOYCOTT
GRILL

or

GOLF HERE
EAT ELSEWHERE;
or;

CAFE SPECIALTY;
BIGOTRY –
PLEASE BOYCOTT
PT. PINOS GRILL

(see site for details)

and then flip it around to my website;

LENNONMURDERTRUTH.COM

and see what happens. Flyer handouts included.
It should be noted that I really did get one Del Monte Golf pro transferred to out of county
following a timely radio talk show call that blasted his employer (Pebble Beach) for 86’ing
me from their putting green just because he didn’t like my politics. That same call found
the Chinese owners selling Pebble Beach months later after losing face over it.
It may also be added that I may have nixed a plan to build yet another course here as that
was the subject of the talk show then.
Then Clint Eastwood and partners bought it and even Clint may have fallen into the bigot
bracket by towing my van off grounds years later and all that entailed listed elsewhere in this
general page a chapter below, in fact.
Quite the catalyst, me, it seems.
Lucas Flores may not be a Mexican but he looks a little Mexican and wouldn’t that be added
fuel to my new cause of reversing the illegal immigration into America. It’s a disgrace.
It takes courage to take a stand on this issue but it’s a good one, I think.
I recall a day in Santa Rosa following some redneckish trick the owners of a pizza shop
thought they’d play on me. I was out on their corner the next day with a billboard that read;

RED NECK EXPERIENCE

The name of the place was Pizza Experience. I made my simple sign with just their name on it.
I crossed out the word Pizza and replaced it with the word REDNECK above it.

It was short and sweet and had them coming after me with a hammer they were so outraged.
Several months later the several year old pizza experience was gone.
You don’t have to be Mexican to hate the Lennon murder evidence hero. Everybody hates the
real heroes of the world. It’s why the human race is so over worked and miserable. I probably
give A list movie stars penis envy for all I know.
Meanwhile Trump haters are insane and misinformed phonies who don’t care that the Clinton’s
met secretly in The White House with murderer Stephen King in April of 1995, no doubt to plot
his escape from justice and media disclosure.
Aren’t you Trump haters really pinko commies and Lennon killers?
You just don’t have your eyes open enough to know it. It took this great election to pull the
mask off of the globalist, decades old take over of America. You still can’t even face up
to that humiliating fact.
Just look at our Soviet class mass media and establishment trying to undo our vote.
Let’s examine Meryle Streep, a 7 on a scale of 1-10, in my opinion. That’s good for today’s era
of celebrity but if Meryle was a little more hip she’d know that Hillary is the kind of person
who would help the real killer of John Lennon make good his escape from justice instead of ex-
pose him and administer justice. (Clinton’s and Stephen King met secretly in The White House
in early 1995 with knowledge of his crime.)
If Meryle were less of a hypocrite she’d refrain
from rhetoric like; “…humiliation begets humiliation.” just two months after mocking Trump
dressed as a pillow stuffed clown and things like that. Hollywood, in general, is the moral
equivalent of a lewd magazine vs. real sex. The biggest, most overpaid stars are really market-
ing violence and vengeance, mostly, and other biddings of the media, military industrial complex.
Shooting humans to death everywhere to make America hate the thought of guns and to scare us.
While life should have an ocean of real heroes there are none or too few and everything is
make believe in this so called great nation. Our real heroes are assassinated. So phony.
Like I said on talk radio last week; “They are monkeys on a string with a tin cup collecting
coins and bills from the spectators…” That they are just dancing the dances they are told
to dance and not courageous mavericks like in the days of yore just decades ago. A new, dumb-
ed down version of what used to be a better human.
As to John Lewis, the civil rights protester of iconic legend in the 60’s, and as I said on
talk radio that day; “His alternative is a woman who said, years ago to the C.I.A. about
Julianne Assange; ‘Can’t we just ‘drone’ this guy?’ Her answer to activists and dissidents..”
I added that he so exactly mirrored the media’s exact spin that he may have even been coached
by the media, first. I added that if I were Trump I’d have praised Lewis’s deeds of old but added
that he, too, may have become blindfolded and co-opted by the very forces that would try to
undo the people’s vote, his original cause.”
Speaking of my claim of media collusion and coaching; I noticed that the media did not pose
the question; ‘was Trump a legitimate president’ but was ready like a major league baseball
catcher for the unusually calm and measured response; ‘Then what should be done?’ as if even
THAT was rehearsed. (Researching name) repeated it more than twice. Calm, measured, rehearsed.
I believe that all this outrageous behavior on the part of the media is designed to get Trump
to crack and react unbecomingly and hurt him like that besides trying to weaken him from this
day forward and may possibly may even be trying to help the C.I.A. and F.B.I. assassinate him by
poisoning the public, first, with fake garbage.
I was on talk radio (KGO) last night (1-14-’17) and said; “…Yeah, the former Soviet Union
has infiltrated our government a long time ago and have taken over our mass media and estab-
lishment and are trying to undo the public’s vote as we speak…”
That was a golden pearl of wisdom if ever I spoke one, people, and you’d all better grow up
and wake up in time and admit it.

Now on to how Clint Eastwood had someone stalk me while dating one of his girlfriend’s and
slip me a knock out drug this stranger just happened to have already poured for me if I sat
down at the bar at all. It’s apparently a fact as two drinks could never render me uncon-
scious for 24 hours, helpless at this girl’s apartment, as it happened.
I hope Clint sues me for slander if I’m wrong, I need the publicity, frankly and honestly, but
that’s not why I am stinking up the whole United States with this 36 year old news, not to
mention making the hairs of Monterey county residents stand up on the backs of their necks.
No, right now I have to name all of my possible enemies who may be behind a bizarre, and, I think,
possibly deadly situation where I am concerned.
Our media is so centralized and monopolized by the C.I.A. that no gossip rag would even
print my dirt on Clint. It’s that sewed up.
The local police who gave me a suspicious ticket Dec. 10; Will’s Fargo Steakhouse of the rat
riddled, bigoted status I described in other chapters and now, Point Pinos Grill at Pacific Grove
Golf Links who kicked me out of their café and now, as a visit from P.G. police officer Lewis
(like John Lewis, suspiciously) indicated, today, from all their grounds including the putting
green for up to a year. Oh, I’ll be holding that roadway ground down for some time letting
the locals know what to do about it all.
All this lusting and jealousy and bigotry dumped on me all at once is why I’m outing Clint,
Will’s Fargo, P.G.P.D. and Pt. Pinos Grill. They all deserve it and I love a fight.
Please support me and defund my enemies. Don’t be bigoted like them. Rescue me, in fact.

Open letter to Clint Eastwood;
The second apology letter in 16 years, I guess, but I want to acknowledge that I admire you in
many respects; you’re very attractive as humans go, you’re intelligent and a pretty good actor
in fact, a golfer, philanthropist, and, I think, a sensitive, caring soul who wants to do good
and not bad. I want to also say that what I went through over that incident at Sly McFly’s
bar in Monterey and how it ruined what could have been an important, possibly life changing
evening, was not small and I should have outed all this then, when you were 50 and me 25.
I’ll leave all the other inferences and possible other possibilities for others to opine. I
know you ARE tough enough to take it and I don’t want to distress you at all. It’s all part
of whatever life is that is unfolding and America’s beating up on me. I hope you understand.

P.S. Help me come forward and make an end run around the evil media who hates me and get my
expose out and I’ll make sure that you become a legendary REAL hero for all time. That is
what prominent celebrities are really for; to outfox the establishment with fame and trump
any attempts to censor big, relevant news. You have more clout than anyone in Monterey but
me. Please use it and help me expose and jail America’s enemy; Stephen King, the rabid bat
who has his evil fangs in America’s throat.”
Get real, Clint, anything less and we’re a nation of cowards under Satan’s thumb.

Sincerely, Steve Lightfoot

There is a list of possibilities I’d like to go over with all of you;
1) It’s all just a massive coincidence and there is no conspiracy, whatsoever, afoot.
2)It’s just bigotry, fear and loathing of the messenger and truth, a historic pattern.
3) It’s a C.I.A. / F.B.I. / P.G.P.D. conspiracy to keep me from getting a foothold in Monterey,
home of many of their former members.
4) It’s just the P.G.P.D. trying to move me along and asking employers to please fire me.
Asking local businesses to remove my van from their parking lot, etc..
5)The steakhouse, who knew of my coffee spot retreat, may have called the cafe to oust me.
6) Clint has tipped off authorities to harass me out of the area over our feud last decade
and may have asked the steakhouse to fire me and the coffee shop to oust me, too.
7)Plots too complicated to figure out, yet.

It should be said that in the space of several weeks all of the above happened to me;

Was interviewed by P.G.P.D. when I started my job at the steakhouse. They knew where I worked.
From that point on I was severely harassed and then fired from that job.
Days before being fired I was given a stop sign violation ticket a block from my residence.
The next morning another P.G.P.D. car was parked at another stop sign even closer to my home.
It seemed to me I was under surveillance.
The week of all this drama a man was stalking me as I watched T.V. in my van. Standing next to my
open door for a half hour before opening his mouth to alarm me. I saved his cigarette
butts for proof and was about to file stalking charges against him in case he was a government
stooge hired to harm me. As It turned out he committed violence against his girfriend hours
before I was cited and was jailed for that. I wondered was it misdirected anger towards her
if he was planning on harming me. A similar experience occurred in Sabta Rosa decades ago;
(I’ll discuss later.)
Then I was harassed by Lucas Flores at my coffee spot and 86’d for resting my leg on a cof-
fee table. The real reason was bigotry or some other conspiracy.

January 18, 2017;

Just as I have been trying to explain, all along, Putin is trying to show the world that he
is pro Trump. A day or so after John Lewis tried to drop a heavy shoe on the proceedings with
what I think was a media coached interview saying he questions the legitimacy of Trump’s
win, Putin shows us this exchange of words:
“Trump associates with some of the most exotic and beautiful women in the world..” Then says;
“I can’t imagine that he would associate with any one with loose morals.”
He seems to be endorsing the notion that he may have, indeed, by virtue of his jet setting
lifestyle, just possibly sampled some of the local culture.
Then he says that the whole leaked dossier was fake and false about prostitutes and that
anyone who would pedal that is worse than a prostitute. When I first heard the quote it al-
most sounded like he was trying to suggest that the people peddling the prostitute story were
worse than the prostitutes involved. Very murky, mixed messages almost slurring Trump.
Overall he came out and said;
“Trump is good guy, his enemies are prostitutes. I want Trump.”
There he is feeding the narrative that Putin illegitimately put Trump in The White House
like our government / prostitute media has been trying to brainwash us into believing all
this time.
Putin could much more easily have blackmailed a Clinton than a Trump and our media all know
it. They are trying to pedal the exact opposite of the real truth to confuse us and, ultimately,
to completely control us.
I have been waiting for Putin to make a statement and he did not surprise me. I think I’ve
been correct, all along, that his world order agenda will be harder with Trump than Clinton
since she is definitely on board, already, with the globalism agenda and all it’s corruption.
Trump, I think, and I think Putin thinks, will be very good for America and that he has been
standing on the sidelines of this issue waiting to make his statement explained and examined
above just before the inauguration, similar to John Lewis. To disrupt, not help, Trump.
Trump knows what he’s doing to keep quiet about it all, poker facing the matter.

January 20, 2017,;

Congratulations, Donald (The Real Deal) Trump and Americans and world citizens, alike. Today
Donald trump was inaugurated as our 45th President and my faith in the future is affirmed.
I noticed the blue ties by Trump the day before and Pence the day of the inauguration, the same
shade as my “Trump” window sticker, and I appreciate the “coincidence”.
I noticed Charles Schumer fouling the airwaves with hostile rhetoric worthy of a Secret Ser-
vice investigation while introducing Trump;’
“The only thing that gives me faith in America is you, the people of America…”
Translation; “I have NO faith in this President.”
This was his first sentence! Then he followed up with a story about a patriot who entered a
war but was killed in action a month later and what a noble man he was. Translation;
“And wouldn’t it be patriotic of you to take a bullet for America, too, Trump?”
Was Charles Schumer trying to intimidate Trump with talk of their plans to assassinate him? I
think he WAS, America. I also notice that these same establishment whores who sold you all
out long ago, who Trump wound up excoriating in his following speech, are trying to gin lone
nuts up to try to kill Trump independent of government plots in the wings if that doesn’t work.
All these rioters in the streets over Trump’s inauguration; a product of establishment mass
media fomenting and abetting the unsuspecting public to overturn the peoples vote and choice.
Even if that means the worst of scenarios.
This same media is telling us that the president with the biggest crowds in modern politics
who swept mightily into victory with some 90 % of all counties in America voting for him,
they’re telling us that he has the lowest favorability ratings in modern time
Complete Soviet Union class media bullshit, America. Wake up. You’re still being raped by
the establishment Trump promises to squash who are plotting to kill Donald John Trump if he
isn’t killed by some lone nut their media can whip into irrational action.
Hey, all you anti Trump demonstrators, where were your sorry, phony, cowardly asses when I
gave you evidence in John Lennon’s murder that proves our government let Stephen King kill
him? I’ll tell all of you where you all were;
You were “Nowhere, Man” Like the song.
Just as the gun grabbers who killed Lennon are using his death to disarm you by showing up
at his murder anniversary rallies all over America linking his death to our gun rights, so
is the media trying to propagandize all of you that Trump is anything BUT the man you all
voted for. They want you to deny your own will and impose the establishment’s will on you,
instead. Through treachery and trickery.
When John Lewis and everyone else was trying to stop Trump just before the inauguration I
felt the presence of George. H.W. Bush and sons lurking in the back round, conspicuously
out of sight and earshot, pulling the levers.
The MOST anti Trump politicians out there, perhaps, allowing for the Grahams and Schumers.
I was so angry about this possibility I actually wondered how the elder Bush was up to the
rigors of so monumental and un-American a fight as this at his age. Would his health fail?
Well, it did, just days before the inauguration, and maybe for a reason.

I’d like to claim credit for the moniker

Donald (The Real Deal) Trump

for it is sure to surface to the top of appropriate tags soon.
The rest of all we are hearing is sell out establishment loathing and treachery and fear
and, I’ll say it; EVIL.
Tune out your media, people, at least until Donald revamps it for America’s own good.
Resist the stampeding efforts of the media to undo your own votes and fight against the est-
ablishment who want to harm your President and your country and lives.
Keep Donald alive and well. That’s job one.
Be ready to lay down your lifestyles and stop work if anything ‘Dallas’ like should happen.
Be ready to punish the establishment into extinction if they harm Trump.
Honor Martin Luther King and Gandhi and John Lennon with meaningful, powerful, productive
NON VIOLENT action and not violence of any kind.
Just stop paying taxes and stop working and live off of the land for a few years and do it
all together and you can defeat any evil government or system. Anything LESS will fail.
We have a great, brave and smart man for president. Let’s help him succeed. He needs our
protection and support.
When I was a kid the Nixon’s and J.Edgar Hoover’s and Reagan’s of the world just killed the
people’s choices for leadership and covered things up with the public’s apathy, after.
It’s time we put a stop to that old way of living our lives and earn a better future.
Who wants to help me get my Lennon evidence on the news?
That’s what YOU all need to do.

Donald; Congratulations. I admire you for just who you are. Keep up the great work. I know
how lucky we all are that you have the smarts and courage to help America find it’s way, again.

January 21, 2017;

Happy birthday Jack Nicklaus.

My advice to Donald Trump;

Now that he is in the White House I feel free to let it be known what I do and don’t like
about politics in general and, if I can, I’d like to help steer Donald away from pot holes.
You already know about the mass media and hopefully their co-conspirators; the F.B.I. and
C.I.A., probably half of corporate America, maybe big oil, big military, insurance companies,
big pharma, etc., etc., etc..
You probably do have an inkling, if not as Orwellian a picture as I might see.
Nixon as a role model?. I’d rethink all of that as I believe it’s entirely possible he was a
foreign agent sent to destroy us while pointing fingers at all the commies doing so. He em-
powered China, doubled gasoline prices partly to accommodate that extra burden on the supply,
which polluted the earth, in spite of his clean air program. Now China owns us, sort of.
Government bold print codes in the Time magazine issue dated 11-22-’63 (Came out a week
before the murder of J.F.K.) prove it was Nixon who was behind the dastardly, satanic plot.
A glancing of same Time issues a la R.F.K. murder timeline will likely implicate him there, too.
Reagan? Ditto. Both, to quote Nixon; “magnificent actors”. Nixon was probably the real commie
in our midst and Reagan was all talk and opposite action, complete smoke and mirrors.
Those are the two alarm posts I’d like to lay on you. Nixon, Reagan? They had Stephen King
murder John Lennon. A clear case of evil vs. good. They are evil America killers, I think.
Russia and America probably are in bed to gobble us all up under the umbrella of big brother,
together, no pussy footing around. This undeclared, well hidden relationship that may be
real has been around since the mid 90’s at least if not decades earlier. Maybe what Eisen-
hower was really trying to warn us about. The military / industrial complex. He meant, at
the time to include the word “Congressional” but withdrew it for P.R. concerns.
Another matter you may know more about than me; congress.
I’ve got a brilliant idea about healthcare and how to definitely cut costs. Remove the in-
surance companies. Our program would direct patients to doctors for reduced rates and these
rates are pre determined like an auto repair estimate with no multi layered bureaucracy and
the citizen isn’t paying double just to include the rattlesnake aspect of big insurance or
any other outside interest or middle man.
My father was a doctor but that’s my take on the issue. There are plenty of other jobs the
insurance industry can attach itself to. To keep medical costs affordable for the masses may
require this middle man be removed from the start.
Flat tax? I don’t know. It would cut down on pollution and consumerism.
Keeping all taxes, COMBINED, below 20 percent of the nations productivity and forcing all
government to live under that plan. It would keep government under our control before it
ever got too big to handle. Maybe it would keep them honest, besides.
Just top of my head ideas. I’m as busy thinking up 25 characters or less slogans the way you
seem to use Twitter. Breaking my John Lennon expose is all that I can focus on.
Thank you for your leadership, Donald
Best regards.

January 24, 2017;

I was watching Tavis Smiley on T.V. (Not his show, but him addressing a crowd at a podium)
and he was going over the facts about society’s lack of responsibility in keeping people
like Martin Luther King Jr. alive to begin with. He explained that, until he was martyred,
King had little support, black or white, and that, had he not been killed, he was going to
deliver a speech the next day in his church titled;”Why America might go to hell.”
America DID go to hell with his and then J.F.K.’s murder, then Nixon became president and
Viet Nam and all the rest; Watergate, you name it. It was dark time for America and
all because you people were flat-footed cowards against a tyrannical government who
MADE life in America a living hell.
Right now we have Chuck Schumer code threatening Trump while introducing him at his inaug-
uration, we have women in the streets and Madonna threatenening to “blow up the White
House” and the media is egging it all on. Our C.I.A. controlled mass media.
Are you people ready to keep Trump alive? Are you men or are you flat-footed monkeys?
I’m telling you that our media and establishment have poisoned the climate and anything
could happen if you apathetic morons don’t change and change right now.
The establishment is dropping hints of what may be to come and you aren’t offering any
blowback at all. Just me, mostly. Who will stand up to all this media induced mind
control that wants to, literally, assassinate Donald Trump?
Martin Luther King was concerned you might all go to hell and you did, in 1968. And right
after he had triumphed over bigotry and prejudice.
We are so lucky to have a non politician president who cares about all of you and Amer-
ica. We are so lucky to have a brave leader like Donald Trump. Don’t you people get
soft and lazy and stupid, now. Fight back, out loud at all the media sickness being spun
out there in mind control land. Put up your dukes and make sure the establishment sees
and hears you. Start becoming activists FOR Trump to counter the government induced
opposition.
Hey Madonna, write better, more socially challenging songs and stop being an ignorant air-
head. If you had YOUR way the woman in bed with the man who really killed John Lennon
would be president. Aren’t you a fool?

January 30, 2017;

The mass media that is now chastising itself for it’s obvious bias this election is still
controlled by Rockefeller and company; The C.I.A., military, corporate America, etc.. The
same six or seven corporations that owned most of the media still own it. I doubt Rush Lim-
baugh or anyone still on the air is anything but loyal to those trying to oust Trump and
I would not put my trust in the media. Sean Hannity is one exception as he has changed his
spots in that he is not the host I recall decades ago. Now he seems to think for himself.
A word of caution to Trump. The media needs the swamp drained and those seven companies
need to be replaced, in my opinion, if that can be arranged. The status quo will not let
Trump be Trump, and it needs an enema.

What’s up, weaklings?!

HOORAY, TRUMP!

MAGAZINE UPCHARGE JAN. 2017;

MY WEBSITE VAN:

GET INFORMED, PHONIES!